Quadrille Publishing Catalogue 2013

Quadrille 2013

Quadrille 2013 Quadrille Publishing Ltd Alhambra House 27–31 Charing Cross Road London WC2H 0LS tel: 020 7839 7117 fax: 020 7839 7118 email: enquiries@quadrille.co.uk website: www.quadrille.co.uk

Alison Cathie Managing Director

Publishing has never been more exciting or more challenging!

It’s evolving so quickly, and in so many forms, that the dizzying opportunities for both creating and selling books and content are literally mind blowing . . .

One of the sectors which is showing massive growth all over the world is craft, and Quadrille has published some of the most ground-breaking, best-selling titles in the genre. Now, we are proud to announce the tie-in book to the first major BBC television craft series, The Great British Sewing Bee, to be launched this spring. As beautiful as it is practical, this looks set to establish itself as the bible on the subject. And it will be followed by a collection of stunning and original titles, including The Belle & Boo Book of Craft, the project book of these enchanting characters, The Liberty Book of Simple Sewing, a glorious follow up to our first, very successful, Liberty title, Simple Makes, an enticing collection of practical books, Girls’ Night In, a wonderful collection of projects and recipes to make each occasion memorable, and we also have glorious new books from the two great ladies of knitting, Debbie Bliss and Erika Knight.

Following on from her brilliant practical books, Cath Kidston’s Coming Up Roses: The story of growing a business, provides an intriguing insight into the success of this amazing eponymous company with its instantly recognizable designs and worldwide outlets.

Our food list is equally exhilarating, James Martin’s Fast Cooking promises to be as inspired as his Slow Cooking, while Leiths’ How To Cook is quite simply the most complete, the most appetising, and the most contemporary cooking bible available. Gizzi Erskine’s revolutionary approach to dieting, Skinny Weeks & Weekend Feasts, shows all sorts of dishes you had never thought could form part of a weight-reducing programme, and TV star Dale Pinnock’s inspiring The Medicinal Chef, provides healthy recipes and guidance on how to use key foods to treat a wide range of ailments. These are followed

by the glorious celebration of British country cooking in Yeo Valley’s The Great British Farmhouse Cookbook, the beautiful collection of writing and recipes in Elizabeth David’s On Vegetables and Tony Turnbull’s innovative The Only Recipes You’ll Ever Need, which is the perfect answer to the perennial ‘what shall we have for supper tonight?’

In interiors, it is thrilling to have Tricia Guild’s dazzling Colour Deconstructed, her up-to-the-minute gorgeous guide to using colour and pattern, while Abigail Ahern’s Decorating with Style offers a hip, fresh introduction to creating instant looks without breaking the budget.

Alexandra Shulman described our Vogue titles as offering ‘an authoritative overview of the work of the 20th century’s most influential designers’. Our Vogue on Designers series has got off to a splendid start, with immediate reprints of the first four titles, and superb new ones coming on further icons: Cristóbal Balenciaga, Vivienne Westwood, Ralph Lauren and Hubert de Givenchy.

And finally, we are launching the Quadrille pregnancy and childcare list, with two key titles, Expecting a Baby? by Dr Penelope Law and Expecting Twins? by Professor Mark Kilby and Jane Denton, both will be the books on their subject, and are destined to be core titles for years to come.

With this glittering selection, we feel confident that Quadrille’s offering for 2013 will be one of the best ever. Thank you all – booksellers, distributors and co-publishers all over the world – for your support.

Alison Cathie Managing Director

Publishing has never been more exciting or more challenging!

It’s evolving so quickly, and in so many forms, that the dizzying opportunities for both creating and selling books and content are literally mind blowing . . .

One of the sectors which is showing massive growth all over the world is craft, and Quadrille has published some of the most ground-breaking, best-selling titles in the genre. Now, we are proud to announce the tie-in book to the first major BBC television craft series, The Great British Sewing Bee, to be launched this spring. As beautiful as it is practical, this looks set to establish itself as the bible on the subject. And it will be followed by a collection of stunning and original titles, including The Belle & Boo Book of Craft, the project book of these enchanting characters, The Liberty Book of Simple Sewing, a glorious follow up to our first, very successful, Liberty title, Simple Makes, an enticing collection of practical books, Girls’ Night In, a wonderful collection of projects and recipes to make each occasion memorable, and we also have glorious new books from the two great ladies of knitting, Debbie Bliss and Erika Knight.

Following on from her brilliant practical books, Cath Kidston’s Coming Up Roses: The story of growing a business, provides an intriguing insight into the success of this amazing eponymous company with its instantly recognizable designs and worldwide outlets.

Our food list is equally exhilarating, James Martin’s Fast Cooking promises to be as inspired as his Slow Cooking, while Leiths’ How To Cook is quite simply the most complete, the most appetising, and the most contemporary cooking bible available. Gizzi Erskine’s revolutionary approach to dieting, Skinny Weeks & Weekend Feasts, shows all sorts of dishes you had never thought could form part of a weight-reducing programme, and TV star Dale Pinnock’s inspiring The Medicinal Chef, provides healthy recipes and guidance on how to use key foods to treat a wide range of ailments. These are followed

by the glorious celebration of British country cooking in Yeo Valley’s The Great British Farmhouse Cookbook, the beautiful collection of writing and recipes in Elizabeth David’s On Vegetables and Tony Turnbull’s innovative The Only Recipes You’ll Ever Need, which is the perfect answer to the perennial ‘what shall we have for supper tonight?’

In interiors, it is thrilling to have Tricia Guild’s dazzling Colour Deconstructed, her up-to-the-minute gorgeous guide to using colour and pattern, while Abigail Ahern’s Decorating with Style offers a hip, fresh introduction to creating instant looks without breaking the budget.

Alexandra Shulman described our Vogue titles as offering ‘an authoritative overview of the work of the 20th century’s most influential designers’. Our Vogue on Designers series has got off to a splendid start, with immediate reprints of the first four titles, and superb new ones coming on further icons: Cristóbal Balenciaga, Vivienne Westwood, Ralph Lauren and Hubert de Givenchy.

And finally, we are launching the Quadrille pregnancy and childcare list, with two key titles, Expecting a Baby? by Dr Penelope Law and Expecting Twins? by Professor Mark Kilby and Jane Denton, both will be the books on their subject, and are destined to be core titles for years to come.

With this glittering selection, we feel confident that Quadrille’s offering for 2013 will be one of the best ever. Thank you all – booksellers, distributors and co-publishers all over the world – for your support.

Alison Cathie Managing Director

GIFT GARDENING EROTICA & SELF-HELP PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION HOME CRAFT

10 78 80 114 126 140 150 156 160

BIOGRAPHY FOOD & WINE

Contents

GIFT GARDENING EROTICA & SELF-HELP PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION HOME CRAFT

10 78 80 114 126 140 150 156 160

BIOGRAPHY FOOD & WINE

Contents

Fast Cooking

Really exciting recipes in 20 minutes James Martin photography by Tara Fisher

In a world where we are all short of time, we increasingly want ideas for getting a meal ready very quickly.

In this new collection of over100 simple recipes, James Martin shows how to put delicious food on the table in next to no time. Using good-quality ingredients, smart store-cupboard shortcuts and time-saving ideas, James provides an indispensable repertoire of recipes to cook every day. Each one is straightforward to shop for with easy-to-find ingredients, and can be prepared from start to finish in 20 minutes, including any accompaniments. Additionally, there are clever tips about how to adapt and vary the dishes to suit your time constraints. Divided into chapters on starters, main courses and desserts, there are plenty of quick after-work suppers, such as smoked haddock fishcakes with quick hollandaise, or hot noodle soup with chilli and mushrooms, as well as simple-but-stunning dishes for entertaining when you’re short of time, such as sushi salmon with hot sizzling sesame oil, or roast duck with cumin-spiced lentils. Delicious yet speedy puddings include a 5-minute banoffee cheesecake, whoopee cakes and strawberries with vodka sabayon. Inspiring but practical, quick but flavoursome, James Martin’s Fast Cooking brings everyday cooking to life.

James Martin Presenter of the BBC’s Saturday Kitchen, James Martin is one of the UK’s most popular TV chefs, and his enthusiasm and passion for food have won him countless fans. His accessible approach to cooking was showcased in his previous books for Quadrille, Desserts (2007) and Slow Cooking (2012). He has two restaurants and writes a weekly car column in the Mail on Sunday’s Live magazine, as well as making frequent appearances on food TV programmes and demonstrating live at the BBC Good Food Show.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 318 5 208pp 248 x 187mm 40,000 words including 100 recipes 80 colour photographs Publication October 2013

10

Also by this author, see page 63:

Desserts

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 123 5 208pp 248 x 187mm 45,000 words including 100 recipes 80 colour photographs Over 55,000 copies sold

EXPORT EDITION Slow Cooking £20.00 Hardback 978 184949 291 1

Slow Cooking

Mouthwatering recipes with minimum effort

James Martin

photography by Tara Fisher Slow Cooking is an irresistible collection of simple, delicious dishes that require minimum effort. James Martin shows how cooking slowly is the perfect way to draw out flavours, enabling you to produce mouthwatering dishes. Every recipe includes an hour or more of cooking or marinating time and no last-minute preparation. The book includes slow soups, slow vegetables, slow fish, slow roasts and one-pots, and even slow puddings.

Slow Cooking shows how everyone can produce show-stopping dishes with very little fuss.

‘Slow Cooking is a joy to read and we guarantee you’ll turn to the recipes time and time again’ Good Housekeeping 11

Fast Cooking

Really exciting recipes in 20 minutes James Martin photography by Tara Fisher

In a world where we are all short of time, we increasingly want ideas for getting a meal ready very quickly.

In this new collection of over100 simple recipes, James Martin shows how to put delicious food on the table in next to no time. Using good-quality ingredients, smart store-cupboard shortcuts and time-saving ideas, James provides an indispensable repertoire of recipes to cook every day. Each one is straightforward to shop for with easy-to-find ingredients, and can be prepared from start to finish in 20 minutes, including any accompaniments. Additionally, there are clever tips about how to adapt and vary the dishes to suit your time constraints. Divided into chapters on starters, main courses and desserts, there are plenty of quick after-work suppers, such as smoked haddock fishcakes with quick hollandaise, or hot noodle soup with chilli and mushrooms, as well as simple-but-stunning dishes for entertaining when you’re short of time, such as sushi salmon with hot sizzling sesame oil, or roast duck with cumin-spiced lentils. Delicious yet speedy puddings include a 5-minute banoffee cheesecake, whoopee cakes and strawberries with vodka sabayon. Inspiring but practical, quick but flavoursome, James Martin’s Fast Cooking brings everyday cooking to life.

James Martin Presenter of the BBC’s Saturday Kitchen, James Martin is one of the UK’s most popular TV chefs, and his enthusiasm and passion for food have won him countless fans. His accessible approach to cooking was showcased in his previous books for Quadrille, Desserts (2007) and Slow Cooking (2012). He has two restaurants and writes a weekly car column in the Mail on Sunday’s Live magazine, as well as making frequent appearances on food TV programmes and demonstrating live at the BBC Good Food Show.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 318 5 208pp 248 x 187mm 40,000 words including 100 recipes 80 colour photographs Publication October 2013

10

Also by this author, see page 63:

Desserts

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 123 5 208pp 248 x 187mm 45,000 words including 100 recipes 80 colour photographs Over 55,000 copies sold

EXPORT EDITION Slow Cooking £20.00 Hardback 978 184949 291 1

Slow Cooking

Mouthwatering recipes with minimum effort

James Martin

photography by Tara Fisher Slow Cooking is an irresistible collection of simple, delicious dishes that require minimum effort. James Martin shows how cooking slowly is the perfect way to draw out flavours, enabling you to produce mouthwatering dishes. Every recipe includes an hour or more of cooking or marinating time and no last-minute preparation. The book includes slow soups, slow vegetables, slow fish, slow roasts and one-pots, and even slow puddings.

Slow Cooking shows how everyone can produce show-stopping dishes with very little fuss.

‘Slow Cooking is a joy to read and we guarantee you’ll turn to the recipes time and time again’ Good Housekeeping 11

FOOD & WINE

Skinny Weeks & Weekend Feasts Gizzi Erskine

photography by Jason Lowe

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

This revelatory new book of two halves from bestselling author Gizzi Erskine, Skinny Weeks & Weekend Feasts will leave you amazed at what you can eat when trying to lose weight, rather than being disappointed by what you can’t! In Part One, Skinny Weeks, Gizzi demonstrates that healthy food needn’t be boring or mean sacrificing bold, exciting flavours. With mouthwatering calorie-counted dishes such as blackened mackerel with roasted tomatoes and lime leaves, roast duck noodle soup and black bean tacos with radishes, tomato and avocado, this is healthy eating the Gizzi way, enabling a weight loss of between one to two pounds per week. In Part Two, Weekend Feasts, Gizzi shows you how to let your hair down and treat yourself to the food you love to eat. Choose from a Friday night feast, a long leisurely brunch, a proper Sunday lunch or an indulgent afternoon tea and enjoy some truly decadent food, safe in the knowledge that you’ve earned it. Throughout, Gizzi reveals the secrets of eating healthily day in, day out – demonstrating how a bit of forethought and preparation can go a long way towards enjoying astonishingly satisfying, flavoursome food with just a fraction of the expected calories. With its bold, innovative design, stunning photography and inspiring, achievable and utterly delicious recipes, Skinny Weeks & Weekend Feasts will change the way you eat for ever . . .

Gizzi Erskine Effortlessly stylish and talented chef Gizzi Erskine is a bestselling author, columnist and presenter whose take on food is both edgy and refreshing. Having trained at the prestigious Leiths School of Food and Wine, Gizzi went on to win a placement at BBC Good Food magazine, where she established herself as an award-winning food writer and stylist. TV followed, with series including the popular Channel 4 primetime show Cook Yourself Thin and, mostly recently, Cooks to Market for Sky Living. Author of the bestselling tie-in book of the same name, as well as the acclaimed Kitchen Magic, Gizzi writes for a wide variety of magazines and newspapers and contributes regularly to InStyle, Sunday Times Style and Fabulous magazine.

£19.99 Hardback 978 184949 261 4 192pp 248 x 187mm 33,000 words including over 100 recipes 70 colour photographs and illustrations throughout Publication March 2013

13

FOOD & WINE

Skinny Weeks & Weekend Feasts Gizzi Erskine

photography by Jason Lowe

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

This revelatory new book of two halves from bestselling author Gizzi Erskine, Skinny Weeks & Weekend Feasts will leave you amazed at what you can eat when trying to lose weight, rather than being disappointed by what you can’t! In Part One, Skinny Weeks, Gizzi demonstrates that healthy food needn’t be boring or mean sacrificing bold, exciting flavours. With mouthwatering calorie-counted dishes such as blackened mackerel with roasted tomatoes and lime leaves, roast duck noodle soup and black bean tacos with radishes, tomato and avocado, this is healthy eating the Gizzi way, enabling a weight loss of between one to two pounds per week. In Part Two, Weekend Feasts, Gizzi shows you how to let your hair down and treat yourself to the food you love to eat. Choose from a Friday night feast, a long leisurely brunch, a proper Sunday lunch or an indulgent afternoon tea and enjoy some truly decadent food, safe in the knowledge that you’ve earned it. Throughout, Gizzi reveals the secrets of eating healthily day in, day out – demonstrating how a bit of forethought and preparation can go a long way towards enjoying astonishingly satisfying, flavoursome food with just a fraction of the expected calories. With its bold, innovative design, stunning photography and inspiring, achievable and utterly delicious recipes, Skinny Weeks & Weekend Feasts will change the way you eat for ever . . .

Gizzi Erskine Effortlessly stylish and talented chef Gizzi Erskine is a bestselling author, columnist and presenter whose take on food is both edgy and refreshing. Having trained at the prestigious Leiths School of Food and Wine, Gizzi went on to win a placement at BBC Good Food magazine, where she established herself as an award-winning food writer and stylist. TV followed, with series including the popular Channel 4 primetime show Cook Yourself Thin and, mostly recently, Cooks to Market for Sky Living. Author of the bestselling tie-in book of the same name, as well as the acclaimed Kitchen Magic, Gizzi writes for a wide variety of magazines and newspapers and contributes regularly to InStyle, Sunday Times Style and Fabulous magazine.

£19.99 Hardback 978 184949 261 4 192pp 248 x 187mm 33,000 words including over 100 recipes 70 colour photographs and illustrations throughout Publication March 2013

13

FOOD & WINE

The Great British Farmhouse Cookbook Yeo Valley

text by Sarah Mayor photography by Andrew Montgomery

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Much more than a name on a yogurt pot, Yeo Valley is a real organic farm run on traditional lines in the heart of the West Country. Informed by rural Britain’s superb culinary heritage, this sumptuous book captures the true taste of today’s country cooking, with a collection of over 100 mouth-watering recipes inspired by the traditions of the British farmhouse kitchen but given a modern twist. From soups and pâtés to casseroles, roasts, salads and pies, and from tarts and crumbles to puddings, cakes, breads, jams and chutneys, produce from the farm and surrounding countryside is imaginatively combined to produce a collection of heartwarming, seasonal family dishes to suit all occasions. Journeying from dairy to farmyard, orchard to vegetable garden, fields, streams and woodland, recipes range from slow-roasted tomato soup with chilli and cheese cornmeal muffins and warm chicken salad with tarragon cream to poppy seed and lemon ice cream cake with stewed blackcurrants, bringing the fresh and seasonal flavours of the farmhouse to kitchens everywhere. Dotted throughout with fun and informative farming facts and evocative photographs taken over a year on the farm, Yeo Valley’s The Great British Farmhouse Cookbook is a celebration of contemporary country life and modern British food at its best.

Yeo Valley Sarah Mayor is the daughter of Roger and Mary Mead, who started Yeo Valley at Holt Farm in 1961 with 30 cows and the odd sheep. Mary opened a tea room and the clotted cream they made for it meant there was lots of skimmed milk left over. So they tried making yogurt . . . and people seemed to like it. They still do – today Yeo Valley is the largest organic business in the UK, every week making delicious things with 2 million litres of milk, sourced from the organic milk supply cooperative as well as their own British Friesian herd. And the Mead family still live and work at Holt Farm.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 266 9 224pp 238 x 195mm 50,000 words including over 100 recipes Over 100 colour photographs Publication April 2013

15

FOOD & WINE

The Great British Farmhouse Cookbook Yeo Valley

text by Sarah Mayor photography by Andrew Montgomery

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Much more than a name on a yogurt pot, Yeo Valley is a real organic farm run on traditional lines in the heart of the West Country. Informed by rural Britain’s superb culinary heritage, this sumptuous book captures the true taste of today’s country cooking, with a collection of over 100 mouth-watering recipes inspired by the traditions of the British farmhouse kitchen but given a modern twist. From soups and pâtés to casseroles, roasts, salads and pies, and from tarts and crumbles to puddings, cakes, breads, jams and chutneys, produce from the farm and surrounding countryside is imaginatively combined to produce a collection of heartwarming, seasonal family dishes to suit all occasions. Journeying from dairy to farmyard, orchard to vegetable garden, fields, streams and woodland, recipes range from slow-roasted tomato soup with chilli and cheese cornmeal muffins and warm chicken salad with tarragon cream to poppy seed and lemon ice cream cake with stewed blackcurrants, bringing the fresh and seasonal flavours of the farmhouse to kitchens everywhere. Dotted throughout with fun and informative farming facts and evocative photographs taken over a year on the farm, Yeo Valley’s The Great British Farmhouse Cookbook is a celebration of contemporary country life and modern British food at its best.

Yeo Valley Sarah Mayor is the daughter of Roger and Mary Mead, who started Yeo Valley at Holt Farm in 1961 with 30 cows and the odd sheep. Mary opened a tea room and the clotted cream they made for it meant there was lots of skimmed milk left over. So they tried making yogurt . . . and people seemed to like it. They still do – today Yeo Valley is the largest organic business in the UK, every week making delicious things with 2 million litres of milk, sourced from the organic milk supply cooperative as well as their own British Friesian herd. And the Mead family still live and work at Holt Farm.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 266 9 224pp 238 x 195mm 50,000 words including over 100 recipes Over 100 colour photographs Publication April 2013

15

FOOD & WINE

The Medicinal Chef

Eat your way to better health Dale Pinnock photography by Martin Poole

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Nutritional advice can sometimes be confusing, but TV’s Medicinal Chef and nutrition expert Dale Pinnock’s friendly, accessible and knowledgeable style, combined with simple, clearly explained and appealing recipes, mean that eating your way to good health has never been easier or more delicious. In his first major cookbook, Dale presents his unique and inspiring approach to cooking and health. Many seemingly humble ingredients – from apples and avocados to salmon and sweet potatoes, even chocolate – contain powerful phytonutrients that have been shown to have beneficial effects on a range of medical conditions. Rather than seeking to provide an alternative to other forms of treatment, Dale shows how diet can work alongside them to help us take an active role in improving our health. With 80 easy, tasty recipes, Dale shows how simple it is to incorporate these super-healthy ingredients into your everyday diet, where they can work along with conventional treatments to boost all the body’s systems and improve energy levels. Alongside every recipe simple symbols indicate which conditions it can help with. Also included are a glossary of 85 key ingredients and advice on how your diet can make a real difference to 30 common ailments.

If you thought healthy cooking meant tofu and lettuce, think again! From tasty lunches, to food for sharing, to decadent desserts, every recipe is easy to shop for and quick and simple to prepare.

Dale Pinnock Dale Pinnock is a vocal, passionate and down-to-earth champion of the beneficial effects that food can have on our health. A leading nutritionist and food lover, he is a regular face on TV and in the national media, including appearances on ITV’s Lorraine and The Alan Titchmarsh Show, and Four Live for RTÉ1.

He is currently completing a master’s degree in Nutritional Medicine and has worked as a wholefoods chef.

He runs nutrition clinics in London and Cambridge and has a successful website at www.dalepinnock.com.

To this end, he regularly collaborates with GPs and healthcare academics.

‘Our food should be our medicine and Dale shows why and how to make this a reality. All doctors should read this book!’ Dr Tom Gilhooly, GP and Medical Director of the Essential Health Clinic £18.99 Hardback 978 184949 262 1 192pp 248 x 187mm 53,000 words including 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs Publication February 2013

EXPORT EDITION The Medicinal Chef £18.99 Hardback 978 184949 290 4

17

FOOD & WINE

The Medicinal Chef

Eat your way to better health Dale Pinnock photography by Martin Poole

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Nutritional advice can sometimes be confusing, but TV’s Medicinal Chef and nutrition expert Dale Pinnock’s friendly, accessible and knowledgeable style, combined with simple, clearly explained and appealing recipes, mean that eating your way to good health has never been easier or more delicious. In his first major cookbook, Dale presents his unique and inspiring approach to cooking and health. Many seemingly humble ingredients – from apples and avocados to salmon and sweet potatoes, even chocolate – contain powerful phytonutrients that have been shown to have beneficial effects on a range of medical conditions. Rather than seeking to provide an alternative to other forms of treatment, Dale shows how diet can work alongside them to help us take an active role in improving our health. With 80 easy, tasty recipes, Dale shows how simple it is to incorporate these super-healthy ingredients into your everyday diet, where they can work along with conventional treatments to boost all the body’s systems and improve energy levels. Alongside every recipe simple symbols indicate which conditions it can help with. Also included are a glossary of 85 key ingredients and advice on how your diet can make a real difference to 30 common ailments.

If you thought healthy cooking meant tofu and lettuce, think again! From tasty lunches, to food for sharing, to decadent desserts, every recipe is easy to shop for and quick and simple to prepare.

Dale Pinnock Dale Pinnock is a vocal, passionate and down-to-earth champion of the beneficial effects that food can have on our health. A leading nutritionist and food lover, he is a regular face on TV and in the national media, including appearances on ITV’s Lorraine and The Alan Titchmarsh Show, and Four Live for RTÉ1.

He is currently completing a master’s degree in Nutritional Medicine and has worked as a wholefoods chef.

He runs nutrition clinics in London and Cambridge and has a successful website at www.dalepinnock.com.

To this end, he regularly collaborates with GPs and healthcare academics.

‘Our food should be our medicine and Dale shows why and how to make this a reality. All doctors should read this book!’ Dr Tom Gilhooly, GP and Medical Director of the Essential Health Clinic £18.99 Hardback 978 184949 262 1 192pp 248 x 187mm 53,000 words including 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs Publication February 2013

EXPORT EDITION The Medicinal Chef £18.99 Hardback 978 184949 290 4

17

FOOD & WINE

Sushi Slim Makiko Sano

photography by Lisa Linder

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The Japanese have the lowest obesity rate in the developed world. How do they do it? Sushi Slim has the answer. By including just one Japanese meal a day – lunch or dinner – into your diet, you too can lose weight, or maintain a healthy, slimline figure. Sushi Slim contains meal plans devised by a Japanese dietitian to get you results fast, whether you want to slim or just maintain your weight. Choose from London sushi queen Makiko Sano’s 50 delicious step-by-step sushi recipes for California, nigiri, gunkan, hand and hosomaki rolls, her plethora of soups and salads (including a collagen soup that is a facelift in a bowl) or 10 ingenious 500-calorie bento boxes such as the California roll box filled with a japanese omelette, a bean and crab california roll and oil-free edamame. All the recipes have been calorie-counted to make it easy to Sushi Slim. It is also simple to follow the plan if you are a vegetarian, as there are options for every recipe.

By revealing the secrets of the Japanese diet, Sushi Slim will help you lose or maintain weight, while eating as well as you ever have.

Makiko Sano Makiko Sano is an expert on Japanese food and cooking. She has run the sashimi counter at Selfridges, supplied sushi to Buckingham Palace, and taught thousands of novices how to make sushi effortlessly.

In Sushi Slim, she reveals that skill, along with the age-old food secrets of Japanese women, used to keep them slim and beautiful. The name of Makiko’s restaurant in Hammersmith, London – Suzu – means ‘long and healthy life’, and this is what she wants us all to enjoy, sharing her superfood ingredients and tips for eating well for life. Makiko lives in London with her three children.

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 175 4 128pp 240 x 190mm 20,000 words including 100 recipes, plus diet plans 70 colour photographs Publication April 2013

19

FOOD & WINE

Sushi Slim Makiko Sano

photography by Lisa Linder

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The Japanese have the lowest obesity rate in the developed world. How do they do it? Sushi Slim has the answer. By including just one Japanese meal a day – lunch or dinner – into your diet, you too can lose weight, or maintain a healthy, slimline figure. Sushi Slim contains meal plans devised by a Japanese dietitian to get you results fast, whether you want to slim or just maintain your weight. Choose from London sushi queen Makiko Sano’s 50 delicious step-by-step sushi recipes for California, nigiri, gunkan, hand and hosomaki rolls, her plethora of soups and salads (including a collagen soup that is a facelift in a bowl) or 10 ingenious 500-calorie bento boxes such as the California roll box filled with a japanese omelette, a bean and crab california roll and oil-free edamame. All the recipes have been calorie-counted to make it easy to Sushi Slim. It is also simple to follow the plan if you are a vegetarian, as there are options for every recipe.

By revealing the secrets of the Japanese diet, Sushi Slim will help you lose or maintain weight, while eating as well as you ever have.

Makiko Sano Makiko Sano is an expert on Japanese food and cooking. She has run the sashimi counter at Selfridges, supplied sushi to Buckingham Palace, and taught thousands of novices how to make sushi effortlessly.

In Sushi Slim, she reveals that skill, along with the age-old food secrets of Japanese women, used to keep them slim and beautiful. The name of Makiko’s restaurant in Hammersmith, London – Suzu – means ‘long and healthy life’, and this is what she wants us all to enjoy, sharing her superfood ingredients and tips for eating well for life. Makiko lives in London with her three children.

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 175 4 128pp 240 x 190mm 20,000 words including 100 recipes, plus diet plans 70 colour photographs Publication April 2013

19

FOOD & WINE

Leiths

How to Cook photography by Peter Cassidy

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Freshly written by the experts at Leiths School of Food and Wine this is quite simply the best illustrated cookery course. In tune with current lifestyles and preferred food choices, this comprehensive book takes the reader – subject by subject – through every aspect of food preparation and cooking. Skills are comprehensively explained and clearly illustrated with step-by-step photographs throughout. Here you will find the essentials that most cookbooks leave out: how to prepare every ingredient from scratch, including vegetables, fish, shellfish, poultry and game; how to judge when meat is perfectly cooked and the best way to carve roasts; the correct texture at every stage of pastry, cake and bread making; and how to make the perfect pasta and risotto. And if things don’t turn out quite right, there is help on hand to identify what’s gone wrong and how to rectify the problem and/or avoid it happening next time. Home cooks will feel there is a Leiths chef looking over their shoulder and guiding them every step of the way.

Recipes are clearly set out, easy to follow and illustrated with full-page photographs, plus detail shots showing key preparation stages. There are over 500 recipes plus 250 variations, taking in contemporary dishes from cuisines worldwide as well as great classics with a modern twist. The ultimate cook’s reference book, this should be on every kitchen shelf.

Leiths School of Food and Wine Based in London, this renowned cookery school has acquired a first-class international reputation since it was founded by Pru Leith and Caroline Waldegrave in 1975. Students come from all over the world to be taught by professional chefs in a friendly atmosphere; many of them have moved on to highly successful careers in the world of food and catering. Countless amateur cooks have passed through Leiths, too, becoming confident, skilled home cooks.

£30.00 Hardback 978 184949 319 2 672pp 248 x 197mm 250,000 words 750 recipes including variations plus 130 techniques 820 colour photographs Publication September 2013

21

FOOD & WINE

Leiths

How to Cook photography by Peter Cassidy

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Freshly written by the experts at Leiths School of Food and Wine this is quite simply the best illustrated cookery course. In tune with current lifestyles and preferred food choices, this comprehensive book takes the reader – subject by subject – through every aspect of food preparation and cooking. Skills are comprehensively explained and clearly illustrated with step-by-step photographs throughout. Here you will find the essentials that most cookbooks leave out: how to prepare every ingredient from scratch, including vegetables, fish, shellfish, poultry and game; how to judge when meat is perfectly cooked and the best way to carve roasts; the correct texture at every stage of pastry, cake and bread making; and how to make the perfect pasta and risotto. And if things don’t turn out quite right, there is help on hand to identify what’s gone wrong and how to rectify the problem and/or avoid it happening next time. Home cooks will feel there is a Leiths chef looking over their shoulder and guiding them every step of the way.

Recipes are clearly set out, easy to follow and illustrated with full-page photographs, plus detail shots showing key preparation stages. There are over 500 recipes plus 250 variations, taking in contemporary dishes from cuisines worldwide as well as great classics with a modern twist. The ultimate cook’s reference book, this should be on every kitchen shelf.

Leiths School of Food and Wine Based in London, this renowned cookery school has acquired a first-class international reputation since it was founded by Pru Leith and Caroline Waldegrave in 1975. Students come from all over the world to be taught by professional chefs in a friendly atmosphere; many of them have moved on to highly successful careers in the world of food and catering. Countless amateur cooks have passed through Leiths, too, becoming confident, skilled home cooks.

£30.00 Hardback 978 184949 319 2 672pp 248 x 197mm 250,000 words 750 recipes including variations plus 130 techniques 820 colour photographs Publication September 2013

21

FOOD & WINE

The Only Recipes You’ll Ever Need

4 ways to cook almost everything Tony Turnbull photography by Romas Foord

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Running out of inspiration for everyday meals? Tired of cooking the same old recipes? Here’s a book that will put an end to all of that. Despite the plethora of cookbooks and cookery programmes encouraging us to try new recipes and ways of cooking, most people’s everyday cooking revolves around staple ingredients and dishes that are tasty and simple – and they often feel the need for new and original ideas. Tony Turnbull’s brilliant cookery feature in The Times Saturday magazine – The Only Four Recipes You’ll Ever Need – has been a huge success from the moment it first appeared. Readers love the simplicity of the concept: four simple but delicious alternative recipes for the foods we really love to eat. For example, a staple ingredient, cod, is shown in 4 ways – covered in thyme breadcrumbs; wrapped in prosciutto and sage; on top of minted peas and with a tomato and olive sauce. Divided into Lights, Mains, Desserts and Drinks, this superb collection of over 280 recipes features four dishes each for over 60 ingredients/styles of dish – including soups, pasta, pastry, fish, meat, roasts, salads, stir-fries, chocolate, berries, cocktails and many more. For everyday cooking this really is the only book you will ever need.

Tony Turnbull Tony Turnbull is Food and Drink Editor of The Times. During more than a decade with the newspaper he has written weekly columns, restaurant reviews and food features and cooked alongside some of the country’s best chefs, including Gordon Ramsay, Heston Blumenthal, Raymond Blanc, Michel Roux and Rick Stein. Over this time he has not only picked up a welter of tips and techniques but he has also developed a keen understanding of the way we shop and eat. He has previously collaborated with Gordon Ramsay on two cookbooks. This is the first under his own name.

‘Simple and delicious dishes for every night of the week. This book is a great staple for any kitchen’ Gordon Ramsay

£16.99 Flexibound 978 184949 286 7 144pp 253 x 201mm 35,000 words including over 280 recipes 280 colour photographs Publication May 2013

23

FOOD & WINE

The Only Recipes You’ll Ever Need

4 ways to cook almost everything Tony Turnbull photography by Romas Foord

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Running out of inspiration for everyday meals? Tired of cooking the same old recipes? Here’s a book that will put an end to all of that. Despite the plethora of cookbooks and cookery programmes encouraging us to try new recipes and ways of cooking, most people’s everyday cooking revolves around staple ingredients and dishes that are tasty and simple – and they often feel the need for new and original ideas. Tony Turnbull’s brilliant cookery feature in The Times Saturday magazine – The Only Four Recipes You’ll Ever Need – has been a huge success from the moment it first appeared. Readers love the simplicity of the concept: four simple but delicious alternative recipes for the foods we really love to eat. For example, a staple ingredient, cod, is shown in 4 ways – covered in thyme breadcrumbs; wrapped in prosciutto and sage; on top of minted peas and with a tomato and olive sauce. Divided into Lights, Mains, Desserts and Drinks, this superb collection of over 280 recipes features four dishes each for over 60 ingredients/styles of dish – including soups, pasta, pastry, fish, meat, roasts, salads, stir-fries, chocolate, berries, cocktails and many more. For everyday cooking this really is the only book you will ever need.

Tony Turnbull Tony Turnbull is Food and Drink Editor of The Times. During more than a decade with the newspaper he has written weekly columns, restaurant reviews and food features and cooked alongside some of the country’s best chefs, including Gordon Ramsay, Heston Blumenthal, Raymond Blanc, Michel Roux and Rick Stein. Over this time he has not only picked up a welter of tips and techniques but he has also developed a keen understanding of the way we shop and eat. He has previously collaborated with Gordon Ramsay on two cookbooks. This is the first under his own name.

‘Simple and delicious dishes for every night of the week. This book is a great staple for any kitchen’ Gordon Ramsay

£16.99 Flexibound 978 184949 286 7 144pp 253 x 201mm 35,000 words including over 280 recipes 280 colour photographs Publication May 2013

23

FOOD & WINE

Elizabeth David on Vegetables Elizabeth David compiled by Jill Norman photography by Kristin Perers

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Culinary legend Elizabeth David revolutionised British cooking, her recipes bringing the colour and vibrancy of sunnier climes to kitchens everywhere. Gathered together for the first time, this beautiful new collection celebrates her best vegetable recipes – featuring a range of delicious, timeless dishes filled with irresistible flavours, colours and scents. With today’s emphasis on eating more vegetables and increase in vegetarianism, this superb collection is sure to inspire a whole new generation of food lovers. Seven chapters guide the reader from soups, salads and small dishes through to pasta, rice dishes and more substantial fare, illustrated with sumptuous colour photography, while threaded throughout are a number of Elizabeth David’s short essays – richly evocative pieces full of history and anecdote as well as practical culinary advice. Published to celebrate the centenary of her birth, Elizabeth David on Vegetables is a must-have for anyone wishing to give vegetables a starring role in their cooking.

Elizabeth David Elizabeth David lived in France, Italy, Greece, Egypt and India, learning the local dishes and cooking them in her own kitchens. Her first book, Mediterranean Food, was published in 1950 to great success and was followed by French Country Cooking (1951), Italian Food (1954), Summer Cooking (1955), French Provincial Cooking (1960) and English Bread and Yeast Cookery, winner of the 1977 Glenfiddich Writer of the Year Award. An Omelette and a Glass of Wine, a selection of her journalistic work, was published in 1984. Elizabeth was made Chevalier de l’Ordre du Mérite Agricole in 1977, awarded the OBE in 1976 and the CBE in 1986. In 1982 she was elected Fellow of the Royal Society of Literature. Her books have sold in excess of 2 million copies worldwide.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 268 3 192pp 248 x 187mm 35,000 words including over 100 recipes 60 colour photographs Publication May 2013

25

FOOD & WINE

Elizabeth David on Vegetables Elizabeth David compiled by Jill Norman photography by Kristin Perers

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Culinary legend Elizabeth David revolutionised British cooking, her recipes bringing the colour and vibrancy of sunnier climes to kitchens everywhere. Gathered together for the first time, this beautiful new collection celebrates her best vegetable recipes – featuring a range of delicious, timeless dishes filled with irresistible flavours, colours and scents. With today’s emphasis on eating more vegetables and increase in vegetarianism, this superb collection is sure to inspire a whole new generation of food lovers. Seven chapters guide the reader from soups, salads and small dishes through to pasta, rice dishes and more substantial fare, illustrated with sumptuous colour photography, while threaded throughout are a number of Elizabeth David’s short essays – richly evocative pieces full of history and anecdote as well as practical culinary advice. Published to celebrate the centenary of her birth, Elizabeth David on Vegetables is a must-have for anyone wishing to give vegetables a starring role in their cooking.

Elizabeth David Elizabeth David lived in France, Italy, Greece, Egypt and India, learning the local dishes and cooking them in her own kitchens. Her first book, Mediterranean Food, was published in 1950 to great success and was followed by French Country Cooking (1951), Italian Food (1954), Summer Cooking (1955), French Provincial Cooking (1960) and English Bread and Yeast Cookery, winner of the 1977 Glenfiddich Writer of the Year Award. An Omelette and a Glass of Wine, a selection of her journalistic work, was published in 1984. Elizabeth was made Chevalier de l’Ordre du Mérite Agricole in 1977, awarded the OBE in 1976 and the CBE in 1986. In 1982 she was elected Fellow of the Royal Society of Literature. Her books have sold in excess of 2 million copies worldwide.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 268 3 192pp 248 x 187mm 35,000 words including over 100 recipes 60 colour photographs Publication May 2013

25

FOOD & WINE

Manly Food Simon Cave

photography by Beth Evans

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Because men order steak and women order salad! A book of savoury, strong and masculine flavours, Manly Food is a feast of high-quality recipes and expert instruction, designed to appeal to the tastes and interests of men. With recipes that are straightforward, fun and easy to cook, and superbly blokey photographs that bring cooking to life, Manly Food is the ideal companion for the male food lover. 18 chapters are arranged by areas of interest, such as Pure Meat, Wild & Foraged, Shared, Preserved from Scratch or Chilli & Spice – or occasion, such as Grill & Barbecue, Comfort Food, Fast Food, TV Dinners, Breakfasts & Hangovers and old-fashioned Manly Desserts and Cocktails, giving the reader a book for entertaining crowds, finding impressive menus for two, or simply cooking the perfect burger. There are close to 200 recipes, including lamb shank vindaloo, sweaty tacos with beef and chipotle sauce and even Peking duck, each accompanied by easy-to-follow instructions and over 100 colour photographs. The book also contains a butchery guide, offering the chance to learn how to prepare a whole roast suckling pig, as well as other useful tips on how to build a barbecue from scratch or sharpen knives – making it the perfect toolkit for all things manly and culinary. Manly Food offers readers the first genuinely complete companion for those who love hearty, masculine food.

Simon Cave Simon Cave is a food writer and blogger. He credits his food-obsessed, well-travelled parents with teaching him how to cook. Simon is passionate about seeking out and cooking quality food from around the world, be it the humble street foods of Asia or the grand and complex dishes of haute cuisine. However, first and foremost his love is for straightforward, home-prepared food done well, and he believes that ‘if cooking isn’t fun, you’re not doing it right’.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 273 7 288pp 252 x 216mm 65,000 words including 190 recipes 100 colour photographs Publication June 2013

27

FOOD & WINE

Manly Food Simon Cave

photography by Beth Evans

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Because men order steak and women order salad! A book of savoury, strong and masculine flavours, Manly Food is a feast of high-quality recipes and expert instruction, designed to appeal to the tastes and interests of men. With recipes that are straightforward, fun and easy to cook, and superbly blokey photographs that bring cooking to life, Manly Food is the ideal companion for the male food lover. 18 chapters are arranged by areas of interest, such as Pure Meat, Wild & Foraged, Shared, Preserved from Scratch or Chilli & Spice – or occasion, such as Grill & Barbecue, Comfort Food, Fast Food, TV Dinners, Breakfasts & Hangovers and old-fashioned Manly Desserts and Cocktails, giving the reader a book for entertaining crowds, finding impressive menus for two, or simply cooking the perfect burger. There are close to 200 recipes, including lamb shank vindaloo, sweaty tacos with beef and chipotle sauce and even Peking duck, each accompanied by easy-to-follow instructions and over 100 colour photographs. The book also contains a butchery guide, offering the chance to learn how to prepare a whole roast suckling pig, as well as other useful tips on how to build a barbecue from scratch or sharpen knives – making it the perfect toolkit for all things manly and culinary. Manly Food offers readers the first genuinely complete companion for those who love hearty, masculine food.

Simon Cave Simon Cave is a food writer and blogger. He credits his food-obsessed, well-travelled parents with teaching him how to cook. Simon is passionate about seeking out and cooking quality food from around the world, be it the humble street foods of Asia or the grand and complex dishes of haute cuisine. However, first and foremost his love is for straightforward, home-prepared food done well, and he believes that ‘if cooking isn’t fun, you’re not doing it right’.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 273 7 288pp 252 x 216mm 65,000 words including 190 recipes 100 colour photographs Publication June 2013

27

FOOD & WINE

Pretty Witty Cakes Book of Sugarcraft Characters

How to model fondant fairies, animals and other friends Suzi Witt

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Cupcakes are the definition of confectionary cool, with glittery, multi-coloured and skillfully piped toppings becoming commonplace, the newest trend and the ultimate decoration, that will make your cupcakes stand out from the rest, are Suzi Witt’s amazing sugarcraft characters! In just three short years Suzi Witt has built her baking business, Pretty Witty Cakes, into a favourite with cake decorators and sugarcrafters that has an ever-growing international army of admirers. Renowned for cute but accessible sugarcraft characters that have true universal appeal, this first book from Suzi Witt and Pretty Witty Cakes contains comprehensive instructions for over 30 cute and contemporary characters. Suzi’s natural instinct for an achievable design, paired with her expert tutoring experience, means that even the novice cake decorator is guaranteed to turn out impressive results when following the detailed step-by-step instructions for each of the characters, whether it is a delightful flower fairy, a cute woodland creature or a seasonal favourite, such as a frosty snowman. Modeled mainly by hand – with the limited use of only a very few tools or moulds – Suzi’s characterful designs can be successfully made with the minimum of equipment; something she has proven countless times with her sugarcraft day courses that attract cake decorators of all levels of ability. Perfect when placed singularly on a cupcake or grouped together in a scene on a larger cake, Suzi’s adorable sugarcraft characters will add personality and the aah-factor to your home cake baking.

Suzi Witt Since establishing Pretty Witty Cakes in 2009, high demand from her ardent followers has lead to Suzi rapidly growing the business with her cake baking and decorating day courses, supplemented by online tutorials. She made her debut demonstration at the 2012 Cake & Bake Show in London, where her show was the first ticketed event to sell out, and is set to return in 2013 in an even bigger way.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 328 4 192pp 280 x 216mm 30,000 words including 30 characters Over 150 colour photographs Publication September 2013

29

FOOD & WINE

Pretty Witty Cakes Book of Sugarcraft Characters

How to model fondant fairies, animals and other friends Suzi Witt

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Cupcakes are the definition of confectionary cool, with glittery, multi-coloured and skillfully piped toppings becoming commonplace, the newest trend and the ultimate decoration, that will make your cupcakes stand out from the rest, are Suzi Witt’s amazing sugarcraft characters! In just three short years Suzi Witt has built her baking business, Pretty Witty Cakes, into a favourite with cake decorators and sugarcrafters that has an ever-growing international army of admirers. Renowned for cute but accessible sugarcraft characters that have true universal appeal, this first book from Suzi Witt and Pretty Witty Cakes contains comprehensive instructions for over 30 cute and contemporary characters. Suzi’s natural instinct for an achievable design, paired with her expert tutoring experience, means that even the novice cake decorator is guaranteed to turn out impressive results when following the detailed step-by-step instructions for each of the characters, whether it is a delightful flower fairy, a cute woodland creature or a seasonal favourite, such as a frosty snowman. Modeled mainly by hand – with the limited use of only a very few tools or moulds – Suzi’s characterful designs can be successfully made with the minimum of equipment; something she has proven countless times with her sugarcraft day courses that attract cake decorators of all levels of ability. Perfect when placed singularly on a cupcake or grouped together in a scene on a larger cake, Suzi’s adorable sugarcraft characters will add personality and the aah-factor to your home cake baking.

Suzi Witt Since establishing Pretty Witty Cakes in 2009, high demand from her ardent followers has lead to Suzi rapidly growing the business with her cake baking and decorating day courses, supplemented by online tutorials. She made her debut demonstration at the 2012 Cake & Bake Show in London, where her show was the first ticketed event to sell out, and is set to return in 2013 in an even bigger way.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 328 4 192pp 280 x 216mm 30,000 words including 30 characters Over 150 colour photographs Publication September 2013

29

FOOD & WINE

The Kids Only Cookbook Sue Quinn

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Here’s a book that does exactly what it says on the tin – it’s a cookbook aimed specifically at kids, and only kids, so they can get down and dirty in the kitchen. Apart from the odd ‘adult alert’ the recipes are all easy and safe enough for children to cook entirely alone. A few basic guidelines show them how to get started – how not to chop your fingers off and how to find your way around the kitchen – and then it’s into 50 simple but really tasty recipes, arranged around the way kids live: Morning munchies, Scrummy suppers, Things to take out and about, When mates come over, and a bit more challenging: Posh nosh and Party time. All the dishes are the sort of things kids love, such as no-recipe pancakes, sensational smoothies, awesome ribs, chicken fajitas, easy-peasy pizzas, stripey cheesecake sundae, magic lemon pudding and amazing chocolate celebration cake. They’ll also learn as they go along; each recipe contains a culinary technique such as beating, whipping, piping or baking. All the dishes have been chosen and cooked by Sue’s kids: Ruby (11) and Ben (8). Every recipe is illustrated cartoon-style, with photos of every step you need to see to get the dish right, with easy-to-follow captions and comments from the kids themselves as they go along. And there’s also advice on how not to turn the kitchen into a disaster zone – clear up as you go along!

Sue Quinn Sue Quinn is a food writer, journalist and author of several cookery books. She has a lifelong interest in cooking and sharing good food, both in her native Australia and the UK. When not writing about food, she spends her free time cooking with her children. Sue has written books on Spanish and Japanese cooking, and most recently, a book on crackers. She is also a regular contributor to The Guardian’s online food and wine section and writes her own food blog, www.penandspoon.com.

£12.99 Hardback 978 184949 331 4 128pp 270 x 216mm 20,000 words including 50 recipes Over 300 colour photographs Publication August 2013

31

FOOD & WINE

The Kids Only Cookbook Sue Quinn

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Here’s a book that does exactly what it says on the tin – it’s a cookbook aimed specifically at kids, and only kids, so they can get down and dirty in the kitchen. Apart from the odd ‘adult alert’ the recipes are all easy and safe enough for children to cook entirely alone. A few basic guidelines show them how to get started – how not to chop your fingers off and how to find your way around the kitchen – and then it’s into 50 simple but really tasty recipes, arranged around the way kids live: Morning munchies, Scrummy suppers, Things to take out and about, When mates come over, and a bit more challenging: Posh nosh and Party time. All the dishes are the sort of things kids love, such as no-recipe pancakes, sensational smoothies, awesome ribs, chicken fajitas, easy-peasy pizzas, stripey cheesecake sundae, magic lemon pudding and amazing chocolate celebration cake. They’ll also learn as they go along; each recipe contains a culinary technique such as beating, whipping, piping or baking. All the dishes have been chosen and cooked by Sue’s kids: Ruby (11) and Ben (8). Every recipe is illustrated cartoon-style, with photos of every step you need to see to get the dish right, with easy-to-follow captions and comments from the kids themselves as they go along. And there’s also advice on how not to turn the kitchen into a disaster zone – clear up as you go along!

Sue Quinn Sue Quinn is a food writer, journalist and author of several cookery books. She has a lifelong interest in cooking and sharing good food, both in her native Australia and the UK. When not writing about food, she spends her free time cooking with her children. Sue has written books on Spanish and Japanese cooking, and most recently, a book on crackers. She is also a regular contributor to The Guardian’s online food and wine section and writes her own food blog, www.penandspoon.com.

£12.99 Hardback 978 184949 331 4 128pp 270 x 216mm 20,000 words including 50 recipes Over 300 colour photographs Publication August 2013

31

FOOD & WINE

Mark Hix

The Collection photography by Jason Lowe

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Mark Hix has spent the past two decades redefining the culinary landscape with his original take on British gastronomy. In this stunning book, the celebrated chef, restaurateur and food writer has gathered together over 300 of his finest recipes, reflecting his general philosophy towards food – his love of exceptional ingredients and his simple, honest approach to their preparation and cooking – while showcasing his unerring ability to reinvent even the most traditional dishes with a contemporary touch. Divided into 9 chapters – Starters & Snacks; Salads; Soups; Fish & Seafood; Poultry & Game, Meat; Vegetables; Puddings; Stocks & Sauces – recipes are included for every occasion and showcase Mark’s unrivalled understanding of ingredients, provenance and seasonality. Savoury dishes include such varied delights as celery and pickled walnut salad, stargazey pie, and roast wood pidgeon with blaeberries, while sweet options range from simple classics such as burnt cream, blueberry pie and chocolate mousse to the impressive elderflower jelly with summer fruits. Throughout Mark writes passionately about his desire for readers to experience the taste of food grown locally at its peak, and the excitement that cooking with seasonal produce and traditional artisanal foodstuffs offers. Illustrated with artwork from a number of leading contemporary artists including Tracy Emin, as well as photography from award-winning food photographer Jason Lowe, Mark Hix: The Collection is, quite simply, an essential addition to any cookbook collection.

Mark Hix Mark Hix has been at the forefront of the revival in interest in British ingredients and cooking for over 20 years. Following 17 years overseeing London’s fashionable Le Caprice, The Ivy, Scott’s and J. Sheekey, Mark set up on his own and now has six acclaimed restaurants in London and the West Country. He has just celebrated 10 years as recipe columnist for The Independent on Saturday Magazine and has written nine cookbooks, including Mark Hix on Baking, Hix Oyster & Chop House, British Regional Food, which received a Guild of Food Writers’ Award and the André Simon Book Award – Special Commendation, and British Seasonal Food, which was named The Guild of Food Writers’ Cookery Book of the Year.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 317 8 320pp 280 x 220mm 75,000 words including over 300 recipes Over 200 colour photographs Publication October 2013

Also by this author, see pages 38–39: Mark Hix on Baking Hix Oyster & Chop House British Seasonal Food British Regional Food Fish etc.

33

FOOD & WINE

Mark Hix

The Collection photography by Jason Lowe

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Mark Hix has spent the past two decades redefining the culinary landscape with his original take on British gastronomy. In this stunning book, the celebrated chef, restaurateur and food writer has gathered together over 300 of his finest recipes, reflecting his general philosophy towards food – his love of exceptional ingredients and his simple, honest approach to their preparation and cooking – while showcasing his unerring ability to reinvent even the most traditional dishes with a contemporary touch. Divided into 9 chapters – Starters & Snacks; Salads; Soups; Fish & Seafood; Poultry & Game, Meat; Vegetables; Puddings; Stocks & Sauces – recipes are included for every occasion and showcase Mark’s unrivalled understanding of ingredients, provenance and seasonality. Savoury dishes include such varied delights as celery and pickled walnut salad, stargazey pie, and roast wood pidgeon with blaeberries, while sweet options range from simple classics such as burnt cream, blueberry pie and chocolate mousse to the impressive elderflower jelly with summer fruits. Throughout Mark writes passionately about his desire for readers to experience the taste of food grown locally at its peak, and the excitement that cooking with seasonal produce and traditional artisanal foodstuffs offers. Illustrated with artwork from a number of leading contemporary artists including Tracy Emin, as well as photography from award-winning food photographer Jason Lowe, Mark Hix: The Collection is, quite simply, an essential addition to any cookbook collection.

Mark Hix Mark Hix has been at the forefront of the revival in interest in British ingredients and cooking for over 20 years. Following 17 years overseeing London’s fashionable Le Caprice, The Ivy, Scott’s and J. Sheekey, Mark set up on his own and now has six acclaimed restaurants in London and the West Country. He has just celebrated 10 years as recipe columnist for The Independent on Saturday Magazine and has written nine cookbooks, including Mark Hix on Baking, Hix Oyster & Chop House, British Regional Food, which received a Guild of Food Writers’ Award and the André Simon Book Award – Special Commendation, and British Seasonal Food, which was named The Guild of Food Writers’ Cookery Book of the Year.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 317 8 320pp 280 x 220mm 75,000 words including over 300 recipes Over 200 colour photographs Publication October 2013

Also by this author, see pages 38–39: Mark Hix on Baking Hix Oyster & Chop House British Seasonal Food British Regional Food Fish etc.

33

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 185 3 320pp 280 x 220mm 79,000 words including over 200 recipes with variations 300 colour photographs

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 186 0 320pp 280 x 220mm 75,000 words including over 300 recipes 300 colour photographs

Michel Roux

Antonio Carluccio

photography by Martin Brigdale

photography by Alastair Hendy

The Collection

This is a collection of 200 of Michel Roux’s finest recipes – for all seasons and to suit all occasions. The book covers: Breakfast and Brunch; Starters; Fish and Shellfish; Poultry, Meat and Game; Vegetables, Eggs and Cheese; Desserts; Baking; Party Food; Stocks and Sauces. Contemporary dishes are featured, along with Michel’s interpretations of classic French dishes. Designed in a clear, easy-tofollow style and illustrated throughout with stunning photographs, this is a must-have recipe collection from one of our greatest chefs.

Michel Roux At his restaurant, The Waterside Inn at Bray, Michel Roux has held three Michelin stars for 27 years. He holds countless other culinary honours and was awarded an OBE in 2002 and the Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur. Michel has appeared in two television series and written several successful books which have been translated into 13 languages, including Eggs (2005), Pastry (2007), Sauces (2009) and Desserts (2011) .

‘This collection of Roux’s finest dishes essentially forms an autobiography in 250 recipes’ The Times

The Collection

The Godfather of Italian food, Antonio Carluccio is an internationally acclaimed cook whose worldwide book sales number in the millions and whose television series have screened in over 20 countries.

Now, for the first time, he has brought together over 300 of his best recipes to form this collection. Capturing his simple, joyful and no-fuss approach to cooking, this book covers every aspect of the Italian meal, from antipasti to dolci and featuring mouthwatering dishes from each of Italy’s distinct culinary regions. Packed with stunning photographs and infused with Antonio’s characteristic voice and style, this is bound to become the most significant Italian cookbook of its generation.

Antonio Carluccio Antonio Carluccio is recognised as one of Italy’s greatest food ambassadors, has written 14 best-selling books and has also made numerous television programmes. He set up the Neal Street Restaurant and developed the hugely successful international Carluccio’s restaurant group. In 1998 Antonio was given the Commendatore award for his lifetime’s service to Italian food, and in 2007 he received an OBE. His books have sold in excess of 600,000 copies worldwide.

‘A passionate partisan for his country’s cuisine’ The Times

Also by this author, see page 62:

Desserts Pastry Eggs Sauces French Country Cooking 34

Also by this author, see pages 56–57:

Two Greedy Italians Eat Italy Two Greedy Italians Antonio Carluccio’s Simple Cooking Italia Complete Mushroom Book Complete Italian Food

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 185 3 320pp 280 x 220mm 79,000 words including over 200 recipes with variations 300 colour photographs

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 186 0 320pp 280 x 220mm 75,000 words including over 300 recipes 300 colour photographs

Michel Roux

Antonio Carluccio

photography by Martin Brigdale

photography by Alastair Hendy

The Collection

This is a collection of 200 of Michel Roux’s finest recipes – for all seasons and to suit all occasions. The book covers: Breakfast and Brunch; Starters; Fish and Shellfish; Poultry, Meat and Game; Vegetables, Eggs and Cheese; Desserts; Baking; Party Food; Stocks and Sauces. Contemporary dishes are featured, along with Michel’s interpretations of classic French dishes. Designed in a clear, easy-tofollow style and illustrated throughout with stunning photographs, this is a must-have recipe collection from one of our greatest chefs.

Michel Roux At his restaurant, The Waterside Inn at Bray, Michel Roux has held three Michelin stars for 27 years. He holds countless other culinary honours and was awarded an OBE in 2002 and the Chevalier de la Légion d’Honneur. Michel has appeared in two television series and written several successful books which have been translated into 13 languages, including Eggs (2005), Pastry (2007), Sauces (2009) and Desserts (2011) .

‘This collection of Roux’s finest dishes essentially forms an autobiography in 250 recipes’ The Times

The Collection

The Godfather of Italian food, Antonio Carluccio is an internationally acclaimed cook whose worldwide book sales number in the millions and whose television series have screened in over 20 countries.

Now, for the first time, he has brought together over 300 of his best recipes to form this collection. Capturing his simple, joyful and no-fuss approach to cooking, this book covers every aspect of the Italian meal, from antipasti to dolci and featuring mouthwatering dishes from each of Italy’s distinct culinary regions. Packed with stunning photographs and infused with Antonio’s characteristic voice and style, this is bound to become the most significant Italian cookbook of its generation.

Antonio Carluccio Antonio Carluccio is recognised as one of Italy’s greatest food ambassadors, has written 14 best-selling books and has also made numerous television programmes. He set up the Neal Street Restaurant and developed the hugely successful international Carluccio’s restaurant group. In 1998 Antonio was given the Commendatore award for his lifetime’s service to Italian food, and in 2007 he received an OBE. His books have sold in excess of 600,000 copies worldwide.

‘A passionate partisan for his country’s cuisine’ The Times

Also by this author, see page 62:

Desserts Pastry Eggs Sauces French Country Cooking 34

Also by this author, see pages 56–57:

Two Greedy Italians Eat Italy Two Greedy Italians Antonio Carluccio’s Simple Cooking Italia Complete Mushroom Book Complete Italian Food

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 121 1 192pp 248 x 187mm 33,000 words including over 80 recipes 90 colour photographs

Kitchin Suppers Tom Kitchin

photography by Laura Edwards

Scotland’s hottest chef takes us into his own home kitchen to show just how uncomplicated gourmet food can be. Drawing on his experience of home cooking Tom provides fantastic recipes for time-pressured cooks. From one-pan wonders and meals that can be put together in half an hour, to intense braises that can be left alone to cook, there are brilliant ideas for easy midweek meals.

For effortless entertaining his Saturday suppers can be matched with his elegant starters and easy desserts. And for the Sunday roast, Tom shares his clever twists on traditional roasts and creative seasonal accompaniments. Created specifically for the home kitchen; this collection of recipes will provide ideas for every occasion.

Tom Kitchin Tom Kitchin’s first restaurant, The Kitchin, in Edinburgh, was awarded a Michelin star only six months after opening. Since then he has received numerous awards, including Observer Food Monthly’s Restaurant of the Year (2010). Tom is regularly invited to appear on television following his success in BBC2’s Great British Menu. ’With his talent and energy, Tom makes good cooking accessible to everyone’ Alain Ducasse

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 115 0 272pp 253 x 197mm 58,000 words including 120 recipes 280 colour photographs

Nathan Outlaw’s British Seafood Nathan Outlaw

foreword by Rick Stein photography by David Loftus

This book is arguably the most original and beautifully illustrated book on British seafood written for decades. Sourcing sustainable fish and local produce in season, Nathan Outlaw uses his flair to take simple fish cooking to new heights. There is nothing complicated about his recipes, they are easy to replicate. His style of cooking encourages the individual flavours of seafood to shine through. The core of the book takes you through the individual fish and shellfish. For each, he suggests the best cooking technique and how to match the fish with sauces and accompaniments. He then gives recipes for each fish, ranging from quick dishes to signature dishes from his restaurant. Finally, he offers a detailed guide to preparing seafood.

Nathan Outlaw In 2011, Nathan Outlaw was awarded two Michelin stars for his Restaurant Nathan Outlaw in Cornwall – the only fish restaurant in the world to hold two stars. He is now a familiar personality on television with appearances on BBC2’s Great British Menu and Saturday Kitchen.

‘The year’s top seafood book’ BBC Good Food

EXPORT EDITION Kitchin Suppers £20.00 Hardback 978 184949 306 2

36

EXPORT EDITION Nathan Outlaw’s Modern Seafood £25.00 Hardback 978 184949 159 4

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 121 1 192pp 248 x 187mm 33,000 words including over 80 recipes 90 colour photographs

Kitchin Suppers Tom Kitchin

photography by Laura Edwards

Scotland’s hottest chef takes us into his own home kitchen to show just how uncomplicated gourmet food can be. Drawing on his experience of home cooking Tom provides fantastic recipes for time-pressured cooks. From one-pan wonders and meals that can be put together in half an hour, to intense braises that can be left alone to cook, there are brilliant ideas for easy midweek meals.

For effortless entertaining his Saturday suppers can be matched with his elegant starters and easy desserts. And for the Sunday roast, Tom shares his clever twists on traditional roasts and creative seasonal accompaniments. Created specifically for the home kitchen; this collection of recipes will provide ideas for every occasion.

Tom Kitchin Tom Kitchin’s first restaurant, The Kitchin, in Edinburgh, was awarded a Michelin star only six months after opening. Since then he has received numerous awards, including Observer Food Monthly’s Restaurant of the Year (2010). Tom is regularly invited to appear on television following his success in BBC2’s Great British Menu. ’With his talent and energy, Tom makes good cooking accessible to everyone’ Alain Ducasse

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 115 0 272pp 253 x 197mm 58,000 words including 120 recipes 280 colour photographs

Nathan Outlaw’s British Seafood Nathan Outlaw

foreword by Rick Stein photography by David Loftus

This book is arguably the most original and beautifully illustrated book on British seafood written for decades. Sourcing sustainable fish and local produce in season, Nathan Outlaw uses his flair to take simple fish cooking to new heights. There is nothing complicated about his recipes, they are easy to replicate. His style of cooking encourages the individual flavours of seafood to shine through. The core of the book takes you through the individual fish and shellfish. For each, he suggests the best cooking technique and how to match the fish with sauces and accompaniments. He then gives recipes for each fish, ranging from quick dishes to signature dishes from his restaurant. Finally, he offers a detailed guide to preparing seafood.

Nathan Outlaw In 2011, Nathan Outlaw was awarded two Michelin stars for his Restaurant Nathan Outlaw in Cornwall – the only fish restaurant in the world to hold two stars. He is now a familiar personality on television with appearances on BBC2’s Great British Menu and Saturday Kitchen.

‘The year’s top seafood book’ BBC Good Food

EXPORT EDITION Kitchin Suppers £20.00 Hardback 978 184949 306 2

36

EXPORT EDITION Nathan Outlaw’s Modern Seafood £25.00 Hardback 978 184949 159 4

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 392 1 192pp 248 x 187mm 47,000 words including 100 recipes 105 colour photographs

Hix Oyster & Chop House Mark Hix photography by Jason Lowe

Mark Hix on Baking Savoury and sweet recipes photography by Jason Lowe

For Mark Hix, baking covers pretty much anything that can be cooked in the dry heat of an oven. In this exciting book, he applies his characteristic flair to a range of sweet and savoury recipes from around the world. Split into chapters covering snacks, bread, meat and fish, vegetables, savoury and sweet tarts and puddings and cakes, Mark gives all the recipes his signature modern twist. His savoury dishes include such varied delights as hay baked veal and oyster and chorizo pies, while the sweet options range from a pleasingly traditional apple cake to a show-stopping baked Alaska. With its wide range of unusual recipes for everyday and more special occasions, Mark Hix on Baking is a fresh and original take on this popular subject.

Mark Hix Mark Hix is a celebrated food writer and renowned restaurateur.

Mark owns and runs six acclaimed restaurants in London and the West Country. He has a weekly column in The Independent Magazine and has written nine cookbooks, including Fish etc., British Regional Food, which received a Guild of Food Writers’ Award and the André Simon Book Award – Special Commendation in 2007, and British Seasonal Food, which was named The Guild of Food Writers’ Cookery Book of the Year in 2009.

‘Hix fixes it again with this essential heartwarmer of a cookbook, taking baking on a heavenly journey from the comfort of basics to imaginative fancy’ Rose Prince

38

‘This hearty romp through the menu of Mark Hix’s Smithfield restaurant is an unmitigated joy for lovers of British food’ Great British Food magazine

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 599 4 240pp 266 x 210mm 90,000 words including 135 recipes and ideas Over 200 colour photographs

British Regional Food | Mark Hix photography by Jason Lowe

Celebrated British chef and award-winning food writer Mark Hix has toured the country with leading food photographer Jason Lowe to produce this riveting survey of British regional fare.

It includes a treasury of recipes – some totally true to tradition, others cleverly simplified for todays cook – ranging from Welsh onion cake to Cornish red mullet soup. With fascinating information on artisan producers, this book will inspire and delight in equal measure.

‘A fitting celebration of all that is great about British food’ The Mail on Sunday, Night & Day

British Seasonal Food | Mark Hix photography by Jason Lowe

In British Seasonal Food Mark Hix details month-by-month the home-grown ingredients that are at their seasonal best, from fruit and vegetables to game and wild foods. He provides information on where to buy and source the foods, how to prepare and cook them, and suggests simple ways to serve them – to enjoy their flavour to the full. Packed with 150 inventive, mouth-watering recipes, all superbly photographed by Jason Lowe, British Seasonal Food is a book to treasure.

‘This book makes me salivate. It is inspirational rather than finger-wagging and I tick off greedily the recipes I want to cook.

What’s more, the illustrations are enchanting’ Nigella Lawson in delicious. Magazine

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Mark Hix

This book is a celebration of the superb food served at Mark Hix’s award-winning restaurant. Hix Oyster & Chop House features 100 simple yet sophisticated recipes, focusing on the produce and British heritage that make Mark’s food modern and unique.

Dishes range from bar snacks and starters to main dishes, sides and desserts. Informative features on oysters and meat cuts provide invaluable reference. Gloriously illustrated, this book is a must-have for all lovers of real British food.

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 943 5 240pp 266 x 210mm 68,000 words including 145 recipes and ideas Over 200 colour photographs 40 colour illustrations

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 124 2 192pp 248 x 187mm 31,000 words including 100 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

£12.99 Hardback 978 184400 971 8 160pp 248 x 192mm 37,000 words including 150 recipes and ideas Over 120 colour and black-and-white photographs

Fish etc. | Mark Hix

The ultimate book for seafood lovers photography by Jason Lowe Mark Hix instils readers with the joys of cooking fish and the confidence to handle them with ease, to produce exciting dishes for all occasions. Divided into user-friendly chapters, such as Fast, Light, Comfort and Posh, there are over 150 fresh, modern and inspirational recipes and ideas for making the most of seafood.

Dishes range from simple fish ceviche to prawn burgers and poached turbot. Throughout there are suggestions for the best sauces and accompaniments, and the helpful introduction gives advice on buying, storing and all aspects of preparing fish.

‘Imaginative and easy. What more could you want?’ delicious. Magazine

39

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 392 1 192pp 248 x 187mm 47,000 words including 100 recipes 105 colour photographs

Hix Oyster & Chop House Mark Hix photography by Jason Lowe

Mark Hix on Baking Savoury and sweet recipes photography by Jason Lowe

For Mark Hix, baking covers pretty much anything that can be cooked in the dry heat of an oven. In this exciting book, he applies his characteristic flair to a range of sweet and savoury recipes from around the world. Split into chapters covering snacks, bread, meat and fish, vegetables, savoury and sweet tarts and puddings and cakes, Mark gives all the recipes his signature modern twist. His savoury dishes include such varied delights as hay baked veal and oyster and chorizo pies, while the sweet options range from a pleasingly traditional apple cake to a show-stopping baked Alaska. With its wide range of unusual recipes for everyday and more special occasions, Mark Hix on Baking is a fresh and original take on this popular subject.

Mark Hix Mark Hix is a celebrated food writer and renowned restaurateur.

Mark owns and runs six acclaimed restaurants in London and the West Country. He has a weekly column in The Independent Magazine and has written nine cookbooks, including Fish etc., British Regional Food, which received a Guild of Food Writers’ Award and the André Simon Book Award – Special Commendation in 2007, and British Seasonal Food, which was named The Guild of Food Writers’ Cookery Book of the Year in 2009.

‘Hix fixes it again with this essential heartwarmer of a cookbook, taking baking on a heavenly journey from the comfort of basics to imaginative fancy’ Rose Prince

38

‘This hearty romp through the menu of Mark Hix’s Smithfield restaurant is an unmitigated joy for lovers of British food’ Great British Food magazine

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 599 4 240pp 266 x 210mm 90,000 words including 135 recipes and ideas Over 200 colour photographs

British Regional Food | Mark Hix photography by Jason Lowe

Celebrated British chef and award-winning food writer Mark Hix has toured the country with leading food photographer Jason Lowe to produce this riveting survey of British regional fare.

It includes a treasury of recipes – some totally true to tradition, others cleverly simplified for todays cook – ranging from Welsh onion cake to Cornish red mullet soup. With fascinating information on artisan producers, this book will inspire and delight in equal measure.

‘A fitting celebration of all that is great about British food’ The Mail on Sunday, Night & Day

British Seasonal Food | Mark Hix photography by Jason Lowe

In British Seasonal Food Mark Hix details month-by-month the home-grown ingredients that are at their seasonal best, from fruit and vegetables to game and wild foods. He provides information on where to buy and source the foods, how to prepare and cook them, and suggests simple ways to serve them – to enjoy their flavour to the full. Packed with 150 inventive, mouth-watering recipes, all superbly photographed by Jason Lowe, British Seasonal Food is a book to treasure.

‘This book makes me salivate. It is inspirational rather than finger-wagging and I tick off greedily the recipes I want to cook.

What’s more, the illustrations are enchanting’ Nigella Lawson in delicious. Magazine

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Mark Hix

This book is a celebration of the superb food served at Mark Hix’s award-winning restaurant. Hix Oyster & Chop House features 100 simple yet sophisticated recipes, focusing on the produce and British heritage that make Mark’s food modern and unique.

Dishes range from bar snacks and starters to main dishes, sides and desserts. Informative features on oysters and meat cuts provide invaluable reference. Gloriously illustrated, this book is a must-have for all lovers of real British food.

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 943 5 240pp 266 x 210mm 68,000 words including 145 recipes and ideas Over 200 colour photographs 40 colour illustrations

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 124 2 192pp 248 x 187mm 31,000 words including 100 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

£12.99 Hardback 978 184400 971 8 160pp 248 x 192mm 37,000 words including 150 recipes and ideas Over 120 colour and black-and-white photographs

Fish etc. | Mark Hix

The ultimate book for seafood lovers photography by Jason Lowe Mark Hix instils readers with the joys of cooking fish and the confidence to handle them with ease, to produce exciting dishes for all occasions. Divided into user-friendly chapters, such as Fast, Light, Comfort and Posh, there are over 150 fresh, modern and inspirational recipes and ideas for making the most of seafood.

Dishes range from simple fish ceviche to prawn burgers and poached turbot. Throughout there are suggestions for the best sauces and accompaniments, and the helpful introduction gives advice on buying, storing and all aspects of preparing fish.

‘Imaginative and easy. What more could you want?’ delicious. Magazine

39

£19.99 Hardback 978 184400 889 6 176pp 253 x 201mm 44,000 words including 75 recipes 70 colour photographs Over 60,000 copies sold

I Love Curry

Anjum’s Eat Right for your Body Type

Anjum Anand

Anjum Anand

The best Indian curries you’ll ever cook photography by Jonathan Gregson

photography by Emma Lee

‘The appeal of this book lies in the curries you’re unlikely to find at your local flock-wallpapered restaurant’ You Magazine

Anjum Anand

We should all be eating more vegetables, and Anjum’s plethora of scintillating flavours means even the most carnivorous among us will never miss meat. Anjum adapts the true flavours of India, with her concern for healthy eating and a good diet making every dish light and modern. From breakfast and brunch to cheese, pulses and eggs, taking in dinner parties with divine desserts and family grills along the way, there’s something here for every occasion. Her chapter on breakfasts gives such delights as masala omelette and coconut French toast, and also more unfamiliar but seductive recipes such as delicately spiced Keralan banana pancakes with peanut butter. Even barbecues are not forgotten, with a range of recipes for the grill, such as mile-high chickpea burgers with Indian purple coleslaw and Delhi-style grilled sweetcorn.

Anjum Anand Anjum Anand grew up in London and has worked in restaurants in New York, Los Angeles and New Delhi, but her real love is homecooked food. She was one of the first writers to create fresh, light and health-conscious Indian recipes. She has presented two successful Indian Food Made Easy BBC TV series and written four bestselling books, all published by Quadrille.

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 731 8 256pp 248 x 197mm £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 616 8 256pp 248 x 197mm 49,000 words including 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 195,000 copies sold

Anjum’s New Indian | Anjum Anand photography by Vanessa Courtier

Based on the same principles as Indian Food Made Easy – light, modern Indian food for today’s busy cooks – Anjum has created a new collection of delicious dishes that are easy and often quick to put together and full of flavour. All the recipes are divided into chapters on Brunches and Light Meals, Seafood, Chicken, Lamb, Vegetables, Beans and Lentils, Bread and Rice, Raitas and Chutneys. In addition, Anjum gives tips for using core Indian ingredients and information on the cooking of different regions.

‘Take a cuisine that’s the nation’s favourite, an easy-on-the-eye cook, and light recipes aimed at today’s busy cooks. The result is a no-brainer – success’ delicious. Magazine

The super-healthy diet inspired by Ayurveda photography by Lisa Linder

Whether you want to lose weight or find a diet that chimes with your body type to bring optimum health, here is the book for you.

The Indian system of Ayurveda, the world’s oldest, most holistic medical system, teaches how to maintain optimum health and harmony within ourselves. Here, Anjum shows how to determine your body type, the foods you should eat (or avoid), and how to combine them into delicious recipes. Uniquely, this Ayurvedic cookbook includes recipes from East and West, plus charts stating which ingredients suit which body type.

‘Take note of the recipes – they’re great, simple, brimming with flavour and very, very healthy’ The Daily Telegraph

£9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 129 7 160pp 223 x 177mm £14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 571 0 160pp 253 x 201mm 31,000 words including over 70 recipes 60 colour photographs Over 310,000 copies sold

Indian Food Made Easy Anjum Anand photography by Vanessa Courtier

If you’ve ever wanted to try cooking Indian food, then this is the book for you. Indian Food Made Easy accompanied the BBC TV series in which Anjum Anand created delicious Indian food that is light, healthy and bursting with flavour. There are chapters on Light Snacks, Meat and Poultry, Fish and Seafood, Vegetables, Lentils and Beans, Bread and Rice, Raitas and Chutneys, and Drinks and Desserts. You will also find tips and techniques throughout to guide you, advice on using the various spices, the store-cupboard basics you will need and a useful glossary.

‘With its scintillating flavour combinations, even dedicated carnivores won’t miss a thing in Anjum’s Indian Vegetarian Feast’ Good Housekeeping 40

41

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Fabulous fresh Indian food

Anjum Anand’s sensational curries include regional dishes, favourite restaurant classics and many of her own original creations. As with all Anjum’s recipes, they are written to suit a healthier and lighter way of eating; but every dish bursts with flavour. Divided into chapters on Fish and Seafood, Poultry and Game, Meat and Vegetable curries, this the essential book for all lovers of Indian food, whether they are confident cooks or novice enthusiasts.

Anjum’s Indian Vegetarian Feast

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 757 8 160pp 253 x 201mm 47,000 words including over 75 recipes 70 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£19.99 Hardback 978 184949 120 4 176pp 253 x 201mm 42,000 words including 90 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 40,000 copies sold

£19.99 Hardback 978 184400 889 6 176pp 253 x 201mm 44,000 words including 75 recipes 70 colour photographs Over 60,000 copies sold

I Love Curry

Anjum’s Eat Right for your Body Type

Anjum Anand

Anjum Anand

The best Indian curries you’ll ever cook photography by Jonathan Gregson

photography by Emma Lee

‘The appeal of this book lies in the curries you’re unlikely to find at your local flock-wallpapered restaurant’ You Magazine

Anjum Anand

We should all be eating more vegetables, and Anjum’s plethora of scintillating flavours means even the most carnivorous among us will never miss meat. Anjum adapts the true flavours of India, with her concern for healthy eating and a good diet making every dish light and modern. From breakfast and brunch to cheese, pulses and eggs, taking in dinner parties with divine desserts and family grills along the way, there’s something here for every occasion. Her chapter on breakfasts gives such delights as masala omelette and coconut French toast, and also more unfamiliar but seductive recipes such as delicately spiced Keralan banana pancakes with peanut butter. Even barbecues are not forgotten, with a range of recipes for the grill, such as mile-high chickpea burgers with Indian purple coleslaw and Delhi-style grilled sweetcorn.

Anjum Anand Anjum Anand grew up in London and has worked in restaurants in New York, Los Angeles and New Delhi, but her real love is homecooked food. She was one of the first writers to create fresh, light and health-conscious Indian recipes. She has presented two successful Indian Food Made Easy BBC TV series and written four bestselling books, all published by Quadrille.

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 731 8 256pp 248 x 197mm £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 616 8 256pp 248 x 197mm 49,000 words including 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 195,000 copies sold

Anjum’s New Indian | Anjum Anand photography by Vanessa Courtier

Based on the same principles as Indian Food Made Easy – light, modern Indian food for today’s busy cooks – Anjum has created a new collection of delicious dishes that are easy and often quick to put together and full of flavour. All the recipes are divided into chapters on Brunches and Light Meals, Seafood, Chicken, Lamb, Vegetables, Beans and Lentils, Bread and Rice, Raitas and Chutneys. In addition, Anjum gives tips for using core Indian ingredients and information on the cooking of different regions.

‘Take a cuisine that’s the nation’s favourite, an easy-on-the-eye cook, and light recipes aimed at today’s busy cooks. The result is a no-brainer – success’ delicious. Magazine

The super-healthy diet inspired by Ayurveda photography by Lisa Linder

Whether you want to lose weight or find a diet that chimes with your body type to bring optimum health, here is the book for you.

The Indian system of Ayurveda, the world’s oldest, most holistic medical system, teaches how to maintain optimum health and harmony within ourselves. Here, Anjum shows how to determine your body type, the foods you should eat (or avoid), and how to combine them into delicious recipes. Uniquely, this Ayurvedic cookbook includes recipes from East and West, plus charts stating which ingredients suit which body type.

‘Take note of the recipes – they’re great, simple, brimming with flavour and very, very healthy’ The Daily Telegraph

£9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 129 7 160pp 223 x 177mm £14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 571 0 160pp 253 x 201mm 31,000 words including over 70 recipes 60 colour photographs Over 310,000 copies sold

Indian Food Made Easy Anjum Anand photography by Vanessa Courtier

If you’ve ever wanted to try cooking Indian food, then this is the book for you. Indian Food Made Easy accompanied the BBC TV series in which Anjum Anand created delicious Indian food that is light, healthy and bursting with flavour. There are chapters on Light Snacks, Meat and Poultry, Fish and Seafood, Vegetables, Lentils and Beans, Bread and Rice, Raitas and Chutneys, and Drinks and Desserts. You will also find tips and techniques throughout to guide you, advice on using the various spices, the store-cupboard basics you will need and a useful glossary.

‘With its scintillating flavour combinations, even dedicated carnivores won’t miss a thing in Anjum’s Indian Vegetarian Feast’ Good Housekeeping 40

41

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Fabulous fresh Indian food

Anjum Anand’s sensational curries include regional dishes, favourite restaurant classics and many of her own original creations. As with all Anjum’s recipes, they are written to suit a healthier and lighter way of eating; but every dish bursts with flavour. Divided into chapters on Fish and Seafood, Poultry and Game, Meat and Vegetable curries, this the essential book for all lovers of Indian food, whether they are confident cooks or novice enthusiasts.

Anjum’s Indian Vegetarian Feast

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 757 8 160pp 253 x 201mm 47,000 words including over 75 recipes 70 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£19.99 Hardback 978 184949 120 4 176pp 253 x 201mm 42,000 words including 90 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 40,000 copies sold

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 835 3 224pp 280 x 216mm 31,000 words including 100 recipes Over 150 colour photographs

The Scandinavian Cookbook Trine Hahnemann

Scandinavian Christmas Trine Hahnemann

Trine Hahnemann

Scandinavia may be small, but with its dramatically changing seasons and strong agricultural and fishing traditions, it offers much in terms of food and lifestyle and Lars Ranek’s evocative photographs reflect a year’s cycle, comprising lifestyle and festivals as well as seasonal dishes. Of course, fish features large – with recipes for smoked and marinated salmon and gravad lax, Skagen fish soup and Limfjords mussels, as well as a variety of Smørrebrød open sandwiches, and rice pudding with warm cherry sauce, among others. All in all, this is a stunning evocation of a great cuisine.

The Nordic diet is increasingly seen as comparable in terms of nutrition – as well as tastiness – to the well-known Mediterranean diet. Its emphasis on seasonality and on moving away from mass-produced food also provides a blueprint for eco-friendly eating. With its emphasis on seasonal food; it consists of a wide variety of fresh, health-giving and easily obtainable produce. In this groundbreaking book, Trine Hahnemann, doyenne of Scandinavian cooking, provides a collection of delicious Nordic recipes for all occasions.

‘Delve into a modern take on seasonal cooking from Denmark, Sweden and Norway’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Trine Hahnemann

photography by Jason Lowe

‘What’s not to love about a Scandinavian Christmas? Hahnemann’s book not only teaches me how to make my own Glögg – the Scandinavian version of mulled wine – and cook a spiced quince ham, but it even explains how to build a gingerbread town. Now all it needs to do is make it snow’ Top Santé 42

Eat your way to health and happiness

photography by Lars Ranek

Outside, the snowy landscape is crisp and cold. A procession winds through the dark and freezing streets carrying candles to celebrate St Lucia, the bringer of light. Indoors, the ovens are on and Christmas baking has begun in earnest. Hygge, the Danish word for cosiness, is about being inside with candles, great comfort food and lots of cakes and sweets. Brunches, cocktail and tea parties, lunches and dinners are celebrated with a mixture of traditional goodies and delicious modern recipes. Duck and pork rule on Christmas Eve, fish, ham and seasonal vegetables on Christmas Day. Sweets, puddings and other treats abound – all washed down with glühwein and fruity cocktails.

In this book, Trine Hahnemann provides a cornucopia of 70 Christmas recipes – all featuring ingredients which are common to all northern climes – showing us how we, too, could make delicious dishes to celebrate Christmas the Scandinavian way.

Trine Hahnemann is a chef and food writer. She has written several cookbooks in Danish and two in English, The Scandinavian Cookbook (2008) and The Nordic Diet (2009), both published by Quadrille.

Trine Hahnemann lives in Copenhagen, but travels constantly to bring Scandinavian food and cooking to a wider audience.

The Nordic Diet

£9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 183 9 224pp 223 x 177mm £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 740 0 224pp 248 x 187mm 58,000 words including over 120 recipes 50 colour photographs

photography by Lars Ranek

‘The Delia of Scandinavia’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

256pp 280 x 220mm 86,000 words including over 120 recipes Over 100 colour photographs Rights only

The Vegetarian Option Simon Hopkinson

Week In, Week Out | Simon Hopkinson

Here, for the first time, one of the UK’s finest food writers, Simon Hopkinson, focuses entirely on mouth-watering recipes without meat or fish. With his trademark simplicity, practicality and sensitivity to the ingredients, Simon offers an array of gorgeous original recipes not just for vegetables but for herbs, pasta, rice, pulses, eggs, dairy and fruit – plus a delightful section on cocktails. The Vegetarian Option is not written exclusively for vegetarians, but as a source of inspiration for all food lovers.

Week In, Week Out brings together 52 mouth-watering stories accompanied by delectable recipes, which take their lead from the time of year and use appropriate seasonal ingredients. As weekly food columnist on The Independent, Simon Hopkinson drew a large, loyal following who love not just his captivating food writing but also the honest simplicity of his recipes. For anyone who missed his weekly writings, Week In, Week Out gathers together Simon’s own selection of favourite recipes for good cooking all year round. This is a book to treasure and dip in to as well as to use regularly – on a weekly basis, at least!

‘Goes well beyond the quiche-and-curry norm of many veggie volumes’ Olive

52 seasonal stories photography by Jason Lowe

‘What sets Hopkinson apart is you want to eat everything he writes about’ The Guardian

43

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

photography by Lars Ranek

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 796 7 144pp 253 x 201mm 33,000 words including 60 recipes 90 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£16.99 Padded hardback 978 184949 192 1 144pp 235 x 215mm 23,000 words including 70 recipes 120 full-colour photographs

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 835 3 224pp 280 x 216mm 31,000 words including 100 recipes Over 150 colour photographs

The Scandinavian Cookbook Trine Hahnemann

Scandinavian Christmas Trine Hahnemann

Trine Hahnemann

Scandinavia may be small, but with its dramatically changing seasons and strong agricultural and fishing traditions, it offers much in terms of food and lifestyle and Lars Ranek’s evocative photographs reflect a year’s cycle, comprising lifestyle and festivals as well as seasonal dishes. Of course, fish features large – with recipes for smoked and marinated salmon and gravad lax, Skagen fish soup and Limfjords mussels, as well as a variety of Smørrebrød open sandwiches, and rice pudding with warm cherry sauce, among others. All in all, this is a stunning evocation of a great cuisine.

The Nordic diet is increasingly seen as comparable in terms of nutrition – as well as tastiness – to the well-known Mediterranean diet. Its emphasis on seasonality and on moving away from mass-produced food also provides a blueprint for eco-friendly eating. With its emphasis on seasonal food; it consists of a wide variety of fresh, health-giving and easily obtainable produce. In this groundbreaking book, Trine Hahnemann, doyenne of Scandinavian cooking, provides a collection of delicious Nordic recipes for all occasions.

‘Delve into a modern take on seasonal cooking from Denmark, Sweden and Norway’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Trine Hahnemann

photography by Jason Lowe

‘What’s not to love about a Scandinavian Christmas? Hahnemann’s book not only teaches me how to make my own Glögg – the Scandinavian version of mulled wine – and cook a spiced quince ham, but it even explains how to build a gingerbread town. Now all it needs to do is make it snow’ Top Santé 42

Eat your way to health and happiness

photography by Lars Ranek

Outside, the snowy landscape is crisp and cold. A procession winds through the dark and freezing streets carrying candles to celebrate St Lucia, the bringer of light. Indoors, the ovens are on and Christmas baking has begun in earnest. Hygge, the Danish word for cosiness, is about being inside with candles, great comfort food and lots of cakes and sweets. Brunches, cocktail and tea parties, lunches and dinners are celebrated with a mixture of traditional goodies and delicious modern recipes. Duck and pork rule on Christmas Eve, fish, ham and seasonal vegetables on Christmas Day. Sweets, puddings and other treats abound – all washed down with glühwein and fruity cocktails.

In this book, Trine Hahnemann provides a cornucopia of 70 Christmas recipes – all featuring ingredients which are common to all northern climes – showing us how we, too, could make delicious dishes to celebrate Christmas the Scandinavian way.

Trine Hahnemann is a chef and food writer. She has written several cookbooks in Danish and two in English, The Scandinavian Cookbook (2008) and The Nordic Diet (2009), both published by Quadrille.

Trine Hahnemann lives in Copenhagen, but travels constantly to bring Scandinavian food and cooking to a wider audience.

The Nordic Diet

£9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 183 9 224pp 223 x 177mm £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 740 0 224pp 248 x 187mm 58,000 words including over 120 recipes 50 colour photographs

photography by Lars Ranek

‘The Delia of Scandinavia’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

256pp 280 x 220mm 86,000 words including over 120 recipes Over 100 colour photographs Rights only

The Vegetarian Option Simon Hopkinson

Week In, Week Out | Simon Hopkinson

Here, for the first time, one of the UK’s finest food writers, Simon Hopkinson, focuses entirely on mouth-watering recipes without meat or fish. With his trademark simplicity, practicality and sensitivity to the ingredients, Simon offers an array of gorgeous original recipes not just for vegetables but for herbs, pasta, rice, pulses, eggs, dairy and fruit – plus a delightful section on cocktails. The Vegetarian Option is not written exclusively for vegetarians, but as a source of inspiration for all food lovers.

Week In, Week Out brings together 52 mouth-watering stories accompanied by delectable recipes, which take their lead from the time of year and use appropriate seasonal ingredients. As weekly food columnist on The Independent, Simon Hopkinson drew a large, loyal following who love not just his captivating food writing but also the honest simplicity of his recipes. For anyone who missed his weekly writings, Week In, Week Out gathers together Simon’s own selection of favourite recipes for good cooking all year round. This is a book to treasure and dip in to as well as to use regularly – on a weekly basis, at least!

‘Goes well beyond the quiche-and-curry norm of many veggie volumes’ Olive

52 seasonal stories photography by Jason Lowe

‘What sets Hopkinson apart is you want to eat everything he writes about’ The Guardian

43

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

photography by Lars Ranek

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 796 7 144pp 253 x 201mm 33,000 words including 60 recipes 90 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£16.99 Padded hardback 978 184949 192 1 144pp 235 x 215mm 23,000 words including 70 recipes 120 full-colour photographs

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 978 7 256pp 248 x 187mm 33,000 words including 100 recipes Over 120 colour photographs Over 55,000 copies sold

Bill’s Everyday Asian Bill Granger photography by Mikkel Vang

Monica Galetti

‘For big, bold flavours in a hurry, look no further than Bill Granger’s Asian-inspired meals’ Red

Exciting home cooking for all occasions photography by Yuki Sugiura

This is a book for those who have limited time to cook, but who enjoy great food and long for fresh inspiration in the kitchen. Monica Galetti shows how to serve up great-tasting home food, effortlessly. Simple cooking techniques and flavour combinations are the characteristics of her cooking. Here she presents her favourite recipes in chapters that reflect the different ways we like to cook. From Work to the Table offers quick weekday meal solutions. A Leisurely Weekend features recipes that give you time to relax away from the kitchen – undemanding slow-cooked food. A Time for Friends enables you to host an impressive dinner without stress, while Something Different is the chapter to turn to when you want to serve something unexpected.

Monica Galetti Monica Galetti is one of the best-known female chefs in London. She works at Michel Roux’s Le Gavroche in London and has now become a familiar face on television on BBC1’s Masterchef: The Professionals.

‘A great book for impressive weekend recipes, as well as simple weekday cooking’ Top Santé

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 706 6 240pp 270 x 216mm 30,000 words including over 125 recipes 120 colour photographs Over 50,000 copies sold

Feed Me Now! | Bill Granger photography by John Kernick

This must-have book fulfils the need for fast, healthy food for families and their friends. Over 125 fuss-free recipes to suit busy modern families of all ages and stages. Chapters include ideas for quick healthy breakfasts, fast sustaining lunches, teatime treats, family suppers, after-work meals, and dinners with friends.

There is also a chapter on low-budget meals and another on prepare-ahead meals for the freezer.

‘Filled with glorious, uncomplicated recipes’ The Sunday Telegraph

EXPORT EDITION Monica’s Kitchen £20.00 Hardback 978 184949 305 5

44

Bill’s Basics | Bill Granger photography by Mikkel Vang

Bill’s Basics is a cheat’s guide to making the recipes that every home cook wants to master – brilliantly! Bill has simplified techniques, minimised fussy ingredient lists and given these core dishes a modern twist that’s completely in tune with our busy lives and passion for fresh and healthy flavours. From lamb shanks to prawn laksa, Thai beef salad to chocolate brownies, and chicken burritos to crème caramel, this is a modern classic full of useable, delicious and simple recipes.

‘Bursting with really useful recipes, this is a book you will return to time after time’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Monica’s Kitchen

Bill Granger loves to eat and cook Asian food because it is quick and healthy, intensely fresh and deeply satisfying. In Bill’s Everyday Asian, Bill takes the best that Asia’s classic dishes have to offer and gives them the Bill makeover. From beef rendang, pad Thai and satay chicken to bibimbap and green bean sambal, this book is a feast of flavours and a visual delight.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 843 8 256pp 248 x 187mm 35,000 words including 120 recipes Over 150 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 103 7 192pp 248 x 187mm 38,000 words including over 80 recipes 90 colour photographs

160pp 258 x 200mm 32,000 words including over 85 recipes 90 colour photographs Rights only

Vegetables | Peter Gordon The new food heroes photography by Jean Cazals

Peter Gordon’s imaginative cooking has always treated vegetables with the greatest respect. This enticing book has over 85 mouth-watering recipes showcasing a fascinating range of different vegetables from stuffed roast pumpkin to pickled wild mushrooms. Both meat-eaters and vegetarians alike will delight at the rich repertoire of exciting recipes for both main courses and accompaniments.

‘Brilliant recipes prove vegetable dishes can really sing’ Sunday Times Style Magazine

45

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 978 7 256pp 248 x 187mm 33,000 words including 100 recipes Over 120 colour photographs Over 55,000 copies sold

Bill’s Everyday Asian Bill Granger photography by Mikkel Vang

Monica Galetti

‘For big, bold flavours in a hurry, look no further than Bill Granger’s Asian-inspired meals’ Red

Exciting home cooking for all occasions photography by Yuki Sugiura

This is a book for those who have limited time to cook, but who enjoy great food and long for fresh inspiration in the kitchen. Monica Galetti shows how to serve up great-tasting home food, effortlessly. Simple cooking techniques and flavour combinations are the characteristics of her cooking. Here she presents her favourite recipes in chapters that reflect the different ways we like to cook. From Work to the Table offers quick weekday meal solutions. A Leisurely Weekend features recipes that give you time to relax away from the kitchen – undemanding slow-cooked food. A Time for Friends enables you to host an impressive dinner without stress, while Something Different is the chapter to turn to when you want to serve something unexpected.

Monica Galetti Monica Galetti is one of the best-known female chefs in London. She works at Michel Roux’s Le Gavroche in London and has now become a familiar face on television on BBC1’s Masterchef: The Professionals.

‘A great book for impressive weekend recipes, as well as simple weekday cooking’ Top Santé

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 706 6 240pp 270 x 216mm 30,000 words including over 125 recipes 120 colour photographs Over 50,000 copies sold

Feed Me Now! | Bill Granger photography by John Kernick

This must-have book fulfils the need for fast, healthy food for families and their friends. Over 125 fuss-free recipes to suit busy modern families of all ages and stages. Chapters include ideas for quick healthy breakfasts, fast sustaining lunches, teatime treats, family suppers, after-work meals, and dinners with friends.

There is also a chapter on low-budget meals and another on prepare-ahead meals for the freezer.

‘Filled with glorious, uncomplicated recipes’ The Sunday Telegraph

EXPORT EDITION Monica’s Kitchen £20.00 Hardback 978 184949 305 5

44

Bill’s Basics | Bill Granger photography by Mikkel Vang

Bill’s Basics is a cheat’s guide to making the recipes that every home cook wants to master – brilliantly! Bill has simplified techniques, minimised fussy ingredient lists and given these core dishes a modern twist that’s completely in tune with our busy lives and passion for fresh and healthy flavours. From lamb shanks to prawn laksa, Thai beef salad to chocolate brownies, and chicken burritos to crème caramel, this is a modern classic full of useable, delicious and simple recipes.

‘Bursting with really useful recipes, this is a book you will return to time after time’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Monica’s Kitchen

Bill Granger loves to eat and cook Asian food because it is quick and healthy, intensely fresh and deeply satisfying. In Bill’s Everyday Asian, Bill takes the best that Asia’s classic dishes have to offer and gives them the Bill makeover. From beef rendang, pad Thai and satay chicken to bibimbap and green bean sambal, this book is a feast of flavours and a visual delight.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 843 8 256pp 248 x 187mm 35,000 words including 120 recipes Over 150 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 103 7 192pp 248 x 187mm 38,000 words including over 80 recipes 90 colour photographs

160pp 258 x 200mm 32,000 words including over 85 recipes 90 colour photographs Rights only

Vegetables | Peter Gordon The new food heroes photography by Jean Cazals

Peter Gordon’s imaginative cooking has always treated vegetables with the greatest respect. This enticing book has over 85 mouth-watering recipes showcasing a fascinating range of different vegetables from stuffed roast pumpkin to pickled wild mushrooms. Both meat-eaters and vegetarians alike will delight at the rich repertoire of exciting recipes for both main courses and accompaniments.

‘Brilliant recipes prove vegetable dishes can really sing’ Sunday Times Style Magazine

45

£20.00 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 975 6 224pp 253 x 201mm 60,000 words including 65 recipes Over 1,000 colour photographs

In at the Deep End

Cooking fish Venice to Tokyo

Jake Tilson

Surf ‘n’ Turf

Martin Shanahan and Paul Flynn Produced to accompany the authors’ RTÉ TV series of the same name, this exciting Irish cookbook contains all the dishes from the series plus a host more divided into chapters on Starters & Soups, Salads, Quick, Slow & Easy, Comfort Food and Food to Impress. Martin’s fresh, modern seafood dishes include rock salmon tempura with smoked paprika and sweet garlic aioli; while Paul’s dishes from the turf feature the rich tastes of slow-roasted pork shoulder with melting pears, cloves and thyme. All the recipes are easy to cook in a home kitchen, the evocative photographs capture Irish life and landscape, and the book is packed with hints and tips on how to make the best of good local produce.

About the Authors Martin Shanahan is chef and owner of Fishy Fishy restaurant in Cork, Ireland. In 2009, Martin filmed the first of two successful series of television programmes, Martin’s Mad about Fish. He also has three successful cookbooks to his name.

Paul Flynn runs the The Tannery Restaurant in Waterford, Ireland.

He was the cookery writer for the Irish Times and is the author of two previous cookbooks.

‘It’s probably not a good idea to open Surf ‘n’ Turf . . . if you’re even remotely peckish. Glorious food photography by Simon Wheeler . . . makes the recipes jump off the pages, and you’ll be pulling the fridge door open within minutes of delving into these pages’ The Irish Times

46

‘His recipes . . . respect the truth that fresh fish is a magnificent ingredient’ The Daily Telegraph

256pp 230 x 184mm 35,000 words including 150 recipes 150 colour photographs Rights only

delicious.

5 Nights a Week | Valli Little Every recipe you’ll ever need for midweek cooking

Bored with cooking the same dishes night after night? 5 Nights a Week is a collection of 150 irresistible recipes, including light salads, risottos, barbecue dishes and soups, all perfect for weekday cooking. Using simple ingredients and techniques and with stunning photography throughout to further tempt you, Valli shows that it is possible to produce varied – and of course, delicious – meals every night of the week, with very little effort.

256pp 230 x 184mm 36,000 words including 150 recipes Over 150 colour photographs Rights only

The Real Flavour of Tuscany

delicious.

Lori De Mori and Jason Lowe

Stuck for a simple family meal or searching for a recipe for a dinner party? Then look no further: 5 of the Best fast-tracks you to the best recipes, so there will be no more searching through other books for the simplest starter, a successful fish dish or a delectable dessert. You’ll find them all – and more – in this collection. All the dishes are quick, and include creative yet accessible combinations of ingredients. With 150 beautifully photographed recipes, 5 of the Best really does provide a complete – and, of course, delicious – culinary repertoire.

Portraits & recipes from 25 of Tuscany’s culinary artisans

photography by Jason Lowe The essence of Tuscan food is portrayed through the lives of food-related artisans.

25 portraits of individuals, including an artisan pasta maker and a mushroom forager, each with a selection of their own recipes, results in 90 authentic Tuscan recipes. This collection perfectly captures the essential dishes of Tuscany, from bruschetta with black cabbage to roast pork loin.

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 701 1 224pp 243 x 194mm 32,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs

Lighten Up | Jill Dupleix Light, fresh, modern, healthy food photography by Petrina Tinslay

In Lighten Up, Jill Dupleix takes a refreshing new approach to modern cooking. It is not a diet book, but a book for food lovers who want to benefit from eating healthy, delicious food.

There are over 100 great recipes for Energising Breakfasts, Nourishing Soups, Spicy Food, Veggie Food, Fast Food that’s good for you, Slow Food that cooks itself, Easy Food, Pure Steamy Food and Fruity Food to round off a meal, plus dishes for special occasions.

5 of the Best | Valli Little

‘Invite the family round for an indulgent supper next Sunday’ Daily Express 224pp 248 x 187mm 39,000 words including over 90 recipes Over 120 colour photographs Rights only

A Culinary Voyage around the Greek Islands Theodore Kyriakou photography by Jason Lowe

In this book, Theodore Kyriakou sets out to convey not only the rich diversity of Greek island food, but also the character of the islands and the poetry of sailing these waters. Ingredients particular to individual islands are examined, with Theodore providing traditional recipes that use them, from fennel rissoles to vine leaf rolls and savoury loukoumades.

47

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

photography by Simon Wheeler

Jake Tilson explores the globe on a quest to understand fish and seafood. From Venetian bigoli with clams and New York crab cakes to Swedish soused herring and Japanese sushi. This food memoir and recipe book catalogues his journey from fish-phobic cook to seafood obsessive. His acute eye and enticing recipes make this a book to be read, savoured, used and, above all, enjoyed.

224pp 229 x 164mm 53,000 words including 90 recipes 250 colour photographs Rights only

FOOD & WINE

£17.99 Hardback 978 184949 222 5 22,000 words 160pp 253 x 201mm 22,000 words 100 colour photographs

£20.00 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 975 6 224pp 253 x 201mm 60,000 words including 65 recipes Over 1,000 colour photographs

In at the Deep End

Cooking fish Venice to Tokyo

Jake Tilson

Surf ‘n’ Turf

Martin Shanahan and Paul Flynn Produced to accompany the authors’ RTÉ TV series of the same name, this exciting Irish cookbook contains all the dishes from the series plus a host more divided into chapters on Starters & Soups, Salads, Quick, Slow & Easy, Comfort Food and Food to Impress. Martin’s fresh, modern seafood dishes include rock salmon tempura with smoked paprika and sweet garlic aioli; while Paul’s dishes from the turf feature the rich tastes of slow-roasted pork shoulder with melting pears, cloves and thyme. All the recipes are easy to cook in a home kitchen, the evocative photographs capture Irish life and landscape, and the book is packed with hints and tips on how to make the best of good local produce.

About the Authors Martin Shanahan is chef and owner of Fishy Fishy restaurant in Cork, Ireland. In 2009, Martin filmed the first of two successful series of television programmes, Martin’s Mad about Fish. He also has three successful cookbooks to his name.

Paul Flynn runs the The Tannery Restaurant in Waterford, Ireland.

He was the cookery writer for the Irish Times and is the author of two previous cookbooks.

‘It’s probably not a good idea to open Surf ‘n’ Turf . . . if you’re even remotely peckish. Glorious food photography by Simon Wheeler . . . makes the recipes jump off the pages, and you’ll be pulling the fridge door open within minutes of delving into these pages’ The Irish Times

46

‘His recipes . . . respect the truth that fresh fish is a magnificent ingredient’ The Daily Telegraph

256pp 230 x 184mm 35,000 words including 150 recipes 150 colour photographs Rights only

delicious.

5 Nights a Week | Valli Little Every recipe you’ll ever need for midweek cooking

Bored with cooking the same dishes night after night? 5 Nights a Week is a collection of 150 irresistible recipes, including light salads, risottos, barbecue dishes and soups, all perfect for weekday cooking. Using simple ingredients and techniques and with stunning photography throughout to further tempt you, Valli shows that it is possible to produce varied – and of course, delicious – meals every night of the week, with very little effort.

256pp 230 x 184mm 36,000 words including 150 recipes Over 150 colour photographs Rights only

The Real Flavour of Tuscany

delicious.

Lori De Mori and Jason Lowe

Stuck for a simple family meal or searching for a recipe for a dinner party? Then look no further: 5 of the Best fast-tracks you to the best recipes, so there will be no more searching through other books for the simplest starter, a successful fish dish or a delectable dessert. You’ll find them all – and more – in this collection. All the dishes are quick, and include creative yet accessible combinations of ingredients. With 150 beautifully photographed recipes, 5 of the Best really does provide a complete – and, of course, delicious – culinary repertoire.

Portraits & recipes from 25 of Tuscany’s culinary artisans

photography by Jason Lowe The essence of Tuscan food is portrayed through the lives of food-related artisans.

25 portraits of individuals, including an artisan pasta maker and a mushroom forager, each with a selection of their own recipes, results in 90 authentic Tuscan recipes. This collection perfectly captures the essential dishes of Tuscany, from bruschetta with black cabbage to roast pork loin.

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 701 1 224pp 243 x 194mm 32,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs

Lighten Up | Jill Dupleix Light, fresh, modern, healthy food photography by Petrina Tinslay

In Lighten Up, Jill Dupleix takes a refreshing new approach to modern cooking. It is not a diet book, but a book for food lovers who want to benefit from eating healthy, delicious food.

There are over 100 great recipes for Energising Breakfasts, Nourishing Soups, Spicy Food, Veggie Food, Fast Food that’s good for you, Slow Food that cooks itself, Easy Food, Pure Steamy Food and Fruity Food to round off a meal, plus dishes for special occasions.

5 of the Best | Valli Little

‘Invite the family round for an indulgent supper next Sunday’ Daily Express 224pp 248 x 187mm 39,000 words including over 90 recipes Over 120 colour photographs Rights only

A Culinary Voyage around the Greek Islands Theodore Kyriakou photography by Jason Lowe

In this book, Theodore Kyriakou sets out to convey not only the rich diversity of Greek island food, but also the character of the islands and the poetry of sailing these waters. Ingredients particular to individual islands are examined, with Theodore providing traditional recipes that use them, from fennel rissoles to vine leaf rolls and savoury loukoumades.

47

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

photography by Simon Wheeler

Jake Tilson explores the globe on a quest to understand fish and seafood. From Venetian bigoli with clams and New York crab cakes to Swedish soused herring and Japanese sushi. This food memoir and recipe book catalogues his journey from fish-phobic cook to seafood obsessive. His acute eye and enticing recipes make this a book to be read, savoured, used and, above all, enjoyed.

224pp 229 x 164mm 53,000 words including 90 recipes 250 colour photographs Rights only

FOOD & WINE

£17.99 Hardback 978 184949 222 5 22,000 words 160pp 253 x 201mm 22,000 words 100 colour photographs

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 878 0 752pp 234 x 176mm 220,000 words including 250 recipes 320 colour photographs

Stephanie Alexander’s Kitchen Garden Companion Stephanie Alexander photography by Simon Griffiths and Mark Chew

Real home cooking from around the world

Stevie Parle

photography by Toby Glanville

Stevie Parle burst on to the London scene in 2009 with his restaurant, Dock Kitchen, serving a melting pot of dishes from around the world.

Here, Stevie shares a wealth of these recipes, adapting them to a style which ‘has more to do with the cooking of the grandmothers of the globe than the overworked, fussy food of the average smart restaurant’. The food is simple, using mostly vegetables, cheaper cuts of meat and very little cream or butter. This is economical and exciting food for our times, to surprise the taste buds and comfort the soul.

Stevie Parle In 2010, Stevie Parle was awarded Young Chef of the Year by the Observer Food Monthly. He is the food columnist for the Saturday Telegraph and co-presenter of the 2012 series Spice Trip. His first book, My Kitchen, was also published by Quadrille.

‘Stevie draws on his travels to prepare tasty dishes using great British produce’ BBC Good Food

EXPORT EDITION Stevie Parle’s Real Home Cooking £25.00 Padded hardback 978 184949 158 7

48

‘This is my stand-out Christmas choice this year . . . in terms of content, beauty and sheer comprehensiveness this one leads the pack’ BBC Good Food magazine £14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 822 3 256pp 229 x 164mm 53,000 words including over 100 recipes 135 colour photographs

How I Cook Skye Gyngell

photography by Jason Lowe How I Cook reveals Michelin-starred Skye Gyngell’s home cooking, the techniques and secrets that make her dishes so unique. From Alfresco Eating to Late-night Suppers, Skye presents a collection of over 100 recipes devised for everyday meals and special occasions. The layering of flavours that characterises Skye’s dishes is evident throughout the book, but the recipes are more straightforward and based on simple ingredients. From flavourful slow-cooked dishes and original roasts to tea-time treats and late-night suppers, Skye provides a host of tempting, easy-to-cook dishes.

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Stevie Parle’s Dock Kitchen Cookbook

If you have ever dreamed of picking fresh salad leaves for the evening meal or pulling up your own sweet carrots, this is the book for you. One of Australia’s best-loved cooks and food writers reveals the secrets of kitchen gardening. Feel supported by her gardening notes that explain how adults and children alike can plant, grow and harvest over 70 different vegetables, herbs and fruit. Try some of the 250 recipes that will transform your fresh produce into delicious meals. You will find everything you need to get started in this inspiring garden-to-table guide.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 850 6 256pp 229 x 164mm 45,000 words including over 100 recipes 150 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£25.00 Padded hardback 978 184949 116 7 192pp 255 x 210mm 30,000 words including over 110 recipes 120 colour photographs

‘One of our most elegant chefs reveals her home-cooking secrets’ You Magazine

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 592 5 256pp 229 x 164mm 47,000 words including over 100 recipes 160 colour photographs

My Favourite Ingredients Skye Gyngell

A Year in My Kitchen Skye Gyngell

In this enticing cookbook, Skye Gyngell focuses on the key ingredients that are her personal favourites: foods such as cherries, tomatoes and game, and flavour enhancers like olive oil, garlic, vinegar and honey. Skye combines her starring ingredients with a wide range of other foods to provide a comprehensive collection of over 100 recipes. With dishes ranging from chicken with figs and honey to goat’s cheese soufflé, this is a book for all food lovers.

Skye Gyngell’s simple yet uniquely flavourful cooking is inspired by the seasons and based on her culinary toolbox. The first chapter of the book sets out this collection of key ingredients and core recipes that then informs the wonderful dishes in the following four seasonal chapters. In all, over 100 enticing recipes reflect the ingredients, flavours and character of each season. With its original and inspiring approach, accessible recipes and superb photographs, this cookbook has become a modern classic.

photography by Jason Lowe

‘The range of recipes is admirably wide and palate-grabbingly enticing’ Time Out

photography by Jason Lowe

‘Nothing short of a masterpiece’ Nigel Slater, The Observer Magazine

49

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 878 0 752pp 234 x 176mm 220,000 words including 250 recipes 320 colour photographs

Stephanie Alexander’s Kitchen Garden Companion Stephanie Alexander photography by Simon Griffiths and Mark Chew

Real home cooking from around the world

Stevie Parle

photography by Toby Glanville

Stevie Parle burst on to the London scene in 2009 with his restaurant, Dock Kitchen, serving a melting pot of dishes from around the world.

Here, Stevie shares a wealth of these recipes, adapting them to a style which ‘has more to do with the cooking of the grandmothers of the globe than the overworked, fussy food of the average smart restaurant’. The food is simple, using mostly vegetables, cheaper cuts of meat and very little cream or butter. This is economical and exciting food for our times, to surprise the taste buds and comfort the soul.

Stevie Parle In 2010, Stevie Parle was awarded Young Chef of the Year by the Observer Food Monthly. He is the food columnist for the Saturday Telegraph and co-presenter of the 2012 series Spice Trip. His first book, My Kitchen, was also published by Quadrille.

‘Stevie draws on his travels to prepare tasty dishes using great British produce’ BBC Good Food

EXPORT EDITION Stevie Parle’s Real Home Cooking £25.00 Padded hardback 978 184949 158 7

48

‘This is my stand-out Christmas choice this year . . . in terms of content, beauty and sheer comprehensiveness this one leads the pack’ BBC Good Food magazine £14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 822 3 256pp 229 x 164mm 53,000 words including over 100 recipes 135 colour photographs

How I Cook Skye Gyngell

photography by Jason Lowe How I Cook reveals Michelin-starred Skye Gyngell’s home cooking, the techniques and secrets that make her dishes so unique. From Alfresco Eating to Late-night Suppers, Skye presents a collection of over 100 recipes devised for everyday meals and special occasions. The layering of flavours that characterises Skye’s dishes is evident throughout the book, but the recipes are more straightforward and based on simple ingredients. From flavourful slow-cooked dishes and original roasts to tea-time treats and late-night suppers, Skye provides a host of tempting, easy-to-cook dishes.

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Stevie Parle’s Dock Kitchen Cookbook

If you have ever dreamed of picking fresh salad leaves for the evening meal or pulling up your own sweet carrots, this is the book for you. One of Australia’s best-loved cooks and food writers reveals the secrets of kitchen gardening. Feel supported by her gardening notes that explain how adults and children alike can plant, grow and harvest over 70 different vegetables, herbs and fruit. Try some of the 250 recipes that will transform your fresh produce into delicious meals. You will find everything you need to get started in this inspiring garden-to-table guide.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 850 6 256pp 229 x 164mm 45,000 words including over 100 recipes 150 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£25.00 Padded hardback 978 184949 116 7 192pp 255 x 210mm 30,000 words including over 110 recipes 120 colour photographs

‘One of our most elegant chefs reveals her home-cooking secrets’ You Magazine

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 592 5 256pp 229 x 164mm 47,000 words including over 100 recipes 160 colour photographs

My Favourite Ingredients Skye Gyngell

A Year in My Kitchen Skye Gyngell

In this enticing cookbook, Skye Gyngell focuses on the key ingredients that are her personal favourites: foods such as cherries, tomatoes and game, and flavour enhancers like olive oil, garlic, vinegar and honey. Skye combines her starring ingredients with a wide range of other foods to provide a comprehensive collection of over 100 recipes. With dishes ranging from chicken with figs and honey to goat’s cheese soufflé, this is a book for all food lovers.

Skye Gyngell’s simple yet uniquely flavourful cooking is inspired by the seasons and based on her culinary toolbox. The first chapter of the book sets out this collection of key ingredients and core recipes that then informs the wonderful dishes in the following four seasonal chapters. In all, over 100 enticing recipes reflect the ingredients, flavours and character of each season. With its original and inspiring approach, accessible recipes and superb photographs, this cookbook has become a modern classic.

photography by Jason Lowe

‘The range of recipes is admirably wide and palate-grabbingly enticing’ Time Out

photography by Jason Lowe

‘Nothing short of a masterpiece’ Nigel Slater, The Observer Magazine

49

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 034 4 224pp 248 x 187mm 65,000 words including 70 recipes 70 colour photographs

Spices Sophie Grigson

Modern Spanish Cooking Sam and Eddie Hart

Sophie Grigson creates accessible and contemporary recipes to tantalise and spice up our everyday cooking, as well as retracing the lineage and journeys that these ancient wonders of the food world undertook to reach our modern palettes. Using spices in an unusual and imaginative way, Grigson creates gastro-wonders such as chilli heat pineapple jelly and juniper-spiced pheasant.

Just like the spices themselves, this book is sure to reawaken your senses, tickle your taste buds and put flavour back on your plate.

The diversity of modern Spanish cuisine, with its emphasis on fresh ingredients and exciting flavour combinations, is captured in this beautifully illustrated cookbook. Over 100 mouth-watering recipes are included for Tapas, Rice, Beans, Pasta and Egg dishes, Fish and Shellfish, Meat and Poultry, Vegetables and Salads, and delectable Desserts. Features on Spanish food culture and particularly characteristic ingredients are interwoven through the recipe chapters.

photography by David Loftus

Reza’s Indian Spice

Eastern recipes for Western cooks photography by Martin Poole

Reza Mahammad’s unstoppable enthusiasm for Indian flavours is irresistible. Brought up in London, though educated in India, Reza combines western ingredients with Indian flavours, reinventing French, Persian, American and British recipes. His food is healthy and modern; sweet potato and goat’s cheese samosas are baked, not fried, and served with an Indo-Italian pesto, while a simple roast chicken is transformed by a fruity stuffing and spiced orange marinade. With his informal style, Reza can play with the spices of India as only a cook with an encyclopaedic knowledge of the country’s authentic food can.

Reza Mahammad Reza Mahammad is a chef on ITV1’s This Morning. His recent successful TV series, Reza, Spice Prince of India, explored the regal food of the subcontinent’s many monarchies. His flamboyant personality has also made him in huge demand at food shows.

‘His knowledge of Indian food and spicing may have been passed down by his parents, but his food is modern Anglo-Indian: lighter, fresher and using ingredients readily found in the supermarkets’ BBC Good Food EXPORT EDITION Reza’s Indian Spice £17.99 Hardback 978 184949 201 0

50

photography by David Loftus

‘A sumptuously illustrated, elegantly written guide to the very best in Spanish cuisine’ The Mail on Sunday

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 513 0 336pp 235 x 175mm 90,000 words including 170 recipes Over 40 colour illustrations

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 151 4 160pp 258 x 200mm 40,000 words including 130 recipes 70 colour photographs

Arabesque | Greg and Lucy Malouf

Simple Indian | Atul Kochhar

Arabesque is a superlative guide to the food of the Middle East.

From apricots to couscous, pomegranates to chard, this book welcomes the key ingredients of Arabic cooking into the modern kitchen. The collection of 170 recipes is not slavish to tradition, but rather reflects a modern take on Middle Eastern food.

Recipes for things like preserved lemons and chermoula provide the basics, while dishes like cardamom honey-glazed roast duck and Turkish coffee ice cream will dazzle.

Atul Kochhar shares his passion for Indian food, introducing readers to the richness and diversity of this fascinating cuisine.

With an emphasis on fresh ingredients, recipes are drawn from restaurant menus, dishes cooked at home and the street food of India. Recipes from all parts of India are included, from the meat-based food of the North to the vegetarian cuisine of Tamil Nadu, coconut-based curries from Goa and fragrant fish dishes of Bengal and Assam.

‘As stunning . . . as it is useful’ Waitrose Food Illustrated

‘Mouth-watering’ The Observer Food Monthly

Modern Middle Eastern food photography by Matt Harvey

The fresh tastes of India’s new cuisine photography by David Loftus

51

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Reza Mahammad

176pp 253 x 201mm 37,000 words including over 100 recipes 80 colour photographs Rights only

FOOD & WINE

£17.99 Hardback 978 184949 141 9 160pp 248 x 187mm 36,000 words including over 100 recipes Over 60 colour photographs

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 034 4 224pp 248 x 187mm 65,000 words including 70 recipes 70 colour photographs

Spices Sophie Grigson

Modern Spanish Cooking Sam and Eddie Hart

Sophie Grigson creates accessible and contemporary recipes to tantalise and spice up our everyday cooking, as well as retracing the lineage and journeys that these ancient wonders of the food world undertook to reach our modern palettes. Using spices in an unusual and imaginative way, Grigson creates gastro-wonders such as chilli heat pineapple jelly and juniper-spiced pheasant.

Just like the spices themselves, this book is sure to reawaken your senses, tickle your taste buds and put flavour back on your plate.

The diversity of modern Spanish cuisine, with its emphasis on fresh ingredients and exciting flavour combinations, is captured in this beautifully illustrated cookbook. Over 100 mouth-watering recipes are included for Tapas, Rice, Beans, Pasta and Egg dishes, Fish and Shellfish, Meat and Poultry, Vegetables and Salads, and delectable Desserts. Features on Spanish food culture and particularly characteristic ingredients are interwoven through the recipe chapters.

photography by David Loftus

Reza’s Indian Spice

Eastern recipes for Western cooks photography by Martin Poole

Reza Mahammad’s unstoppable enthusiasm for Indian flavours is irresistible. Brought up in London, though educated in India, Reza combines western ingredients with Indian flavours, reinventing French, Persian, American and British recipes. His food is healthy and modern; sweet potato and goat’s cheese samosas are baked, not fried, and served with an Indo-Italian pesto, while a simple roast chicken is transformed by a fruity stuffing and spiced orange marinade. With his informal style, Reza can play with the spices of India as only a cook with an encyclopaedic knowledge of the country’s authentic food can.

Reza Mahammad Reza Mahammad is a chef on ITV1’s This Morning. His recent successful TV series, Reza, Spice Prince of India, explored the regal food of the subcontinent’s many monarchies. His flamboyant personality has also made him in huge demand at food shows.

‘His knowledge of Indian food and spicing may have been passed down by his parents, but his food is modern Anglo-Indian: lighter, fresher and using ingredients readily found in the supermarkets’ BBC Good Food EXPORT EDITION Reza’s Indian Spice £17.99 Hardback 978 184949 201 0

50

photography by David Loftus

‘A sumptuously illustrated, elegantly written guide to the very best in Spanish cuisine’ The Mail on Sunday

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 513 0 336pp 235 x 175mm 90,000 words including 170 recipes Over 40 colour illustrations

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 151 4 160pp 258 x 200mm 40,000 words including 130 recipes 70 colour photographs

Arabesque | Greg and Lucy Malouf

Simple Indian | Atul Kochhar

Arabesque is a superlative guide to the food of the Middle East.

From apricots to couscous, pomegranates to chard, this book welcomes the key ingredients of Arabic cooking into the modern kitchen. The collection of 170 recipes is not slavish to tradition, but rather reflects a modern take on Middle Eastern food.

Recipes for things like preserved lemons and chermoula provide the basics, while dishes like cardamom honey-glazed roast duck and Turkish coffee ice cream will dazzle.

Atul Kochhar shares his passion for Indian food, introducing readers to the richness and diversity of this fascinating cuisine.

With an emphasis on fresh ingredients, recipes are drawn from restaurant menus, dishes cooked at home and the street food of India. Recipes from all parts of India are included, from the meat-based food of the North to the vegetarian cuisine of Tamil Nadu, coconut-based curries from Goa and fragrant fish dishes of Bengal and Assam.

‘As stunning . . . as it is useful’ Waitrose Food Illustrated

‘Mouth-watering’ The Observer Food Monthly

Modern Middle Eastern food photography by Matt Harvey

The fresh tastes of India’s new cuisine photography by David Loftus

51

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Reza Mahammad

176pp 253 x 201mm 37,000 words including over 100 recipes 80 colour photographs Rights only

FOOD & WINE

£17.99 Hardback 978 184949 141 9 160pp 248 x 187mm 36,000 words including over 100 recipes Over 60 colour photographs

£9.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 872 8 160pp 223 x 166mm 40,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 450 colour photographs

Tiffany Goodall’s First Flat Cookbook Tiffany Goodall

Virgin to Veteran

How to get cooking with confidence photography by Chris Terry

Virgin to Veteran is a cookbook with a difference. From mastering the basics to insider tips and techniques, this book will teach you everything you need to become a confident cook. Starting with the Virgin Kitchen Set-Up (the basics to set up a workable kitchen) Virgin to Veteran moves on through 10 chapters, each focusing on a particular ingredient or food group. From fast food to slow, healthy to greedy, there’s something here to match every mood, budget and lifestyle. Once you’ve learned how to cook using a particular ingredient, Sam will show other ways to put your newfound skills to good use.

Learn how to master a tagliatelle ragù, for example, and you’ll soon be adding smoking chilli con carne to your culinary arsenal. Crammed full of information presented in an engaging, accessible way, Virgin to Veteran will have you turning out brilliant meals before you know it.

Sam Stern Sam Stern is currently a student at Edinburgh University. He is also the author of 5 bestselling cookbooks. What started as a personal passion for cooking, turned into a mission to inspire his generation to cook. Sam’s first book, Cooking Up a Storm, has been translated into 14 languages. The books and associated activity have attracted global media attention and have given Sam a unique status as the voice for keen young cooks.

‘I was blindsided by Sam Stern’s new book . . . a magnificent tome of thoughtful cooking, incisive tips and excellent cuisine’ Mario Batali

52

From Pasta to Pancakes The ultimate student cookbook

photography by Robert Streeter

Tiffany Goodall

Getting your first flat is one of the most exciting times of your life.

Cooking for yourself is part of the fun, but balancing a job and, a social life can leave little time for home-made food. So Tiffany Goodall has cooked-up simple and delicious recipes for nights when you’re in on your own; midweek suppers and weekend brunches. When you’re in a rush the chapter of 10-minute meals will feed you faster than a takeaway, and then when you’ve got a bit more time there’s a chapter of irresistible, sweet naughtiness.

This book is perfect for busy lives and small budgets.

This cookbook is unique — it is direct and simple to follow, with straightforward recipe instructions accompanied by 750 brilliant step-by-step photographs. Tiffany Goodall teaches students how to cook good, cheap food instead of living on expensive takeaways or anything-on-toast. Covering key basic skills and things other cookery books assume you know, here are 100 foolproof, tasty recipes for every occasion. This is the only cookbook any student will ever need.

‘A really useful gift . . . packed with practical advice for making satisfying meals’ BBC Good Food

256pp 248 x 187mm 48,000 words including 110 recipes 175 colour photographs Rights only

Flavour First | John Burton Race How to get the best from the best ingredients photography by David Loftus

John Burton Race’s philosophy is to transform high-quality produce in an uncomplicated fashion into dishes that bring out the flavours of the core ingredients. In Flavour First, he describes how to choose, prepare and cook each of his favourite ingredients for optimum flavour. In addition, his enticing recipes highlight his choice ingredients and show how to make the most of each food at its seasonal best. Interspersed throughout the book are detailed step-by-step sequences illustrating how to prepare more challenging foods, like fresh crab and artichokes. Lavishly illustrated, this cookbook offers a wealth of culinary knowledge.

‘John Burton Race explores a variety of different and exciting ways to prepare, cook and serve fresh produce’ Food and Travel

photography by Claire Peters

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Sam Stern

£6.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 213 3 160pp 223 x 166mm 38,000 words including over 100 recipes 750 colour photographs Over 180,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 114 3 256pp 248 x 187mm 99,000 words including 150 recipes Over 90 colour photographs and 120 black-and-white illustrations

Also available: The Student Cook App is based on the From Pasta to Pancakes book and at £1.99 is available for download from the iTunes store.

256pp 253 x 197mm 46,000 words including 100 recipes Over 150 colour photographs Rights only

Cooking for Beginners

A complete modern cookery course

John Burton Race and Angela Hartnett This outstanding book, featuring two top chefs, is perfect for anyone who knows nothing about cooking but would like to learn. At the end of each section the reader will be able to cook a complete meal. Recipes range from French, English and Mediterranean standards to exotic Thai and Indian dishes, and from everyday meals to dishes for entertaining. With clear step-by-step photography, easy-to-follow recipes and practical tips, Cooking for Beginners will transform your cooking from a daily chore into a source of pleasure.

‘The clear layout, tips and step-by-step instructions are encouraging and the recipes are imaginative’ BBC Good Food

53

£9.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 872 8 160pp 223 x 166mm 40,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 450 colour photographs

Tiffany Goodall’s First Flat Cookbook Tiffany Goodall

Virgin to Veteran

How to get cooking with confidence photography by Chris Terry

Virgin to Veteran is a cookbook with a difference. From mastering the basics to insider tips and techniques, this book will teach you everything you need to become a confident cook. Starting with the Virgin Kitchen Set-Up (the basics to set up a workable kitchen) Virgin to Veteran moves on through 10 chapters, each focusing on a particular ingredient or food group. From fast food to slow, healthy to greedy, there’s something here to match every mood, budget and lifestyle. Once you’ve learned how to cook using a particular ingredient, Sam will show other ways to put your newfound skills to good use.

Learn how to master a tagliatelle ragù, for example, and you’ll soon be adding smoking chilli con carne to your culinary arsenal. Crammed full of information presented in an engaging, accessible way, Virgin to Veteran will have you turning out brilliant meals before you know it.

Sam Stern Sam Stern is currently a student at Edinburgh University. He is also the author of 5 bestselling cookbooks. What started as a personal passion for cooking, turned into a mission to inspire his generation to cook. Sam’s first book, Cooking Up a Storm, has been translated into 14 languages. The books and associated activity have attracted global media attention and have given Sam a unique status as the voice for keen young cooks.

‘I was blindsided by Sam Stern’s new book . . . a magnificent tome of thoughtful cooking, incisive tips and excellent cuisine’ Mario Batali

52

From Pasta to Pancakes The ultimate student cookbook

photography by Robert Streeter

Tiffany Goodall

Getting your first flat is one of the most exciting times of your life.

Cooking for yourself is part of the fun, but balancing a job and, a social life can leave little time for home-made food. So Tiffany Goodall has cooked-up simple and delicious recipes for nights when you’re in on your own; midweek suppers and weekend brunches. When you’re in a rush the chapter of 10-minute meals will feed you faster than a takeaway, and then when you’ve got a bit more time there’s a chapter of irresistible, sweet naughtiness.

This book is perfect for busy lives and small budgets.

This cookbook is unique — it is direct and simple to follow, with straightforward recipe instructions accompanied by 750 brilliant step-by-step photographs. Tiffany Goodall teaches students how to cook good, cheap food instead of living on expensive takeaways or anything-on-toast. Covering key basic skills and things other cookery books assume you know, here are 100 foolproof, tasty recipes for every occasion. This is the only cookbook any student will ever need.

‘A really useful gift . . . packed with practical advice for making satisfying meals’ BBC Good Food

256pp 248 x 187mm 48,000 words including 110 recipes 175 colour photographs Rights only

Flavour First | John Burton Race How to get the best from the best ingredients photography by David Loftus

John Burton Race’s philosophy is to transform high-quality produce in an uncomplicated fashion into dishes that bring out the flavours of the core ingredients. In Flavour First, he describes how to choose, prepare and cook each of his favourite ingredients for optimum flavour. In addition, his enticing recipes highlight his choice ingredients and show how to make the most of each food at its seasonal best. Interspersed throughout the book are detailed step-by-step sequences illustrating how to prepare more challenging foods, like fresh crab and artichokes. Lavishly illustrated, this cookbook offers a wealth of culinary knowledge.

‘John Burton Race explores a variety of different and exciting ways to prepare, cook and serve fresh produce’ Food and Travel

photography by Claire Peters

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Sam Stern

£6.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 213 3 160pp 223 x 166mm 38,000 words including over 100 recipes 750 colour photographs Over 180,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 114 3 256pp 248 x 187mm 99,000 words including 150 recipes Over 90 colour photographs and 120 black-and-white illustrations

Also available: The Student Cook App is based on the From Pasta to Pancakes book and at £1.99 is available for download from the iTunes store.

256pp 253 x 197mm 46,000 words including 100 recipes Over 150 colour photographs Rights only

Cooking for Beginners

A complete modern cookery course

John Burton Race and Angela Hartnett This outstanding book, featuring two top chefs, is perfect for anyone who knows nothing about cooking but would like to learn. At the end of each section the reader will be able to cook a complete meal. Recipes range from French, English and Mediterranean standards to exotic Thai and Indian dishes, and from everyday meals to dishes for entertaining. With clear step-by-step photography, easy-to-follow recipes and practical tips, Cooking for Beginners will transform your cooking from a daily chore into a source of pleasure.

‘The clear layout, tips and step-by-step instructions are encouraging and the recipes are imaginative’ BBC Good Food

53

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 140 2 192pp 229 x 164mm Quarter binding and card cover 55,000 words including over 50 colour illustrations

£18.99 Hardback 978 184949 108 2 192pp 225 x 175mm 40,000 words including 100 recipes Over 100 colour photographs and 12 artworks

Friends at My Table Alice Hart

photography by Emma Lee

Drink Me!

How to choose, taste and enjoy wine illustrations by Katherine Keeble

Fed up with mediocre wine but not sure how to go about spotting the diamond bottles from the dross? Vintner Matt Walls points you towards the right bottle for every occasion, revealing the main different types of wine, the wine styles within each type and the brands or producers that are the most reliable. Drink Me! uncovers the simple techniques that will radically change the way a wine tastes once it’s in your mouth, as well as ways of thinking and talking about what you’re tasting that will help you appreciate your wine – from the most basic glugger to the most venerable vintage. So, if you’d like to know which wines will impress; how to tell what a wine tastes like by the name of the grape variety; and what the waiter actually wants to know when he asks you whether you want the wine decanted, then read on and drink up!

Matt Walls Award-winning taster and avid wine writer Matt Walls worked for The Sampler, a unique award-winning wine merchant, where he set up and managed its flagship London store. He holds the WSET Diploma (with Moët et Chandon Scholarship), is a judge at the International Wine & Spirit Competition and the International Wine Challenge, and is a member of the Confreria del Cava. He lectures and works with restaurants to create exciting wine lists but is happiest choosing, tasting and enjoying wine.

‘This easy-to-read book helps you navigate the nitty-gritty of buying, tasting and drinking wine’ Square Meal Lifestyle

54

‘I love Alice Hart’s recipes, and I love her writing.

There is nothing in this book that I don’t want to cook right this second’ India Knight

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

Comfort & Spice Niamh Shields

Small Adventures in Cooking James Ramsden

photography by Georgia Glynn Smith Full-flavoured, generous and easy recipes have won Niamh Shield’s blog, Eat Like a Girl, The Observer Food Monthly’s Best Food Blog. Here she imbibes the reader with her gastronomic curiosity, creating dishes that embrace the passing of the seasons and the special occasions of a modern life. Comfort & Spice is packed full of her signature food, such as homemade bread, pulled beef nachos and warming chorizo and chickpea stew.

‘This collection of recipes . . . will have you heading straight for the kitchen’ delicious. Magazine

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 888 9 192pp 229 x 164mm Quarter binding and card cover 46,000 words including 120 recipes 40 colour photographs and drawings

192pp 229 x 164mm 41,000 words including 120 recipes Over 50 illustrations Rights only

photography by Steven Joyce In this, James’s first book, the influential food blogger aims to get his peers out of their culinary rut, with recipes that range from fast feasts to swanky suppers. James believes that cooking is most enjoyable when imbued with a sense of adventure.

Not the eating-insects kind, but the sort of small change – the use of an unusual spice in a dish, or a trip to the butchers for an interesting cut of meat – that will help hoist your food beyond the everyday.

‘Full of inviting recipes and handy tips’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Now available as an eBook on iTunes bookstore

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

Alice’s Cookbook Alice Hart

My Kitchen | Stevie Parle

Alice aims to encourage her generation to cook the original food they enjoy to fit the lifestyles they lead. Alice gives practical hints on timing a meal, making your store-cupboard work for you and making life simpler for people who love to cook and eat. This book is above all cook-friendly, with quick ideas to get you out of a fix when time is really tight.

As Alice says, it’s not just about cooking; it’s about enjoying life.

Named Young Chef of the Year in 2010

by The Observer Food Monthly, Stevie Parle has created a unique book that is a greatest-hits collection of a life in food gleaned from around the world. Eclectic and quirky, My Kitchen is a charming mix of anecdote, tales from Stevie’s life and wonderful recipes. Stevie covers a delightful mixture of familiar and forgotten British classics, exotic dishes and sophisticated European favourites.

photography by Emma Lee

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 957 2 192pp 229 x 164mm Quarter binding and card cover 30,000 words including 100 recipes 60 colour photographs

Real food from near and far illustrations by Ros Shiers

55

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Matt Walls

With 12 very varied celebrations, Alice Hart shows how to put on a sparkling occasion with fabulous food (and actually enjoy the process). Whether breaking through winter’s gloom with a mezze evening or throwing a beach barbecue in high summer, this book contains all you need to know about making large numbers of people feel comfortable and well fed, without the stress.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 012 2 192pp 229 x 164mm Quarter binding and card cover 25,000 words including 120 recipes colour photographs and black-and-white drawings

FOOD & WINE

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 140 2 192pp 229 x 164mm Quarter binding and card cover 55,000 words including over 50 colour illustrations

£18.99 Hardback 978 184949 108 2 192pp 225 x 175mm 40,000 words including 100 recipes Over 100 colour photographs and 12 artworks

Friends at My Table Alice Hart

photography by Emma Lee

Drink Me!

How to choose, taste and enjoy wine illustrations by Katherine Keeble

Fed up with mediocre wine but not sure how to go about spotting the diamond bottles from the dross? Vintner Matt Walls points you towards the right bottle for every occasion, revealing the main different types of wine, the wine styles within each type and the brands or producers that are the most reliable. Drink Me! uncovers the simple techniques that will radically change the way a wine tastes once it’s in your mouth, as well as ways of thinking and talking about what you’re tasting that will help you appreciate your wine – from the most basic glugger to the most venerable vintage. So, if you’d like to know which wines will impress; how to tell what a wine tastes like by the name of the grape variety; and what the waiter actually wants to know when he asks you whether you want the wine decanted, then read on and drink up!

Matt Walls Award-winning taster and avid wine writer Matt Walls worked for The Sampler, a unique award-winning wine merchant, where he set up and managed its flagship London store. He holds the WSET Diploma (with Moët et Chandon Scholarship), is a judge at the International Wine & Spirit Competition and the International Wine Challenge, and is a member of the Confreria del Cava. He lectures and works with restaurants to create exciting wine lists but is happiest choosing, tasting and enjoying wine.

‘This easy-to-read book helps you navigate the nitty-gritty of buying, tasting and drinking wine’ Square Meal Lifestyle

54

‘I love Alice Hart’s recipes, and I love her writing.

There is nothing in this book that I don’t want to cook right this second’ India Knight

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

Comfort & Spice Niamh Shields

Small Adventures in Cooking James Ramsden

photography by Georgia Glynn Smith Full-flavoured, generous and easy recipes have won Niamh Shield’s blog, Eat Like a Girl, The Observer Food Monthly’s Best Food Blog. Here she imbibes the reader with her gastronomic curiosity, creating dishes that embrace the passing of the seasons and the special occasions of a modern life. Comfort & Spice is packed full of her signature food, such as homemade bread, pulled beef nachos and warming chorizo and chickpea stew.

‘This collection of recipes . . . will have you heading straight for the kitchen’ delicious. Magazine

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 888 9 192pp 229 x 164mm Quarter binding and card cover 46,000 words including 120 recipes 40 colour photographs and drawings

192pp 229 x 164mm 41,000 words including 120 recipes Over 50 illustrations Rights only

photography by Steven Joyce In this, James’s first book, the influential food blogger aims to get his peers out of their culinary rut, with recipes that range from fast feasts to swanky suppers. James believes that cooking is most enjoyable when imbued with a sense of adventure.

Not the eating-insects kind, but the sort of small change – the use of an unusual spice in a dish, or a trip to the butchers for an interesting cut of meat – that will help hoist your food beyond the everyday.

‘Full of inviting recipes and handy tips’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Now available as an eBook on iTunes bookstore

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

Alice’s Cookbook Alice Hart

My Kitchen | Stevie Parle

Alice aims to encourage her generation to cook the original food they enjoy to fit the lifestyles they lead. Alice gives practical hints on timing a meal, making your store-cupboard work for you and making life simpler for people who love to cook and eat. This book is above all cook-friendly, with quick ideas to get you out of a fix when time is really tight.

As Alice says, it’s not just about cooking; it’s about enjoying life.

Named Young Chef of the Year in 2010

by The Observer Food Monthly, Stevie Parle has created a unique book that is a greatest-hits collection of a life in food gleaned from around the world. Eclectic and quirky, My Kitchen is a charming mix of anecdote, tales from Stevie’s life and wonderful recipes. Stevie covers a delightful mixture of familiar and forgotten British classics, exotic dishes and sophisticated European favourites.

photography by Emma Lee

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 957 2 192pp 229 x 164mm Quarter binding and card cover 30,000 words including 100 recipes 60 colour photographs

Real food from near and far illustrations by Ros Shiers

55

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Matt Walls

With 12 very varied celebrations, Alice Hart shows how to put on a sparkling occasion with fabulous food (and actually enjoy the process). Whether breaking through winter’s gloom with a mezze evening or throwing a beach barbecue in high summer, this book contains all you need to know about making large numbers of people feel comfortable and well fed, without the stress.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 012 2 192pp 229 x 164mm Quarter binding and card cover 25,000 words including 120 recipes colour photographs and black-and-white drawings

FOOD & WINE

NEW VOICES IN FOOD

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 263 8 Publication March 2013 £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 942 8 208pp 253 x 201mm 44,000 words including 100 recipes Over 240,000 copies sold Translatedinto16 languages

Two Greedy Italians Antonio Carluccio and Gennaro Contaldo photography by Chris Terry

Antonio Carluccio and Gennaro Contaldo photography by David Loftus

Following the enormous success of Two Greedy Italians, Antonio Carluccio and Gennaro Contaldo return to their native country to explore its varied culinary traditions. They venture into the Alps for comfort food – those dishes based around the use of butter, polenta and rice. They head to the sea to uncover the many delicious fish dishes emanating from this peninsula as well as the distinctive cuisine of the Italian islands. Finally, they examine the rich agricultural plains, the larders of Italy, and the rice and vegetable based dishes which are enjoyed there. Containing over 80 mouth-watering recipes, Two Greedy Italians Eat Italy showcases the passion of these two men for their native land, its people and produce.

About the Authors Antonio Carluccio has written 14 bestselling books and made numerous television programmes. In 1998 he was appointed Commendatore for his lifetime’s service to the Italian food industry and in 2007 he received an OBE. Gennaro Contaldo is known as the Italian legend who taught Jamie Oliver all he knows about Italian cooking. He has written six cookbooks, including Passione, which was awarded Best Italian Cookbook at the World Gourmand Awards.

‘Two Greedy Italians Eat Italy reveals what makes Italians tick, foodwise’ delicious. Magazine 56

‘This is a homely, comforting collection of dishes that invoke the heart of Italy’ Chef Magazine £9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 320 8 224pp 223 x 177mm Publication August 2013 £14.99 Paperback 978 184400 163 7 224pp 266 x 210mm 75,000 words including 150 colour photographs

Complete Mushroom Book The quiet hunt

Antonio Carluccio

Antonio Carluccio’s Simple Cooking Antonio Carluccio

photography by Alastair Hendy This cookbook brings together all the secrets that Antonio Carluccio has learned from over 50 years’ experience. Focusing on cooking that uses quality ingredients prepared simply, this book gives novice cooks confidence and provides over 90 delicious, easy-to-cook Italian recipes for all occasions.

‘Simple Cooking is just what a cookbook should be . . . you want to cook and eat all the recipes immediately’ The Daily Telegraph

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 497 3 256pp 266 x 210mm 76,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs

Italia | Antonio Carluccio The recipes and customs of the regions photography by Alastair Hendy

Taking you on a gastronomic tour throughout Italy, this glorious book is Antonio’s personal account of his mother country, and a celebration of Italian regional food and cooking. Over 100 recipes reflect the typical food of the different regions. Packed with information on local products, details of culinary traditions and breathtaking photographs, each chapter weaves together fascinating insight into the gastronomic character of this astonishing country.

‘Carluccio is the godfather of Italian cuisine’ Condé Nast Traveller

£14.99 Paperback 978 190384 556 1 320pp 266 x 210mm 166,000 words including 200 recipes 400 colour photographs Over 325,000 copies sold

Complete Italian Food Antonio and Priscilla Carluccio photography by André Martin

Antonio Carluccio, ‘the mushroom man’, has been cooking and devising mushroom recipes for 60 years. With over 100 recipes, from classic to contemporary, this beautiful book will enthral all mushroom lovers. There is also an authoritative field guide, to distinguish between edible wild mushrooms and their poisonous relations. Covering everything you might need to know, the Complete Mushroom Book is the bible for mushroom enthusiasts.

From one of the greatest authorities on Italian cuisine comes this definitive Italian food guide. With each chapter dedicated to a group of ingredients, Antonio presents the facts about Italian foods, along with methods of preparation. Each chapter concludes with an A–Z section describing varieties, as well as Carluccio’s selection of over 200 of the best regional recipes.

Part resource, part dictionary and part cookbook, Complete Italian Food is a modern classic.

‘Packed to the gills with indispensable info, beautiful pictures and lovely recipes’ The Independent

‘The essential reference book for all things edible and Italian’ The Times

57

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Two Greedy Italians Eat Italy

The Godfathers of Italian food, Antonio Carluccio and Gennaro Contaldo, have embarked upon a journey to their homeland to reveal the very soul of Italian gastronomy.

With over 100 mouth-watering recipes, Two Greedy Italians uncovers the food cooked by real Italians. This book captures the essence of its authors – their wisdom and their shared love for traditional Italian food.

£9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 127 3 176pp 223 x 177mm £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 734 9 176pp 253 x 201mm 30,000 words including over 90 recipes Over 100,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 109 9 192pp 253 x 201mm 38,000 words including 80 recipes Over 120 colour photographs Over 80,000 copies sold

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 263 8 Publication March 2013 £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 942 8 208pp 253 x 201mm 44,000 words including 100 recipes Over 240,000 copies sold Translatedinto16 languages

Two Greedy Italians Antonio Carluccio and Gennaro Contaldo photography by Chris Terry

Antonio Carluccio and Gennaro Contaldo photography by David Loftus

Following the enormous success of Two Greedy Italians, Antonio Carluccio and Gennaro Contaldo return to their native country to explore its varied culinary traditions. They venture into the Alps for comfort food – those dishes based around the use of butter, polenta and rice. They head to the sea to uncover the many delicious fish dishes emanating from this peninsula as well as the distinctive cuisine of the Italian islands. Finally, they examine the rich agricultural plains, the larders of Italy, and the rice and vegetable based dishes which are enjoyed there. Containing over 80 mouth-watering recipes, Two Greedy Italians Eat Italy showcases the passion of these two men for their native land, its people and produce.

About the Authors Antonio Carluccio has written 14 bestselling books and made numerous television programmes. In 1998 he was appointed Commendatore for his lifetime’s service to the Italian food industry and in 2007 he received an OBE. Gennaro Contaldo is known as the Italian legend who taught Jamie Oliver all he knows about Italian cooking. He has written six cookbooks, including Passione, which was awarded Best Italian Cookbook at the World Gourmand Awards.

‘Two Greedy Italians Eat Italy reveals what makes Italians tick, foodwise’ delicious. Magazine 56

‘This is a homely, comforting collection of dishes that invoke the heart of Italy’ Chef Magazine £9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 320 8 224pp 223 x 177mm Publication August 2013 £14.99 Paperback 978 184400 163 7 224pp 266 x 210mm 75,000 words including 150 colour photographs

Complete Mushroom Book The quiet hunt

Antonio Carluccio

Antonio Carluccio’s Simple Cooking Antonio Carluccio

photography by Alastair Hendy This cookbook brings together all the secrets that Antonio Carluccio has learned from over 50 years’ experience. Focusing on cooking that uses quality ingredients prepared simply, this book gives novice cooks confidence and provides over 90 delicious, easy-to-cook Italian recipes for all occasions.

‘Simple Cooking is just what a cookbook should be . . . you want to cook and eat all the recipes immediately’ The Daily Telegraph

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 497 3 256pp 266 x 210mm 76,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs

Italia | Antonio Carluccio The recipes and customs of the regions photography by Alastair Hendy

Taking you on a gastronomic tour throughout Italy, this glorious book is Antonio’s personal account of his mother country, and a celebration of Italian regional food and cooking. Over 100 recipes reflect the typical food of the different regions. Packed with information on local products, details of culinary traditions and breathtaking photographs, each chapter weaves together fascinating insight into the gastronomic character of this astonishing country.

‘Carluccio is the godfather of Italian cuisine’ Condé Nast Traveller

£14.99 Paperback 978 190384 556 1 320pp 266 x 210mm 166,000 words including 200 recipes 400 colour photographs Over 325,000 copies sold

Complete Italian Food Antonio and Priscilla Carluccio photography by André Martin

Antonio Carluccio, ‘the mushroom man’, has been cooking and devising mushroom recipes for 60 years. With over 100 recipes, from classic to contemporary, this beautiful book will enthral all mushroom lovers. There is also an authoritative field guide, to distinguish between edible wild mushrooms and their poisonous relations. Covering everything you might need to know, the Complete Mushroom Book is the bible for mushroom enthusiasts.

From one of the greatest authorities on Italian cuisine comes this definitive Italian food guide. With each chapter dedicated to a group of ingredients, Antonio presents the facts about Italian foods, along with methods of preparation. Each chapter concludes with an A–Z section describing varieties, as well as Carluccio’s selection of over 200 of the best regional recipes.

Part resource, part dictionary and part cookbook, Complete Italian Food is a modern classic.

‘Packed to the gills with indispensable info, beautiful pictures and lovely recipes’ The Independent

‘The essential reference book for all things edible and Italian’ The Times

57

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Two Greedy Italians Eat Italy

The Godfathers of Italian food, Antonio Carluccio and Gennaro Contaldo, have embarked upon a journey to their homeland to reveal the very soul of Italian gastronomy.

With over 100 mouth-watering recipes, Two Greedy Italians uncovers the food cooked by real Italians. This book captures the essence of its authors – their wisdom and their shared love for traditional Italian food.

£9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 127 3 176pp 223 x 177mm £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 734 9 176pp 253 x 201mm 30,000 words including over 90 recipes Over 100,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 109 9 192pp 253 x 201mm 38,000 words including 80 recipes Over 120 colour photographs Over 80,000 copies sold

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 950 3 208pp 243 x 194mm 33,000 words including over 55 recipes and designs 250 colour photographs

Peggy’s Favourite Cakes & Cookies

. . . to make every occasion special

Peggy Porschen

photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

Boutique Baking

Delectable cakes, cupcakes and teatime treats photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

Peggy Porschen is one of the most prominent names in cake design, renowned for her exquisite craftsmanship and passion for creating delectable works of art that taste as good as they look. In this new book, Peggy guides you step-by-step through the world of Boutique Baking, with simple instructions that make her heavenly creations achievable even for the novice baker. From Peggy’s signature pink and red candy-stripe macarons filled with raspberry and rose jam, to the layered white chocolate passion cake, Peggy’s recipes combine traditional baking with chic, simple decoration. Alongside biscuit recipes, Peggy also divulges the secrets of her incredibly scrumptious repertoire of gourmet cupcakes. The book closes with The Icing on the Cake, a fabulous resource of techniques and finishing touches.

Seductive and indulgent, this is Peggy’s most accessible book to date.

Peggy Porschen Peggy Porschen is one of the leading bakers and cake decorators of her generation. Her creations have graced many of the A-list events, including the weddings of Kate Moss and Stella McCartney. Peggy’s first book, Pretty Party Cakes, was awarded the Best Entertaining Cookbook by the Gourmand World Cookbook Award. In 2011 she opened her Cake Academy, entirely dedicated to baking, decorating and sugarcraft.

‘Fulfil your baking desires with Peggy’s gorgeous crafted goodies’ Sainsbury’s Magazine £12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 307 5 144pp 270 x 216mm 24,000 words including over 40 recipes and designs 185 colour photographs

Pretty Party Cakes

Sweet and stylish cakes and cookies for all occasions

Peggy Porschen

photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

‘The prettiest cakes imaginable fill the pages of this new title.

Worth buying for eye candy alone’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Cake decorating has become cutting-edge, and Peggy Porschen, with her unique style, is the leading exponent of this new trend.

This book covers all the recipes, equipment and techniques you will need as well as instructions for a spectacular range of cookies, cupcakes and large cakes. From simple alphabet and butterfly cookies to a romantic rose tower cake, Peggy’s engaging designs will entice even the beginner.

58

‘Just the thing to whip up when you’re looking to add a little sparkle’ Marie Claire

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 629 8 144pp 270 x 216mm 25,000 words including over 40 recipes and designs Over 150 colour photographs

Cake Chic | Peggy Porschen Romantic Cakes Stylish cakes for all occasions photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

In this inspiring book, Peggy Porschen offers a stunning collection of cookies and cakes to bring a haute couture flourish to any event, from classy cocktail parties to girly tea parties, baby showers and hen nights. You can’t fail to be tempted to try out her simple yet stunning designs, whether for chic novelty cookies or for small cakes draped in damask-effect icing or topped with easy-to-make icing birdcages.

Cake Chic is for anyone who wants to put on a show with panache but the minimum of fuss.

Cakes and cookies to celebrate love

Peggy Porschen

photography by Georgia Glynn Smith In this book Peggy Porschen applies her inspirational vision to her own favourite subject area – romance. Fabulously photographed, and with full instructions, there are cakes for every possible romantic occasion: from the earliest stirrings of affection on St Valentine’s Day, through the proposal and engagement, the wedding shower and hen or stag night to the big day itself – and on to anniversaries.

‘Every page in this glorious book oozes femininity, ‘Utterly adorable designs for cakes and cookies and Peggy’s ideas for icing cookies and cakes are in her instantly recognisable and charming awe-inspiring’ Sainsbury’s Magazine style’ Wedding Venues & Services £8.16 Boxed set 978 184400 607 6 Box: 135 x 105mm 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm and gloss laminated 10,000 words 20 recipes 65 colour photographs

Wedding Favours Recipe Cards Peggy Porschen In these beautifully designed cards, Peggy Porschen celebrates true love with 20 fabulous recipes, such as her bride and groom cookies, chocolate hearts and Tiffany-style sugar boxes. The cakes can be used for a variety of different occasions – as keepsakes, wedding favours, bridesmaids’ or flower girls’ gifts, even table decorations.

With mouth-watering photography and easy-to-follow instructions, these delightful little cards will make the perfect gift for anyone planning a wedding.

59

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Peggy Porschen

In this collection of favourite recipes from cake doyenne Peggy Porshen’s popular books you will find a fabulous range of cookies and cakes. From the simple to the extraordinary, there are recipes and ideas for every occasion. This book will show you how to make your own stunning cakes that will taste as good as they look.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 710 3 144pp 270 x 216mm 26,000 words including over 40 recipes and designs Over 120 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 106 8 192pp 253 x 197mm 35,000 words including 45 recipes 150 colour photographs Over 90,000 copies sold Translated into 6 languages

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 950 3 208pp 243 x 194mm 33,000 words including over 55 recipes and designs 250 colour photographs

Peggy’s Favourite Cakes & Cookies

. . . to make every occasion special

Peggy Porschen

photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

Boutique Baking

Delectable cakes, cupcakes and teatime treats photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

Peggy Porschen is one of the most prominent names in cake design, renowned for her exquisite craftsmanship and passion for creating delectable works of art that taste as good as they look. In this new book, Peggy guides you step-by-step through the world of Boutique Baking, with simple instructions that make her heavenly creations achievable even for the novice baker. From Peggy’s signature pink and red candy-stripe macarons filled with raspberry and rose jam, to the layered white chocolate passion cake, Peggy’s recipes combine traditional baking with chic, simple decoration. Alongside biscuit recipes, Peggy also divulges the secrets of her incredibly scrumptious repertoire of gourmet cupcakes. The book closes with The Icing on the Cake, a fabulous resource of techniques and finishing touches.

Seductive and indulgent, this is Peggy’s most accessible book to date.

Peggy Porschen Peggy Porschen is one of the leading bakers and cake decorators of her generation. Her creations have graced many of the A-list events, including the weddings of Kate Moss and Stella McCartney. Peggy’s first book, Pretty Party Cakes, was awarded the Best Entertaining Cookbook by the Gourmand World Cookbook Award. In 2011 she opened her Cake Academy, entirely dedicated to baking, decorating and sugarcraft.

‘Fulfil your baking desires with Peggy’s gorgeous crafted goodies’ Sainsbury’s Magazine £12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 307 5 144pp 270 x 216mm 24,000 words including over 40 recipes and designs 185 colour photographs

Pretty Party Cakes

Sweet and stylish cakes and cookies for all occasions

Peggy Porschen

photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

‘The prettiest cakes imaginable fill the pages of this new title.

Worth buying for eye candy alone’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Cake decorating has become cutting-edge, and Peggy Porschen, with her unique style, is the leading exponent of this new trend.

This book covers all the recipes, equipment and techniques you will need as well as instructions for a spectacular range of cookies, cupcakes and large cakes. From simple alphabet and butterfly cookies to a romantic rose tower cake, Peggy’s engaging designs will entice even the beginner.

58

‘Just the thing to whip up when you’re looking to add a little sparkle’ Marie Claire

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 629 8 144pp 270 x 216mm 25,000 words including over 40 recipes and designs Over 150 colour photographs

Cake Chic | Peggy Porschen Romantic Cakes Stylish cakes for all occasions photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

In this inspiring book, Peggy Porschen offers a stunning collection of cookies and cakes to bring a haute couture flourish to any event, from classy cocktail parties to girly tea parties, baby showers and hen nights. You can’t fail to be tempted to try out her simple yet stunning designs, whether for chic novelty cookies or for small cakes draped in damask-effect icing or topped with easy-to-make icing birdcages.

Cake Chic is for anyone who wants to put on a show with panache but the minimum of fuss.

Cakes and cookies to celebrate love

Peggy Porschen

photography by Georgia Glynn Smith In this book Peggy Porschen applies her inspirational vision to her own favourite subject area – romance. Fabulously photographed, and with full instructions, there are cakes for every possible romantic occasion: from the earliest stirrings of affection on St Valentine’s Day, through the proposal and engagement, the wedding shower and hen or stag night to the big day itself – and on to anniversaries.

‘Every page in this glorious book oozes femininity, ‘Utterly adorable designs for cakes and cookies and Peggy’s ideas for icing cookies and cakes are in her instantly recognisable and charming awe-inspiring’ Sainsbury’s Magazine style’ Wedding Venues & Services £8.16 Boxed set 978 184400 607 6 Box: 135 x 105mm 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm and gloss laminated 10,000 words 20 recipes 65 colour photographs

Wedding Favours Recipe Cards Peggy Porschen In these beautifully designed cards, Peggy Porschen celebrates true love with 20 fabulous recipes, such as her bride and groom cookies, chocolate hearts and Tiffany-style sugar boxes. The cakes can be used for a variety of different occasions – as keepsakes, wedding favours, bridesmaids’ or flower girls’ gifts, even table decorations.

With mouth-watering photography and easy-to-follow instructions, these delightful little cards will make the perfect gift for anyone planning a wedding.

59

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Peggy Porschen

In this collection of favourite recipes from cake doyenne Peggy Porshen’s popular books you will find a fabulous range of cookies and cakes. From the simple to the extraordinary, there are recipes and ideas for every occasion. This book will show you how to make your own stunning cakes that will taste as good as they look.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 710 3 144pp 270 x 216mm 26,000 words including over 40 recipes and designs Over 120 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 106 8 192pp 253 x 197mm 35,000 words including 45 recipes 150 colour photographs Over 90,000 copies sold Translated into 6 languages

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 973 2 192pp 248 x 187mm 46,000 words including 110 recipes 100 colour photographs

Food You Can’t Say No To Tamasin Day-Lewis

Mince is an exceptionally versatile ingredient that will provide a range of tasty dishes worthy of any occasion, especially in times of economic pressure. It can be fried, baked, roasted or stewed; spiced, soaked or left plain. First published in 1982, when it swiftly became a best-seller, this superb book has been updated to suit today’s tastes, without removing any of the original charm.

With a complete new look, including stunning photography, this book provides a delightfully unique and mouth-watering collection of traditional, original and often very unusual recipes.

Tamasin’s philosophy is all about making the most of everything she cooks and using each ingredient in its season. If you’re in need of some new supper ideas, try the blue cheese, red onion, potato and walnut pie, or a comforting salmon and scallop chowder, smoky with bacon and flecked with tarragon. Resist, if you can, a delectable, gooey bitter chocolate and salted caramel brownie cake. You will find plenty of effortless dishes in this book that are utterly, totally, completely irresistible.

photography by Steven Joyce

‘Once again, the cold, dead hand of economic adversity has fallen upon our kitchens, and mince is top of the supermarket-supply lists again. But there is a bright side: Marvellous Meals with Mince is back!’ Giles Coren, The Times Magazine £25.00 Hardback 978 184400 848 3 224pp 225 x 175mm 64,000 words including 70 recipes 130 colour photographs 100 black-and-white photographs

photography by Simon Wheeler

‘Tamasin is a magpie collector of recipes . . . giving each one her own twist. Often her variations are so perfect you wonder why no one has done it that way before. Best of all, these recipes are not difficult’ BBC Good Food

192pp 248 x 187mm 53,000 words including over 100 recipes Over 100 colour photographs Rights only

Orchards in the Oasis

Supper for a Song

Josceline Dimbleby

Tamasin Day-Lewis

Recipes, travels & memories photography by Jason Lowe

Orchards in the Oasis is Josceline Dimbleby’s account of her lifelong love affair with food and flavours. As an itinerant child with a diplomat stepfather, she spent much of her time in the kitchen – in a succession of different countries – watching cooks transform food. In this enchanting memoir she explores the many food influences of her rich and varied life and intersperses 70 inspiring recipes with her own photographs.

‘This is one of those delightful books which mixes foodie memoirs with delicious recipes’ BBC Good Food

60

For the clever cook in the cost-conscious kitchen photography by James Merrell

Supper for a Song is about cooking (and shopping for) the best while spending less. This, Tamasin Day-Lewis believes, is the most exciting and creative way to cook. As well as many cost-conscious main dishes and a wonderfully indulgent baking chapter, she offers original ways to extend the Sunday roast and transform leftovers. There’s also advice on keeping a storecupboard well stocked for quick meals, and making the most of seasonal fruit and vegetable gluts. Supper for a Song offers readers thrifty ways to cook without ever feeling deprived or short-changed.

‘Tamasin Day-Lewis’s books are always a delicious treat and this latest is no exception’ Red

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 958 9 304pp 216 x 138mm Cloth bound and silk-screened cover 95,000 words including over 600 recipes 11 black-and-white illustrations

Classic Voices in Food

Classic Voices in Food

Modern Cookery for Private Families Eliza Acton

Madame Prunier’s Fish Cookery Book Madame Prunier

Eliza Acton’s masterpiece sets out the principles of domestic cookery and offers a wealth of dishes for every occasion.

First published in 1845, Eliza Acton’s recipes are a model of sensible instructions for preparing food simply but well, and this authoritative book is not only a guide to the best English cooking, but, unusually for the time, also contains recipes for German, Indian and Caribbean dishes. With original illustrations and instructions on techniques ranging from frying fish to roasting meat all conveyed in Eliza’s elegant prose, this is a quintessential tome packed full of wisdom, common sense and delights.

First published in 1938, this charming book provides all cooks – novice and experienced alike – with advice on how to buy and cook fish. Chapters cover everything from hors d’oeuvres, savoury butters and sauces to saltwater fish, shellfish and freshwater fish – often neglected in present-day cookery books – with dishes ranging from simple bisques to sophisticated creations. Its striking original illustrations and enchanting prose makes this is a book to treasure.

‘A jauntily retro orange and burgundy edition from Quadrille is a reminder of just how good Acton was’ The Sunday Telegraph £12.99 Hardback 978 184400 981 7 128pp 216 x 138mm Cloth bound and silk-screened cover 40,000 words including over 200 recipes

‘This beautifully reproduced recipe book provides all cooks – novice and experienced alike – with excellent advice on how to buy and cook fish, and a collection of simple but wonderful recipes’ The Oldie

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 982 4 480pp 216 x 138mm Cloth bound and silk-screened cover 150,000 words including over 400 recipes

Classic Voices in Food

Classic Voices in Food

Simple French Cooking for English Homes X. Marcel Boulestin

The Gentle Art of Cookery Mrs C. F. Leyel and Miss Olga Hartley

Described as ‘the most subtle, imaginative, and liberating food writer of his day’, Xavier Marcel Boulestin, first published in 1923 and an immediate success, popularised French cuisine in the English-speaking world. This book dispels the myth that French cooking is complicated by offering over 300 delicious, simple recipes – including traditional favourites such as entrecôte bordelaise and galette au chocolat.

‘Includes recipes for everything . . . Bon appétit’ Stella

Part of a striking upheaval in attitudes to cooking between the wars, The Gentle Art of Cookery was published in 1921, inspiring its readers with its attention to detail and daring recipe selection. With chapters entitled Dishes from the Arabian Nights, The Alchemist’s Cupboard and Flower Recipes, this book can’t help but capture the reader’s imagination. With its intensely modern focus on flowers and vegetables, and its revival of old tastes and suggestions of new ones, this book points towards modern molecular gastronomy and demonstrates how elegant and innovative British food can be.

‘Reveals British food in the Twenties [to be] aromatic and well-travelled’ The Daily Telegraph

61

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Marvellous Meals with Mince Josceline Dimbleby

£16.99 Hardback 978 184400 959 6 656pp 216 x 138mm Cloth bound and silk-screened cover 350,00 words including over 1,400 recipes Over 160 black-and-white illustrations

FOOD & WINE

£9.99 Hardback 978 184949 150 1 144pp 189 x 144mm 28,000 words including 75 recipes 50 colour photographs

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 973 2 192pp 248 x 187mm 46,000 words including 110 recipes 100 colour photographs

Food You Can’t Say No To Tamasin Day-Lewis

Mince is an exceptionally versatile ingredient that will provide a range of tasty dishes worthy of any occasion, especially in times of economic pressure. It can be fried, baked, roasted or stewed; spiced, soaked or left plain. First published in 1982, when it swiftly became a best-seller, this superb book has been updated to suit today’s tastes, without removing any of the original charm.

With a complete new look, including stunning photography, this book provides a delightfully unique and mouth-watering collection of traditional, original and often very unusual recipes.

Tamasin’s philosophy is all about making the most of everything she cooks and using each ingredient in its season. If you’re in need of some new supper ideas, try the blue cheese, red onion, potato and walnut pie, or a comforting salmon and scallop chowder, smoky with bacon and flecked with tarragon. Resist, if you can, a delectable, gooey bitter chocolate and salted caramel brownie cake. You will find plenty of effortless dishes in this book that are utterly, totally, completely irresistible.

photography by Steven Joyce

‘Once again, the cold, dead hand of economic adversity has fallen upon our kitchens, and mince is top of the supermarket-supply lists again. But there is a bright side: Marvellous Meals with Mince is back!’ Giles Coren, The Times Magazine £25.00 Hardback 978 184400 848 3 224pp 225 x 175mm 64,000 words including 70 recipes 130 colour photographs 100 black-and-white photographs

photography by Simon Wheeler

‘Tamasin is a magpie collector of recipes . . . giving each one her own twist. Often her variations are so perfect you wonder why no one has done it that way before. Best of all, these recipes are not difficult’ BBC Good Food

192pp 248 x 187mm 53,000 words including over 100 recipes Over 100 colour photographs Rights only

Orchards in the Oasis

Supper for a Song

Josceline Dimbleby

Tamasin Day-Lewis

Recipes, travels & memories photography by Jason Lowe

Orchards in the Oasis is Josceline Dimbleby’s account of her lifelong love affair with food and flavours. As an itinerant child with a diplomat stepfather, she spent much of her time in the kitchen – in a succession of different countries – watching cooks transform food. In this enchanting memoir she explores the many food influences of her rich and varied life and intersperses 70 inspiring recipes with her own photographs.

‘This is one of those delightful books which mixes foodie memoirs with delicious recipes’ BBC Good Food

60

For the clever cook in the cost-conscious kitchen photography by James Merrell

Supper for a Song is about cooking (and shopping for) the best while spending less. This, Tamasin Day-Lewis believes, is the most exciting and creative way to cook. As well as many cost-conscious main dishes and a wonderfully indulgent baking chapter, she offers original ways to extend the Sunday roast and transform leftovers. There’s also advice on keeping a storecupboard well stocked for quick meals, and making the most of seasonal fruit and vegetable gluts. Supper for a Song offers readers thrifty ways to cook without ever feeling deprived or short-changed.

‘Tamasin Day-Lewis’s books are always a delicious treat and this latest is no exception’ Red

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 958 9 304pp 216 x 138mm Cloth bound and silk-screened cover 95,000 words including over 600 recipes 11 black-and-white illustrations

Classic Voices in Food

Classic Voices in Food

Modern Cookery for Private Families Eliza Acton

Madame Prunier’s Fish Cookery Book Madame Prunier

Eliza Acton’s masterpiece sets out the principles of domestic cookery and offers a wealth of dishes for every occasion.

First published in 1845, Eliza Acton’s recipes are a model of sensible instructions for preparing food simply but well, and this authoritative book is not only a guide to the best English cooking, but, unusually for the time, also contains recipes for German, Indian and Caribbean dishes. With original illustrations and instructions on techniques ranging from frying fish to roasting meat all conveyed in Eliza’s elegant prose, this is a quintessential tome packed full of wisdom, common sense and delights.

First published in 1938, this charming book provides all cooks – novice and experienced alike – with advice on how to buy and cook fish. Chapters cover everything from hors d’oeuvres, savoury butters and sauces to saltwater fish, shellfish and freshwater fish – often neglected in present-day cookery books – with dishes ranging from simple bisques to sophisticated creations. Its striking original illustrations and enchanting prose makes this is a book to treasure.

‘A jauntily retro orange and burgundy edition from Quadrille is a reminder of just how good Acton was’ The Sunday Telegraph £12.99 Hardback 978 184400 981 7 128pp 216 x 138mm Cloth bound and silk-screened cover 40,000 words including over 200 recipes

‘This beautifully reproduced recipe book provides all cooks – novice and experienced alike – with excellent advice on how to buy and cook fish, and a collection of simple but wonderful recipes’ The Oldie

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 982 4 480pp 216 x 138mm Cloth bound and silk-screened cover 150,000 words including over 400 recipes

Classic Voices in Food

Classic Voices in Food

Simple French Cooking for English Homes X. Marcel Boulestin

The Gentle Art of Cookery Mrs C. F. Leyel and Miss Olga Hartley

Described as ‘the most subtle, imaginative, and liberating food writer of his day’, Xavier Marcel Boulestin, first published in 1923 and an immediate success, popularised French cuisine in the English-speaking world. This book dispels the myth that French cooking is complicated by offering over 300 delicious, simple recipes – including traditional favourites such as entrecôte bordelaise and galette au chocolat.

‘Includes recipes for everything . . . Bon appétit’ Stella

Part of a striking upheaval in attitudes to cooking between the wars, The Gentle Art of Cookery was published in 1921, inspiring its readers with its attention to detail and daring recipe selection. With chapters entitled Dishes from the Arabian Nights, The Alchemist’s Cupboard and Flower Recipes, this book can’t help but capture the reader’s imagination. With its intensely modern focus on flowers and vegetables, and its revival of old tastes and suggestions of new ones, this book points towards modern molecular gastronomy and demonstrates how elegant and innovative British food can be.

‘Reveals British food in the Twenties [to be] aromatic and well-travelled’ The Daily Telegraph

61

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Marvellous Meals with Mince Josceline Dimbleby

£16.99 Hardback 978 184400 959 6 656pp 216 x 138mm Cloth bound and silk-screened cover 350,00 words including over 1,400 recipes Over 160 black-and-white illustrations

FOOD & WINE

£9.99 Hardback 978 184949 150 1 144pp 189 x 144mm 28,000 words including 75 recipes 50 colour photographs

Desserts | Michel Roux photography by Martin Brigdale

‘When the mood strikes, this divine collection will deliver‘ The Mail on Sunday

£9.99 Paperback 978 184400 311 2 304pp 210 x 160mm 38,000 words including over 100 recipes Over 150 colour photographs Over 135,000 copies sold

Pastry | Michel Roux

Savoury & sweet photography by Martin Brigdale Presenting all the classic pastries in the simplest way, along with an inspiring collection of recipes, Pastry will be a kitchen reference book for years to come. The recipes featured use each type of pastry in a variety of ways – both savoury and sweet.

Classic recipes, including quiche lorraine and pecan pie, are given a modern twist, while original recipes boast new combinations of flavours or a lighter style of cooking.

‘If you’re daunted by making your own pastry, here’s the book to quell your fears’ BBC Good Food £25.00 Hardback 978 184400 926 8 256pp 253 x 197mm 65,000 words including 150 recipes Over 100 colour photographs

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 697 7 304pp 210 x 160mm 43,000 words including over 200 recipes 200 colour photographs Over 100,000 copies sold

Sauces | Michel Roux Savoury & sweet photography by Martin Brigdale

Michel Roux’s original Sauces, published over a decade ago, is revered as a masterpiece. Now Michel takes a fresh new look at sauces, updating the classics from his original volume and presenting an enticing range of new recipes. This collection of over 200 recipes includes all kinds of savoury and sweet sauces. Techniques are clearly explained and fully illustrated with step-bystep photographs. In addition to the recipes, there are many tempting flavour variations for classic sauces, dressings, butters, coulis, custards and sabayons. This new volume sets the bar even higher than the last.

‘Sauces has already attained classic status as the essential guide in every good cook’s kitchen’ Yes Chef! Magazine

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 816 2 192pp 248 x 187mm 39,000 words including over 80 recipes 85 colour photographs

Gourmet Food for a Fiver Jason Atherton

Maze, the Cookbook | Jason Atherton

photography by Yuki Sugiura

foreword by Ferran Adriá photography by Ditte Isager

With his creative style and mastery of original flavour combinations, Jason Atherton brings inexpensive, accessible gourmet food into the home kitchen. Based on the principle of cooking with the seasons – making the most of ingredients when they are at their best and least expensive – the recipes are perfect for entertaining or for a glamorous night in. Choose a starter and main course, or a main course plus dessert from this collection of over 80 recipes, and a fantastic two-course meal can be on the table for less than £5 a head.

Focusing on quality ingredients, imaginative flavour combinations and simple presentation, the food at Maze is served in tapas-style portions. In this book, Jason Atherton not only presents his favourite dishes as they would be served in the restaurant, but also provides two more recipes based on the same core ingredients and/or flavourings. These have been devised to serve as a course in their own right. Whether readers are looking to cook Maze-style or serve a conventional meal, they will find plenty of fresh, innovative recipes here.

‘Glamour on a shoestring budget is the aim here, and that’s something all keen cooks will appreciate’ Time Out

‘Everything about this book stands out – Atherton’s precisely written recipes, openness to share kitchen secrets and flair for playing with global flavours to impress’ The Independent

£9.99 Paperback 978 184400 947 3 192pp 222 x 175mm 35,000 words including over 100 recipes 80 colour photographs Over 370,000 copies sold

Eggs | Michel Roux

French Country Cooking Michel and Albert Roux

Desserts | James Martin

As people tire of prepackaged, mass-produced supermarket food, it is time to take a look at the oldest food of all. The 130 simple recipes range from the classics – créme caramel, eggs benedict and hollandaise sauce – to modern adaptations of traditional ideas – hard-boiled eggs stuffed with mussels, pear and cinnamon omelette and camembert ice cream. Accompanied

by Martin Brigdale’s stunning photographs, Eggs has already become a classic.

This classic collection of recipes celebrates the best of French home cooking passed down through generations. Inspired by their mother, who passed on the secrets of her native Normandy cuisine, this book has been put together by Michel and Albert Roux. Divided into regional chapters, each introduction gives an overview of the region and its culinary traditions.

A dozen recipes follow and each chapter concludes with a list of the region’s specialty ingredients. The result is over 150 superb recipes as diverse as the regions from which they came.

In Desserts, renowned TV chef James Martin indulges his sweet tooth, providing an irresistible selection of more than 100 hot puddings, cold desserts, cakes, bakes and ice creams.

There are classic desserts, such as tarte Tatin and Pavlova, comfort puddings like lemon meringue pie and spicy plum crumble, traditional recipes plus a wealth of new desserts which are destined to become classics in their own right.

Illustrated with truly mouth-watering photographs throughout, Desserts is the book for all who love sweet things.

photography by Martin Brigdale

‘Easy to follow and truly inspiring’ Waitrose Food Illustrated

62

‘If you’re looking for the definitive French cookbook, this classic collection will fit the bill’ Country Homes & Interiors

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 831 5 £25.00 Hardback 978 184400 597 0 256pp 248 x 187mm 44,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs

photography by Peter Cassidy

‘If you choose one book to lust over, it has to be celebrity chef James Martin’s books of candied creations’ Taste Italia

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 838 4 £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 614 4 192pp 248 x 187mm 30,000 words including 90 recipes Over 100 colour photographs

Today’s Special | Anthony Demetre A new take on bistro food photography by Simon Wheeler

The classic fare of the French bistro has long held universal appeal. At Anthony Demetre’s critically acclaimed Arbutus, Wild Honey and Les Deux Salons restaurants, the menu consists of bistro-style classic European dishes but with a modern twist, prepared from seasonal ingredients and put together with intelligence and taste. Based on the same philosophy, this book presents a collection of exciting seasonal dishes that use top-quality but comparatively inexpensive ingredients. The result is everyday eating at its very best.

‘Demetre modernises classic French bistro fare in his exciting recipes’ delicious. Magazine

63

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Michel Roux, widely regarded as the connoisseur of French cuisine, takes a fresh look at his life long passion for desserts. The book is divided into 10 chapters, each focusing on a particular type of dessert, from hot soufflés through meringues to pastries. This collection of over 100 recipes includes desserts to suit all occasions. Designed in a clear style and illustrated throughout with stunning photographs of techniques as well as finished dishes, Desserts is set to become a classic.

£9.99 Paperback 978 184400 827 8 304pp 210 x 160mm 48,000 words including over 100 recipes 150 colour photographs Over 130,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 983 1 288pp 210 x 160mm 38,000 words including over 100 recipes 150 colour photographs

Desserts | Michel Roux photography by Martin Brigdale

‘When the mood strikes, this divine collection will deliver‘ The Mail on Sunday

£9.99 Paperback 978 184400 311 2 304pp 210 x 160mm 38,000 words including over 100 recipes Over 150 colour photographs Over 135,000 copies sold

Pastry | Michel Roux

Savoury & sweet photography by Martin Brigdale Presenting all the classic pastries in the simplest way, along with an inspiring collection of recipes, Pastry will be a kitchen reference book for years to come. The recipes featured use each type of pastry in a variety of ways – both savoury and sweet.

Classic recipes, including quiche lorraine and pecan pie, are given a modern twist, while original recipes boast new combinations of flavours or a lighter style of cooking.

‘If you’re daunted by making your own pastry, here’s the book to quell your fears’ BBC Good Food £25.00 Hardback 978 184400 926 8 256pp 253 x 197mm 65,000 words including 150 recipes Over 100 colour photographs

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 697 7 304pp 210 x 160mm 43,000 words including over 200 recipes 200 colour photographs Over 100,000 copies sold

Sauces | Michel Roux Savoury & sweet photography by Martin Brigdale

Michel Roux’s original Sauces, published over a decade ago, is revered as a masterpiece. Now Michel takes a fresh new look at sauces, updating the classics from his original volume and presenting an enticing range of new recipes. This collection of over 200 recipes includes all kinds of savoury and sweet sauces. Techniques are clearly explained and fully illustrated with step-bystep photographs. In addition to the recipes, there are many tempting flavour variations for classic sauces, dressings, butters, coulis, custards and sabayons. This new volume sets the bar even higher than the last.

‘Sauces has already attained classic status as the essential guide in every good cook’s kitchen’ Yes Chef! Magazine

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 816 2 192pp 248 x 187mm 39,000 words including over 80 recipes 85 colour photographs

Gourmet Food for a Fiver Jason Atherton

Maze, the Cookbook | Jason Atherton

photography by Yuki Sugiura

foreword by Ferran Adriá photography by Ditte Isager

With his creative style and mastery of original flavour combinations, Jason Atherton brings inexpensive, accessible gourmet food into the home kitchen. Based on the principle of cooking with the seasons – making the most of ingredients when they are at their best and least expensive – the recipes are perfect for entertaining or for a glamorous night in. Choose a starter and main course, or a main course plus dessert from this collection of over 80 recipes, and a fantastic two-course meal can be on the table for less than £5 a head.

Focusing on quality ingredients, imaginative flavour combinations and simple presentation, the food at Maze is served in tapas-style portions. In this book, Jason Atherton not only presents his favourite dishes as they would be served in the restaurant, but also provides two more recipes based on the same core ingredients and/or flavourings. These have been devised to serve as a course in their own right. Whether readers are looking to cook Maze-style or serve a conventional meal, they will find plenty of fresh, innovative recipes here.

‘Glamour on a shoestring budget is the aim here, and that’s something all keen cooks will appreciate’ Time Out

‘Everything about this book stands out – Atherton’s precisely written recipes, openness to share kitchen secrets and flair for playing with global flavours to impress’ The Independent

£9.99 Paperback 978 184400 947 3 192pp 222 x 175mm 35,000 words including over 100 recipes 80 colour photographs Over 370,000 copies sold

Eggs | Michel Roux

French Country Cooking Michel and Albert Roux

Desserts | James Martin

As people tire of prepackaged, mass-produced supermarket food, it is time to take a look at the oldest food of all. The 130 simple recipes range from the classics – créme caramel, eggs benedict and hollandaise sauce – to modern adaptations of traditional ideas – hard-boiled eggs stuffed with mussels, pear and cinnamon omelette and camembert ice cream. Accompanied

by Martin Brigdale’s stunning photographs, Eggs has already become a classic.

This classic collection of recipes celebrates the best of French home cooking passed down through generations. Inspired by their mother, who passed on the secrets of her native Normandy cuisine, this book has been put together by Michel and Albert Roux. Divided into regional chapters, each introduction gives an overview of the region and its culinary traditions.

A dozen recipes follow and each chapter concludes with a list of the region’s specialty ingredients. The result is over 150 superb recipes as diverse as the regions from which they came.

In Desserts, renowned TV chef James Martin indulges his sweet tooth, providing an irresistible selection of more than 100 hot puddings, cold desserts, cakes, bakes and ice creams.

There are classic desserts, such as tarte Tatin and Pavlova, comfort puddings like lemon meringue pie and spicy plum crumble, traditional recipes plus a wealth of new desserts which are destined to become classics in their own right.

Illustrated with truly mouth-watering photographs throughout, Desserts is the book for all who love sweet things.

photography by Martin Brigdale

‘Easy to follow and truly inspiring’ Waitrose Food Illustrated

62

‘If you’re looking for the definitive French cookbook, this classic collection will fit the bill’ Country Homes & Interiors

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 831 5 £25.00 Hardback 978 184400 597 0 256pp 248 x 187mm 44,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs

photography by Peter Cassidy

‘If you choose one book to lust over, it has to be celebrity chef James Martin’s books of candied creations’ Taste Italia

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 838 4 £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 614 4 192pp 248 x 187mm 30,000 words including 90 recipes Over 100 colour photographs

Today’s Special | Anthony Demetre A new take on bistro food photography by Simon Wheeler

The classic fare of the French bistro has long held universal appeal. At Anthony Demetre’s critically acclaimed Arbutus, Wild Honey and Les Deux Salons restaurants, the menu consists of bistro-style classic European dishes but with a modern twist, prepared from seasonal ingredients and put together with intelligence and taste. Based on the same philosophy, this book presents a collection of exciting seasonal dishes that use top-quality but comparatively inexpensive ingredients. The result is everyday eating at its very best.

‘Demetre modernises classic French bistro fare in his exciting recipes’ delicious. Magazine

63

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Michel Roux, widely regarded as the connoisseur of French cuisine, takes a fresh look at his life long passion for desserts. The book is divided into 10 chapters, each focusing on a particular type of dessert, from hot soufflés through meringues to pastries. This collection of over 100 recipes includes desserts to suit all occasions. Designed in a clear style and illustrated throughout with stunning photographs of techniques as well as finished dishes, Desserts is set to become a classic.

£9.99 Paperback 978 184400 827 8 304pp 210 x 160mm 48,000 words including over 100 recipes 150 colour photographs Over 130,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 983 1 288pp 210 x 160mm 38,000 words including over 100 recipes 150 colour photographs

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 944 2 208pp 248 x 187mm 40,000 words including 90 recipes 100 colour photographs

Bake & Decorate Fiona Cairns

Whether you are one or 100 (as long as you are a gourmet) there is a birthday cake for you. Fiona Cairns, creator of the Royal Wedding Cake and presenter of ITV1’s Home of Fabulous Cakes, knows the importance of a cake’s taste and decoration.

In The Birthday Cake Book she includes 35 new recipes – from the utterly modern to the sumptuously old school. Every cake or icing is worth making all year round, whether for a birthday or not. So get baking!

In Bake & Decorate Fiona Cairns celebrates home baking with added sophistication and fun. Fiona explains the basics of making cakes and biscuits with 32 delicious recipes in Part 1: BAKE, that combine to form the 54 fabulous creations in Part 2: DECORATE. Her book covers the classics, as well as fashionable new flavours. Here, finally, is the cake-decorating book where every recipe is a keeper.

photography by Laura Edwards

‘There’s a clever cake to suit everyone’ Woman & Home

photography by Laura Hynd

Exceptional Breads Dan Lepard and Richard Whittington photography by Peter Williams

Exceptional Breads passes on the secrets of the renowned Baker & Spice cafés, so readers can learn how to bake their own amazing breads at home. Techniques are carefully explained and illustrated with step-by-step photographs. This authoritative, yet easy-to-follow handbook is an essential guide for every home bread-maker.

‘I guarantee this book will have you up to your elbows in flour’ BBC Good Food

64

Baking with Passion Dan Lepard and Richard Whittington photography by Peter Williams

In Baking with Passion you will find simple but authoritative recipes that can easily be achieved in your own home, at your own leisure. With the reassuring instruction of tried-and-tested techniques, and the comfort of carefully adapted combinations of flavours, readers will be able to produce delicious breads, cakes and pastries. From ‘Classic cakes and they-sound-yummy bakes can be enjoyed unadorned, or dressed to impress wild yeast starters and basic quick breads through to delicious cakes and cookies, this with clever and pleasing ideas for decoration’ book provides step-by-step recipes that will You Magazine not fail to impress.

£5.99 Paperback 978 184400 451 5 160pp 210 x 160mm 25,000 words including 30 recipes 75 photographs

Baker & Spice

Baker & Spice

£5.99 Paperback 978 184400 452 2 160pp 210 x 160mm 22,000 words including 50 recipes 50 photographs

Baker & Spice

Exceptional Cakes Dan Lepard and Richard Whittington photography by Peter Williams

Recreate Baker & Spice cakes and pastries in the comfort of your own kitchen, with 50 recipes for cakes, pastries, cookies and more. Using quality ingredients and techniques that have been developed to perfection, these recipes are guaranteed to impress. Achieving cakes with the perfect flavour, pastries with a crispness and cookies with a crumbly softness is now within reach. ‘. . . brings the secrets of the professional pastry shop to our own tea tables’ The Lady

’A must-have book for any would-be baker’ The Independent on Sunday

£9.99 Hardback 978 184949 184 6 176pp 223 x 177mm 29,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 85,000 copies sold

224pp 193 x 137mm 64,000 words including over 100 recipes and ideas 90 colour illustrations Rights only

One Step Ahead | Mary Berry

Cooking Lessons | Daisy Garnett

Even the most organised cooks regularly find themselves pressed for time. The answer often lies in some judicious pre-preparation.

In One Step Ahead, Mary Berry provides over 100 delicious recipes, such as Thai beetroot soup, porcini-stuffed chicken and French vanilla creams, all devised so that you can take them to a stage that will give you a head start when you have to put a meal together in a limited time. The eminently practical recipes are carefully chosen to suit a wide range of occasions and cover Party Nibbles and First Courses, Main Courses, Vegetable Dishes, Puddings and Desserts, and Baking.

In this charming, beautifully illustrated book, journalist Daisy Garnett reveals how she not only learned the skills of cooking, but also fell in love with food. With entertaining and often hilarious food and family anecdotes, her adventures are diverse, inspiring and heart-warming. Over 100 recipes are entwined with the narrative, as well as basic techniques such as cooking and preparing meat and fish, and making jams and sauces. This book will inspire all readers to appreciate the pleasures of cooking and enjoy a few other lessons along the way.

Over 100 delicious recipes for relaxed entertaining photography by Martin Brigdale

‘. . . an idea that will make many a dinner party run smoother . . . a clear, sensible and useful book’ The Independent

£9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 321 5 256pp 223 x 177mm Publication August 2013 £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 715 8 256pp 248 x 187mm 50,000 words including 130 recipes Over 75 colour photographs

Tales from the kitchen and other stories illustrations by Carmen Carreira

‘Bright, fun and charming, Daisy makes you want to cook everything and convinces you that you can’ Easy Living

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 826 1 256pp 248 x 187mm 54,000 words including 120 recipes Over 75 colour photographs

John Torode’s Chicken | John Torode

John Torode’s Beef | John Torode

In this superb volume, restaurateur and Masterchef judge John Torode delves into the world of feathered food stuffs – not only the humble chicken, but the whole variety of edible birds, whether guinea fowl or quail, pigeon, partridge or turkey.

It reveals how to make use of all aspects of the bird, showing the best use for each part and turning the bones and remnants into great stocks and soups. Recipes range from pies to pastries, curries to one-pot wonders, roasts, pastas, pulses and salads, offering something for every occasion.

Surprising it may be, but Australian chef John Torode has a passion for one of the greatest British ingredients: beef. In this meaty book, John not only gives us every which way to cook with beef, but also gives the history and importance of great and rare breeds, butchers’ recommended cuts and true head-to-tail eating. With his passion for the subject, the recipes are straight from the heart – down-to-earth, tasty, easy-to-make and gathered from around the world. Recipes range from the expected to the unexpected, including pies, salads, steaks, carpaccios and stocks. John Torode’s Beef tells it how it is and has become a trusty kitchen stalwart.

And other birds photography by Jason Lowe

‘If you’ve ever wondered what on earth to do with a chicken, John Torode is the man to tell you’ The Daily Telegraph

And other bovine matters photography by Jason Lowe

‘Everything you need to know about cooking with beef – let the Master Chef show you how’ Olive

65

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The Birthday Cake Book Fiona Cairns

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 423 2 304pp 230 x 176mm 45,000 words including over 75 recipes 100 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£18.99 Hardback 978 184400 985 5 192pp 248 x 187mm 50 cakes including 35 recipes and 50 decorating schemes 85 colour photographs

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 944 2 208pp 248 x 187mm 40,000 words including 90 recipes 100 colour photographs

Bake & Decorate Fiona Cairns

Whether you are one or 100 (as long as you are a gourmet) there is a birthday cake for you. Fiona Cairns, creator of the Royal Wedding Cake and presenter of ITV1’s Home of Fabulous Cakes, knows the importance of a cake’s taste and decoration.

In The Birthday Cake Book she includes 35 new recipes – from the utterly modern to the sumptuously old school. Every cake or icing is worth making all year round, whether for a birthday or not. So get baking!

In Bake & Decorate Fiona Cairns celebrates home baking with added sophistication and fun. Fiona explains the basics of making cakes and biscuits with 32 delicious recipes in Part 1: BAKE, that combine to form the 54 fabulous creations in Part 2: DECORATE. Her book covers the classics, as well as fashionable new flavours. Here, finally, is the cake-decorating book where every recipe is a keeper.

photography by Laura Edwards

‘There’s a clever cake to suit everyone’ Woman & Home

photography by Laura Hynd

Exceptional Breads Dan Lepard and Richard Whittington photography by Peter Williams

Exceptional Breads passes on the secrets of the renowned Baker & Spice cafés, so readers can learn how to bake their own amazing breads at home. Techniques are carefully explained and illustrated with step-by-step photographs. This authoritative, yet easy-to-follow handbook is an essential guide for every home bread-maker.

‘I guarantee this book will have you up to your elbows in flour’ BBC Good Food

64

Baking with Passion Dan Lepard and Richard Whittington photography by Peter Williams

In Baking with Passion you will find simple but authoritative recipes that can easily be achieved in your own home, at your own leisure. With the reassuring instruction of tried-and-tested techniques, and the comfort of carefully adapted combinations of flavours, readers will be able to produce delicious breads, cakes and pastries. From ‘Classic cakes and they-sound-yummy bakes can be enjoyed unadorned, or dressed to impress wild yeast starters and basic quick breads through to delicious cakes and cookies, this with clever and pleasing ideas for decoration’ book provides step-by-step recipes that will You Magazine not fail to impress.

£5.99 Paperback 978 184400 451 5 160pp 210 x 160mm 25,000 words including 30 recipes 75 photographs

Baker & Spice

Baker & Spice

£5.99 Paperback 978 184400 452 2 160pp 210 x 160mm 22,000 words including 50 recipes 50 photographs

Baker & Spice

Exceptional Cakes Dan Lepard and Richard Whittington photography by Peter Williams

Recreate Baker & Spice cakes and pastries in the comfort of your own kitchen, with 50 recipes for cakes, pastries, cookies and more. Using quality ingredients and techniques that have been developed to perfection, these recipes are guaranteed to impress. Achieving cakes with the perfect flavour, pastries with a crispness and cookies with a crumbly softness is now within reach. ‘. . . brings the secrets of the professional pastry shop to our own tea tables’ The Lady

’A must-have book for any would-be baker’ The Independent on Sunday

£9.99 Hardback 978 184949 184 6 176pp 223 x 177mm 29,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 85,000 copies sold

224pp 193 x 137mm 64,000 words including over 100 recipes and ideas 90 colour illustrations Rights only

One Step Ahead | Mary Berry

Cooking Lessons | Daisy Garnett

Even the most organised cooks regularly find themselves pressed for time. The answer often lies in some judicious pre-preparation.

In One Step Ahead, Mary Berry provides over 100 delicious recipes, such as Thai beetroot soup, porcini-stuffed chicken and French vanilla creams, all devised so that you can take them to a stage that will give you a head start when you have to put a meal together in a limited time. The eminently practical recipes are carefully chosen to suit a wide range of occasions and cover Party Nibbles and First Courses, Main Courses, Vegetable Dishes, Puddings and Desserts, and Baking.

In this charming, beautifully illustrated book, journalist Daisy Garnett reveals how she not only learned the skills of cooking, but also fell in love with food. With entertaining and often hilarious food and family anecdotes, her adventures are diverse, inspiring and heart-warming. Over 100 recipes are entwined with the narrative, as well as basic techniques such as cooking and preparing meat and fish, and making jams and sauces. This book will inspire all readers to appreciate the pleasures of cooking and enjoy a few other lessons along the way.

Over 100 delicious recipes for relaxed entertaining photography by Martin Brigdale

‘. . . an idea that will make many a dinner party run smoother . . . a clear, sensible and useful book’ The Independent

£9.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 321 5 256pp 223 x 177mm Publication August 2013 £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 715 8 256pp 248 x 187mm 50,000 words including 130 recipes Over 75 colour photographs

Tales from the kitchen and other stories illustrations by Carmen Carreira

‘Bright, fun and charming, Daisy makes you want to cook everything and convinces you that you can’ Easy Living

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 826 1 256pp 248 x 187mm 54,000 words including 120 recipes Over 75 colour photographs

John Torode’s Chicken | John Torode

John Torode’s Beef | John Torode

In this superb volume, restaurateur and Masterchef judge John Torode delves into the world of feathered food stuffs – not only the humble chicken, but the whole variety of edible birds, whether guinea fowl or quail, pigeon, partridge or turkey.

It reveals how to make use of all aspects of the bird, showing the best use for each part and turning the bones and remnants into great stocks and soups. Recipes range from pies to pastries, curries to one-pot wonders, roasts, pastas, pulses and salads, offering something for every occasion.

Surprising it may be, but Australian chef John Torode has a passion for one of the greatest British ingredients: beef. In this meaty book, John not only gives us every which way to cook with beef, but also gives the history and importance of great and rare breeds, butchers’ recommended cuts and true head-to-tail eating. With his passion for the subject, the recipes are straight from the heart – down-to-earth, tasty, easy-to-make and gathered from around the world. Recipes range from the expected to the unexpected, including pies, salads, steaks, carpaccios and stocks. John Torode’s Beef tells it how it is and has become a trusty kitchen stalwart.

And other birds photography by Jason Lowe

‘If you’ve ever wondered what on earth to do with a chicken, John Torode is the man to tell you’ The Daily Telegraph

And other bovine matters photography by Jason Lowe

‘Everything you need to know about cooking with beef – let the Master Chef show you how’ Olive

65

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The Birthday Cake Book Fiona Cairns

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 423 2 304pp 230 x 176mm 45,000 words including over 75 recipes 100 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£18.99 Hardback 978 184400 985 5 192pp 248 x 187mm 50 cakes including 35 recipes and 50 decorating schemes 85 colour photographs

Flash Cooking

Fit fast flavours for busy people

Laura Santtini

photography by Adam Laycock

‘Highlighting fast, easy-to-prepare, nutritious and flavour-packed food, the recipes are carbohydrate-free but indulgently spiced and sauced.

I love it’ Rose Prince, The Daily Telegraph

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 496 6 176pp 253 x 201mm 36,000 words including 100 recipes 50 colour photographs

Easy Tasty Italian | Laura Santtini Add some magic to your everyday food photography by Simon Wheeler

Laura Santtini’s Easy Tasty Italian is about making the simplest dishes unforgettable. Enjoy Laura’s magical flavour combinations – red wine, porcini and anchovy marinade, pink peppercorn; rose petal and salt rub; Parmesan and prosciutto paste that transform everyday food. Learn about simple cooking methods, each with a treasury of delectable recipes. See how procedures such as pounding, chopping, slicing and beating yield mouthwatering extras. Simple, original and unexpected, this cookbook will quickly become your new best friend in the kitchen.

£12.99 Hardback 978 184400 444 7 128pp 210 x 148mm 21,000 words including over 30 recipes 50 colour photographs

Breakfast at The Wolseley | A. A. Gill photography by David Loftus

Breakfast is an institution at the renowned restaurant The Wolseley in London’s Piccadilly. Scintillating text by celebrated author and restaurant critic A. A. Gill sets the scene for the ultimate guide to creating and enjoying a superb breakfast in The Wolseley style. The book offers a host of delicious recipes as well as foolproof guides to making the perfect cup of coffee, hard- and soft-boiled eggs, omelettes and other breakfast classics. Stunningly evocative photography completes this fascinating picture of 24 hours in the life of the breakfast service.

‘A delightful book of breakfast and patisserie recipes’ Harper’s Bazaar

‘Turns everyday meals into something extraordinary’ Waitrose Food Illustrated

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 114 9 256pp 280 x 220mm 38,000 words including over 120 recipes 240 colour photographs including 60 step-by-steps Over 80,000 copies sold

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 325 9 256pp 280 x 220mm 35,000 words including over 120 recipes 175 colour photographs including step-by-steps

Nobu West Nobu Matsuhisa and Mark Edwards photography by Eiichi Takahashi

Nobu Matsuhisa stands above all the other great world-class chefs in being the only one who is truly celebrated internationally.

In Nobu West, he collaborates with Mark Edwards, the head chef at Nobu London, to explore even more fully the fusion of cultures and cuisines that is now ‘Nobu style’. Using familiar Western ingredients and photographed in London by master Japanese photographer Eiichi Takahashi, the result is a stunning book of inventive, yet simple, creations.

‘The most famous Japanese chef in the world’ The Times, Body & Soul

£25.00 Hardback 978 190384 520 2 200pp 260 x 210mm Over 100 recipes plus introductions 150 colour photographs 30 black-and-white photographs Rights only

Simple Japanese | Silla Bjerrum

Nobu Now | Nobu Matsuhisa

Nobu – the Cookbook Nobu Matsuhisa

Japanese is the fastest-growing cuisine in the West. Low in fat and high in energy, its fresh, light taste combinations make it the ideal food for today’s health-conscious eater. An accessible collection of 100 simple recipes, each chapter opens with an illustrated page of techniques, followed by a selection of delicious easy-to-follow dishes featuring a combination of Eastern techniques and Western ingredients.

In Nobu Now the global superchef presents an exhilarating taste of his developing repertoire. Influenced by his experience with the cuisines of the countries in which he now operates, Nobu ventures beyond seafood into meat and poultry. However, the essence of all Japanese cooking – using simple techniques to bring out the flavours in the best of ingredients – remains at the heart of his recipes, resulting in the food his admirers adore: light, modern, clean and fresh.

Nobu – the Cookbook is the first book by arguably the world’s greatest sushi chef. It contains some 100 original recipes for fish and seafood, including such signature dishes as toro tartar with caviar (Madonna’s favourite) and new-style sashimi and sashimi salad (Tom Cruise’s favourite). It will help you recreate that exclusive Nobu dinner in your own kitchen.

‘A cookbook for Japanese food virgins’ Time Out

‘Surprisingly achievable’ The Independent

With East West flavours photography by Lars Ranek

66

photography by Eiichi Takahashi

‘You can tell how much fun a city is going to be if Nobu has a restaurant in it’ Madonna

67

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Flash Cooking is packed with fabulous fast food designed for a healthy life. Laura’s easily prepared flavour bombs, pastes, glazes and dressings transform familiar, basic everyday ingredients.

Made from herbs and spices and drawing upon different world cuisines they ensure that the taste buds keep tingling. In Flash Cooking, she transforms basic, everyday core ingredients such as chicken breasts and fish fillets into a wide range of spectacular meals. Flash food is not just a way of cooking but a way of life.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 755 4 192pp 248 x 187mm 45,000 words including over 100 recipes 50 colour photographs and 50 illustrations

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 995 4 176pp 248 x 187mm 40,000 words including over 120 recipes 75 colour photographs and illustrations

Flash Cooking

Fit fast flavours for busy people

Laura Santtini

photography by Adam Laycock

‘Highlighting fast, easy-to-prepare, nutritious and flavour-packed food, the recipes are carbohydrate-free but indulgently spiced and sauced.

I love it’ Rose Prince, The Daily Telegraph

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 496 6 176pp 253 x 201mm 36,000 words including 100 recipes 50 colour photographs

Easy Tasty Italian | Laura Santtini Add some magic to your everyday food photography by Simon Wheeler

Laura Santtini’s Easy Tasty Italian is about making the simplest dishes unforgettable. Enjoy Laura’s magical flavour combinations – red wine, porcini and anchovy marinade, pink peppercorn; rose petal and salt rub; Parmesan and prosciutto paste that transform everyday food. Learn about simple cooking methods, each with a treasury of delectable recipes. See how procedures such as pounding, chopping, slicing and beating yield mouthwatering extras. Simple, original and unexpected, this cookbook will quickly become your new best friend in the kitchen.

£12.99 Hardback 978 184400 444 7 128pp 210 x 148mm 21,000 words including over 30 recipes 50 colour photographs

Breakfast at The Wolseley | A. A. Gill photography by David Loftus

Breakfast is an institution at the renowned restaurant The Wolseley in London’s Piccadilly. Scintillating text by celebrated author and restaurant critic A. A. Gill sets the scene for the ultimate guide to creating and enjoying a superb breakfast in The Wolseley style. The book offers a host of delicious recipes as well as foolproof guides to making the perfect cup of coffee, hard- and soft-boiled eggs, omelettes and other breakfast classics. Stunningly evocative photography completes this fascinating picture of 24 hours in the life of the breakfast service.

‘A delightful book of breakfast and patisserie recipes’ Harper’s Bazaar

‘Turns everyday meals into something extraordinary’ Waitrose Food Illustrated

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 114 9 256pp 280 x 220mm 38,000 words including over 120 recipes 240 colour photographs including 60 step-by-steps Over 80,000 copies sold

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 325 9 256pp 280 x 220mm 35,000 words including over 120 recipes 175 colour photographs including step-by-steps

Nobu West Nobu Matsuhisa and Mark Edwards photography by Eiichi Takahashi

Nobu Matsuhisa stands above all the other great world-class chefs in being the only one who is truly celebrated internationally.

In Nobu West, he collaborates with Mark Edwards, the head chef at Nobu London, to explore even more fully the fusion of cultures and cuisines that is now ‘Nobu style’. Using familiar Western ingredients and photographed in London by master Japanese photographer Eiichi Takahashi, the result is a stunning book of inventive, yet simple, creations.

‘The most famous Japanese chef in the world’ The Times, Body & Soul

£25.00 Hardback 978 190384 520 2 200pp 260 x 210mm Over 100 recipes plus introductions 150 colour photographs 30 black-and-white photographs Rights only

Simple Japanese | Silla Bjerrum

Nobu Now | Nobu Matsuhisa

Nobu – the Cookbook Nobu Matsuhisa

Japanese is the fastest-growing cuisine in the West. Low in fat and high in energy, its fresh, light taste combinations make it the ideal food for today’s health-conscious eater. An accessible collection of 100 simple recipes, each chapter opens with an illustrated page of techniques, followed by a selection of delicious easy-to-follow dishes featuring a combination of Eastern techniques and Western ingredients.

In Nobu Now the global superchef presents an exhilarating taste of his developing repertoire. Influenced by his experience with the cuisines of the countries in which he now operates, Nobu ventures beyond seafood into meat and poultry. However, the essence of all Japanese cooking – using simple techniques to bring out the flavours in the best of ingredients – remains at the heart of his recipes, resulting in the food his admirers adore: light, modern, clean and fresh.

Nobu – the Cookbook is the first book by arguably the world’s greatest sushi chef. It contains some 100 original recipes for fish and seafood, including such signature dishes as toro tartar with caviar (Madonna’s favourite) and new-style sashimi and sashimi salad (Tom Cruise’s favourite). It will help you recreate that exclusive Nobu dinner in your own kitchen.

‘A cookbook for Japanese food virgins’ Time Out

‘Surprisingly achievable’ The Independent

With East West flavours photography by Lars Ranek

66

photography by Eiichi Takahashi

‘You can tell how much fun a city is going to be if Nobu has a restaurant in it’ Madonna

67

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Flash Cooking is packed with fabulous fast food designed for a healthy life. Laura’s easily prepared flavour bombs, pastes, glazes and dressings transform familiar, basic everyday ingredients.

Made from herbs and spices and drawing upon different world cuisines they ensure that the taste buds keep tingling. In Flash Cooking, she transforms basic, everyday core ingredients such as chicken breasts and fish fillets into a wide range of spectacular meals. Flash food is not just a way of cooking but a way of life.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 755 4 192pp 248 x 187mm 45,000 words including over 100 recipes 50 colour photographs and 50 illustrations

FOOD & WINE

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 995 4 176pp 248 x 187mm 40,000 words including over 120 recipes 75 colour photographs and illustrations

Desserts Gordon Ramsay

with Roz Denny photography by Georgia Glynn Smith In Gordon Ramsay’s Desserts, winner of the Guild of Food Writers Award, Gordon Ramsay demystifies desserts and creates irresistible treats to end any meal with a bang. With Fruits, Mousses, Soufflés, Crêpes, Biscuits, Sponges and Meringues, this collection of delicious recipes and professional advice will be a classic book on desserts for many years.

224pp 266 x 179mm 64,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Rights only

Chef’s Secrets Gordon Ramsay

Christmas with Gordon Gordon Ramsay

Gordon Ramsay’s cooking is renowned, but how does he achieve his sublime results? Gordon Ramsay’s Chef’s Secrets reveals all, from techniques and shortcuts to culinary hot tips.

With chapters on Fish, Poultry, Meat, Vegetables, Salads and Breads, this cookbook is a classic kitchen reference book.

Based on classic ingredients with a modern twist, Gordon’s recipes add a new dimension to festive food. Getting organised is Gordon’s key to success and he offers advice on planning your time and cooking ahead. Whether you need fresh inspiration for Christmas entertaining or ideas for using the leftover turkey or Stilton, there is plenty of inspiration here.

with Roz Denny photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

‘Excellent and packed with inspiring and easy-to-follow recipes’ The Independent

3-book boxed set Books: 224pp 266 x 179mm 60,000 words each including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Rights only

Chef for All Seasons Gordon Ramsay

Gordon Ramsay Collection Gordon Ramsay

In Chef for All Seasons, Gordon Ramsay presents a range of utterly contemporary recipes. Organised around a seasonal theme, the ingredients and flavours reflect the atmosphere evoked by each season. His recipes are diverse, but share a common theme: an apparently sophisticated presentation underpinned by a deceptive simplicity.

This slipcase set is a beautifully packaged collection of Gordon Ramsay’s iconic tomes – Chef for All Seasons, Chef’s Secrets and Desserts. Whatever the occasion, whatever your mood, one of these books, and recipes, is sure to suit. A perfect gift for any Gordon fan or food lover alike, these three books offer a wealth of recipes that will prove to be an essential reference for every home cook.

with Roz Denny photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

‘Ramsay is very generous with his wisdom, peppering the book with tips and secrets’ The Daily Telegraph

68

£15.00 Hardback 978 184400 984 8 144pp 225 x 215mm Over 28,000 words including 80 recipes 80 colour photographs Over 150,000 copies sold

with Roz Denny photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

photography by Chris Terry

‘If you’re looking to up the ante this Christmas and impress your guests with something really spectacular, Gordon’s new book is well worth a look’ Great British Food

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 761 5 £9.99 Hardback 978 184400 453 9 256pp 253 x 197mm 30,000 words including 100 recipes 200 colour photographs Over 800,000 copies sold

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 713 4 256pp 253 x 197mm 43,000 words including 100 recipes 150 colour photographs Over 250,000 copies sold

Gordon Ramsay’s World Kitchen Recipes from The F Word

Gordon Ramsay

photography by Chris Terry This book focuses on popular international cuisines: French, Italian, Greek, Spanish, Middle Eastern, Chinese, Thai, Indian, American and British. Gordon gives each of the 100 recipes an innovative twist to make them easier to cook at home. In addition there are features on specific foods – such as pizzas, steaks and asparagus – with five simple ways to enjoy them.

‘A collection of recipes from all over the world, Gordon’s book is fantastic’ The Observer

£19.99 Hardback 978 184400 280 1 256pp 253 x 197mm 30,000 words including 100 recipes 200 colour photographs Over 750,000 copies sold

Gordon Ramsay’s Fast Food

Gordon Ramsay’s Sunday Lunch

Gordon Ramsay

Gordon Ramsay

Recipes from The F Word

These days everyone wants food that is not only fast but also delicious, and who better to show you how to cook real food real fast and make it taste superb than Gordon Ramsay? Taking its theme from The F Word and packed with recipe ideas for all occasions, this stunning book will show you how to get a great meal on the table in less time than it takes to have a takeaway delivered.

‘It’s fast and fabulous’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

‘The food is so good and the recipes so easy to follow’ The Sunday Telegraph Magazine

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 875 9 224pp 266 x 179mm 63,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 330,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 874 2 224pp 266 x 179mm 55,000 words including 110 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 175,000 copies sold

And other recipes from The F Word

Gordon Ramsay wants to get us all sitting down at the table with friends and family to share lunch on Sundays. From his highly acclaimed television programme The F Word, this book, complete with DVD, takes all the dishes served and arranges them into 25 menus – each featuring a starter, main and pudding.

‘Gordon Ramsay shows how to make Sunday special again’ The Times Magazine

69

Desserts Gordon Ramsay

with Roz Denny photography by Georgia Glynn Smith In Gordon Ramsay’s Desserts, winner of the Guild of Food Writers Award, Gordon Ramsay demystifies desserts and creates irresistible treats to end any meal with a bang. With Fruits, Mousses, Soufflés, Crêpes, Biscuits, Sponges and Meringues, this collection of delicious recipes and professional advice will be a classic book on desserts for many years.

224pp 266 x 179mm 64,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Rights only

Chef’s Secrets Gordon Ramsay

Christmas with Gordon Gordon Ramsay

Gordon Ramsay’s cooking is renowned, but how does he achieve his sublime results? Gordon Ramsay’s Chef’s Secrets reveals all, from techniques and shortcuts to culinary hot tips.

With chapters on Fish, Poultry, Meat, Vegetables, Salads and Breads, this cookbook is a classic kitchen reference book.

Based on classic ingredients with a modern twist, Gordon’s recipes add a new dimension to festive food. Getting organised is Gordon’s key to success and he offers advice on planning your time and cooking ahead. Whether you need fresh inspiration for Christmas entertaining or ideas for using the leftover turkey or Stilton, there is plenty of inspiration here.

with Roz Denny photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

‘Excellent and packed with inspiring and easy-to-follow recipes’ The Independent

3-book boxed set Books: 224pp 266 x 179mm 60,000 words each including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Rights only

Chef for All Seasons Gordon Ramsay

Gordon Ramsay Collection Gordon Ramsay

In Chef for All Seasons, Gordon Ramsay presents a range of utterly contemporary recipes. Organised around a seasonal theme, the ingredients and flavours reflect the atmosphere evoked by each season. His recipes are diverse, but share a common theme: an apparently sophisticated presentation underpinned by a deceptive simplicity.

This slipcase set is a beautifully packaged collection of Gordon Ramsay’s iconic tomes – Chef for All Seasons, Chef’s Secrets and Desserts. Whatever the occasion, whatever your mood, one of these books, and recipes, is sure to suit. A perfect gift for any Gordon fan or food lover alike, these three books offer a wealth of recipes that will prove to be an essential reference for every home cook.

with Roz Denny photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

‘Ramsay is very generous with his wisdom, peppering the book with tips and secrets’ The Daily Telegraph

68

£15.00 Hardback 978 184400 984 8 144pp 225 x 215mm Over 28,000 words including 80 recipes 80 colour photographs Over 150,000 copies sold

with Roz Denny photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

photography by Chris Terry

‘If you’re looking to up the ante this Christmas and impress your guests with something really spectacular, Gordon’s new book is well worth a look’ Great British Food

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 761 5 £9.99 Hardback 978 184400 453 9 256pp 253 x 197mm 30,000 words including 100 recipes 200 colour photographs Over 800,000 copies sold

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 713 4 256pp 253 x 197mm 43,000 words including 100 recipes 150 colour photographs Over 250,000 copies sold

Gordon Ramsay’s World Kitchen Recipes from The F Word

Gordon Ramsay

photography by Chris Terry This book focuses on popular international cuisines: French, Italian, Greek, Spanish, Middle Eastern, Chinese, Thai, Indian, American and British. Gordon gives each of the 100 recipes an innovative twist to make them easier to cook at home. In addition there are features on specific foods – such as pizzas, steaks and asparagus – with five simple ways to enjoy them.

‘A collection of recipes from all over the world, Gordon’s book is fantastic’ The Observer

£19.99 Hardback 978 184400 280 1 256pp 253 x 197mm 30,000 words including 100 recipes 200 colour photographs Over 750,000 copies sold

Gordon Ramsay’s Fast Food

Gordon Ramsay’s Sunday Lunch

Gordon Ramsay

Gordon Ramsay

Recipes from The F Word

These days everyone wants food that is not only fast but also delicious, and who better to show you how to cook real food real fast and make it taste superb than Gordon Ramsay? Taking its theme from The F Word and packed with recipe ideas for all occasions, this stunning book will show you how to get a great meal on the table in less time than it takes to have a takeaway delivered.

‘It’s fast and fabulous’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

‘The food is so good and the recipes so easy to follow’ The Sunday Telegraph Magazine

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 875 9 224pp 266 x 179mm 63,000 words including over 100 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 330,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 874 2 224pp 266 x 179mm 55,000 words including 110 recipes 100 colour photographs Over 175,000 copies sold

And other recipes from The F Word

Gordon Ramsay wants to get us all sitting down at the table with friends and family to share lunch on Sundays. From his highly acclaimed television programme The F Word, this book, complete with DVD, takes all the dishes served and arranges them into 25 menus – each featuring a starter, main and pudding.

‘Gordon Ramsay shows how to make Sunday special again’ The Times Magazine

69

Gordon Ramsay’s Healthy Appetite Recipes from The F Word

Gordon Ramsay

photography by Lisa Barber Gordon Ramsay – super-fit chef, marathon runner and high-energy television presenter – is a great advertisement for eating well.

In this book he has put together over 100 dishes which are packed with fresh, vital ingredients cooked in the healthiest way to achieve maximum flavour.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 190 7 256pp 281 x 213mm 50,000 words including 50 recipes Over 100 photographs Over 170,000 copies sold

*** Chef | Gordon Ramsay photography by Quentin Bacon

Gordon Ramsay has been called the best chef of his generation and this book sees him at his day job – running a 3*** kitchen.

The first part of the book shows 50 classic Ramsay recipes presented as they would be in the restaurant. The second part shows them presented in a domestic situation, with full recipes to make at home. This is an exquisite book and a timely reminder of Gordon Ramsay’s extraordinary talent.

‘So good we’d give it a fourth star’ GQ £200.00 Limited Edition 978 184400 585 7 This book is also available in a limited edition of 1,000 copies. Each book is signed, numbered and packed in a metal slipcase inside a perspex case in a cardboard outer box.

70

Ramsay’s Best Menus Gordon Ramsay food photography by Con Poulos portraits by Chris Terry

Ramsay’s Best Menus is a cleverly ‘sliced’ cookbook, enabling the reader to mix and match courses to create their own menu.

Each of Gordon’s 52 chosen menus comprises a starter, main course and dessert and features food from all his favourite international cuisines. Every dish is individually photographed, so they can be reconfigured to create an incredible 140,000 different menu choices.

‘A very clever format makes this one of the most usable books’ BBC Good Food

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 324 2 £19.99 Hardback 978 184400 116 3 256pp 248 x 187mm 30,000 words including over 100 recipes 150 colour photographs Includes 30-minute DVD Over 550,000 copies sold

Gordon Ramsay Makes It Easy Gordon Ramsay photography by Jill Mead

Gordon Ramsay’s cooking is exceptional, worthy of the multitude of Michelin stars he has earned. His bestselling books have enabled home cooks to reproduce the superb dishes served in his restaurants. Gordon Ramsay Makes It Easy is a departure: the recipes are smart and sophisticated, but they are also simple.

An accompanying DVD shows Gordon cooking some of the recipes in his state-of-the-art kitchen, providing fascinating insight and additional helpful tips.

‘Simple but impressive’ BBC Good Food

Gordon Ramsay’s Cookery Cards photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

If you love Gordon Ramsay’s food but don’t want to buy a large book of recipes, here is a pick of his delicious dishes for a fraction of the price – in an easy-to-use, kitchen-friendly format. Each box contains 20 cards, each with a colour photograph of the finished dish, the full recipe and a shopping list. The recipes are simply presented and easy to follow. The perfect gift for a foodie friend, but also an irresistible self-purchase.

Gordon Ramsay’s Cool Sweets Boxed set Box: 135 x 105mm 10,000 words 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm, and gloss laminated 20 recipes 20 colour photographs Rights only

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

‘If you watch enough Gordon on telly you’ll know one of his favourite words is “extraordinary” – and this bold, bright book is exactly that’ BBC Good Food

£20.00 Concealed spiral-bound hardback 978 184400 915 2 144pp 300 x 216mm 48,000 words including 190 recipes 150 colour photographs Over 170,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£14.99 Paperback 978 184949 189 1 Publication January 2013 £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 636 6 256pp 253 x 197mm 38,000 words including 100 recipes 200 colour photographs Over 650,000 copies sold

Gordon Ramsay’s Big Brunch Boxed set Box: 135 x 105mm 10,000 words 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm, and gloss laminated 20 recipes 20 colour photographs Rights only

Gordon Ramsay’s Hot Dinners Boxed set Box: 135 x 105mm 10,000 words 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm, and gloss laminated 20 recipes 20 colour photographs Rights only

Gordon Ramsay’s Delicious Desserts Boxed set Box: 135 x 105mm 10,000 words 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm, and gloss laminated 20 recipes 20 colour photographs Rights only

71

Gordon Ramsay’s Healthy Appetite Recipes from The F Word

Gordon Ramsay

photography by Lisa Barber Gordon Ramsay – super-fit chef, marathon runner and high-energy television presenter – is a great advertisement for eating well.

In this book he has put together over 100 dishes which are packed with fresh, vital ingredients cooked in the healthiest way to achieve maximum flavour.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 190 7 256pp 281 x 213mm 50,000 words including 50 recipes Over 100 photographs Over 170,000 copies sold

*** Chef | Gordon Ramsay photography by Quentin Bacon

Gordon Ramsay has been called the best chef of his generation and this book sees him at his day job – running a 3*** kitchen.

The first part of the book shows 50 classic Ramsay recipes presented as they would be in the restaurant. The second part shows them presented in a domestic situation, with full recipes to make at home. This is an exquisite book and a timely reminder of Gordon Ramsay’s extraordinary talent.

‘So good we’d give it a fourth star’ GQ £200.00 Limited Edition 978 184400 585 7 This book is also available in a limited edition of 1,000 copies. Each book is signed, numbered and packed in a metal slipcase inside a perspex case in a cardboard outer box.

70

Ramsay’s Best Menus Gordon Ramsay food photography by Con Poulos portraits by Chris Terry

Ramsay’s Best Menus is a cleverly ‘sliced’ cookbook, enabling the reader to mix and match courses to create their own menu.

Each of Gordon’s 52 chosen menus comprises a starter, main course and dessert and features food from all his favourite international cuisines. Every dish is individually photographed, so they can be reconfigured to create an incredible 140,000 different menu choices.

‘A very clever format makes this one of the most usable books’ BBC Good Food

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 324 2 £19.99 Hardback 978 184400 116 3 256pp 248 x 187mm 30,000 words including over 100 recipes 150 colour photographs Includes 30-minute DVD Over 550,000 copies sold

Gordon Ramsay Makes It Easy Gordon Ramsay photography by Jill Mead

Gordon Ramsay’s cooking is exceptional, worthy of the multitude of Michelin stars he has earned. His bestselling books have enabled home cooks to reproduce the superb dishes served in his restaurants. Gordon Ramsay Makes It Easy is a departure: the recipes are smart and sophisticated, but they are also simple.

An accompanying DVD shows Gordon cooking some of the recipes in his state-of-the-art kitchen, providing fascinating insight and additional helpful tips.

‘Simple but impressive’ BBC Good Food

Gordon Ramsay’s Cookery Cards photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

If you love Gordon Ramsay’s food but don’t want to buy a large book of recipes, here is a pick of his delicious dishes for a fraction of the price – in an easy-to-use, kitchen-friendly format. Each box contains 20 cards, each with a colour photograph of the finished dish, the full recipe and a shopping list. The recipes are simply presented and easy to follow. The perfect gift for a foodie friend, but also an irresistible self-purchase.

Gordon Ramsay’s Cool Sweets Boxed set Box: 135 x 105mm 10,000 words 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm, and gloss laminated 20 recipes 20 colour photographs Rights only

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

‘If you watch enough Gordon on telly you’ll know one of his favourite words is “extraordinary” – and this bold, bright book is exactly that’ BBC Good Food

£20.00 Concealed spiral-bound hardback 978 184400 915 2 144pp 300 x 216mm 48,000 words including 190 recipes 150 colour photographs Over 170,000 copies sold

FOOD & WINE

£14.99 Paperback 978 184949 189 1 Publication January 2013 £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 636 6 256pp 253 x 197mm 38,000 words including 100 recipes 200 colour photographs Over 650,000 copies sold

Gordon Ramsay’s Big Brunch Boxed set Box: 135 x 105mm 10,000 words 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm, and gloss laminated 20 recipes 20 colour photographs Rights only

Gordon Ramsay’s Hot Dinners Boxed set Box: 135 x 105mm 10,000 words 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm, and gloss laminated 20 recipes 20 colour photographs Rights only

Gordon Ramsay’s Delicious Desserts Boxed set Box: 135 x 105mm 10,000 words 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm, and gloss laminated 20 recipes 20 colour photographs Rights only

71

British Food | Mark Hix photography by Jason Lowe

‘His recipes honour our seasons and regions’ The Independent Magazine

304pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 120 colour photographs Rights only

Family Food Silvana Franco

photography by Gus Filgate From lunch on the run to a leisurely meal for two, or a celebratory dinner for an extended family of 12, there are recipes in this fantastic book to suit every occasion.

Taking a practical approach to family cooking with hearty stews for family feasts, clever ideas for school lunchboxes, deliciously tempting puddings as well as a wealth of time-saving tips, this collection of 125 recipes is a must for every busy family.

Easy Italian Ursula Ferrigno

Healthy Food Lesley Waters

Pasta Passion Ursula Ferrigno

Arguably the most delectable and best-loved cuisine in the world, Italian cooking has had an enormous influence over the way we prepare dishes. With 125 authentic recipes, ranging from fast pasta sauces to flavoursome braises and delicious festive food, and including details of Italian store-cupboard essentials, Easy Italian provides a fascinating insight into the world of Italian cooking.

To Lesley Waters, healthy eating is not a fad or a diet – it’s a way of life. With 125 easy-to-follow recipes based on fresh, healthy ingredients and straightforward cooking techniques, this book has delicious ideas for every occasion, from breakfasts, lunchboxes and snacks through to dinners and even puddings – because healthy eating is about balance, not about excluding foods you enjoy.

Pasta is well-established as a contemporary staple and the original ‘five-minute meal’.

Here it is given a modern interpretation with over 120 impressive but uncomplicated recipes ranging from the simple to the luxurious. There are also instructions for making fresh pasta and suggestions for adapting recipes to take advantage of seasonal ingredients. With Ursula’s passion for pasta, her authentic recipes – many from her own family – and Peter Cassidy’s mouth-watering photography, this is the ultimate book for pasta lovers.

photography by Peter Cassidy

photography by Gus Filgate

‘Easy, mouth-watering dishes’ Review

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 215 3 304pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 130 colour photographs

Easy Indian Das Sreedharan

photography by Peter Cassidy Das Sreedharan brings together a collection of 125 recipes inspired by travels around his homeland, as well as from his awardwinning Rasa restaurants. Ideas range from quick stir-fries and light versions of traditional curries to fashionable Indian foods, such as lassis. Easy Indian is a wonderful collection of Indian dishes that are easy to shop for, easy to cook, and deliciously easy to eat!

‘A divine collection of Indian recipes that are totally easy to make’ Food & Wine

72

304pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including over 120 recipes 150 colour photographs Rights only

304pp 210 x 160mm 33,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 130 colour photographs Rights only

photography by Peter Cassidy

Smart Food

Sweet Treats

Just what you need for those occasions when you want to cook something special, with 140 tempting recipes covering starters, main courses, side dishes and desserts.

Try simple but effective ideas such as saffron ravioli with butternut squash or Thai-style lamb shanks. All the recipes are straightforward, full of flair and innovation.

Sweet Treats brings together 150 recipes for all manner of tempting desserts – novel and traditional. There are beguiling treats at all budget levels and for all occasions, and most are deceptively simple to make.

Despite predictably sinful chocolate and other indulgences, many are surprisingly healthy. This celebration of sweet ingenuity will ensure that you find the perfect finishing touch for any meal.

‘Accessible cooking . . . full of recipes that will impress’ Sudi Pigott, The Independent on Sunday

288pp 210 x 160mm 24,000 words including over 125 recipes Over 110 colour photographs Rights only

Super Salads

Fast Foods

The salad has now established itself as so much more than an accompaniment; it is a satisfying main meal in its own right.

Divided into chapters based around the main ingredient of the salad, over 125 superb recipes reflect the dish’s diversity and year-round appeal. So, whether you’re after an unusual starter, a fruit salad with a twist, or a satisfying main course, there is sure to be a recipe that you will find irresistible.

Preparing a midweek meal when you’re pressed for time need not always involve quick-cook pasta and a jar of sauce. Fast Foods is an invaluable collection of over 125 recipes that will enable you to create impressively quick, satisfying and healthy meals. Chapters include Fish, Poultry, Meat-free and Eggs, and Pasta, and there is also a tempting range of Puddings and Special Treats, as well as effortlessly simple Snacks, Soups and Starters.

‘If you’re in need of a lighter diet . . . you couldn’t do better than pick up this handy volume . . . its 125 recipes cover everything from light snacks to main meals’ BBC Good Food

‘Fast Foods – most of which take 30 minutes or less to whip up – is chock-full of goodies’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

304pp 210 x 160mm 42,000 words including 150 recipes and ideas 90 colour photographs Rights only

304pp 210 x 160mm 34,000 words including140 recipes 100 colour photographs Rights only

photography by Jean Cazals

288pp 210 x 160mm 25,000 words including over 125 recipes Over 110 colour photographs Rights only

304pp 210 x 160mm 31,000 words including 150 recipes 90 colour photographs Rights only

Easy Food

photography by Jean Cazals 150 recipes for uncomplicated, everyday cooking, with ideas on everything from fast food for busy weekends to simple yet satisfying family meals. Ideas range from traditional recipes with a modern twist to more unusual but still simple dishes. Try sesame roast chicken or macaroni bake with balsamic sauce. Perfect for when you are pushed for time, Easy Food will put an end to midweek food blues and put the pleasure back into your cooking.

‘Delicious recipes for every day’ The Sunday Post, Scotland

73

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Mark Hix believes that British cuisine is something we should be proud of, as it is one that we can relish, explore and develop.

This book is a collection of favourite dishes, many of which are given a fresh twist to bring them up to date. Recipes include soups, snacks and savouries, traditional roasts, comforting hotpots and fabulous fish dishes, and, of course, old-fashioned puddings and teatime treats.

304pp 210 x 160mm 33,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 120 colour photographs Rights only

FOOD & WINE

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 213 9 304pp 210 x 160mm 34,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 130 colour photographs

British Food | Mark Hix photography by Jason Lowe

‘His recipes honour our seasons and regions’ The Independent Magazine

304pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 120 colour photographs Rights only

Family Food Silvana Franco

photography by Gus Filgate From lunch on the run to a leisurely meal for two, or a celebratory dinner for an extended family of 12, there are recipes in this fantastic book to suit every occasion.

Taking a practical approach to family cooking with hearty stews for family feasts, clever ideas for school lunchboxes, deliciously tempting puddings as well as a wealth of time-saving tips, this collection of 125 recipes is a must for every busy family.

Easy Italian Ursula Ferrigno

Healthy Food Lesley Waters

Pasta Passion Ursula Ferrigno

Arguably the most delectable and best-loved cuisine in the world, Italian cooking has had an enormous influence over the way we prepare dishes. With 125 authentic recipes, ranging from fast pasta sauces to flavoursome braises and delicious festive food, and including details of Italian store-cupboard essentials, Easy Italian provides a fascinating insight into the world of Italian cooking.

To Lesley Waters, healthy eating is not a fad or a diet – it’s a way of life. With 125 easy-to-follow recipes based on fresh, healthy ingredients and straightforward cooking techniques, this book has delicious ideas for every occasion, from breakfasts, lunchboxes and snacks through to dinners and even puddings – because healthy eating is about balance, not about excluding foods you enjoy.

Pasta is well-established as a contemporary staple and the original ‘five-minute meal’.

Here it is given a modern interpretation with over 120 impressive but uncomplicated recipes ranging from the simple to the luxurious. There are also instructions for making fresh pasta and suggestions for adapting recipes to take advantage of seasonal ingredients. With Ursula’s passion for pasta, her authentic recipes – many from her own family – and Peter Cassidy’s mouth-watering photography, this is the ultimate book for pasta lovers.

photography by Peter Cassidy

photography by Gus Filgate

‘Easy, mouth-watering dishes’ Review

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 215 3 304pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 130 colour photographs

Easy Indian Das Sreedharan

photography by Peter Cassidy Das Sreedharan brings together a collection of 125 recipes inspired by travels around his homeland, as well as from his awardwinning Rasa restaurants. Ideas range from quick stir-fries and light versions of traditional curries to fashionable Indian foods, such as lassis. Easy Indian is a wonderful collection of Indian dishes that are easy to shop for, easy to cook, and deliciously easy to eat!

‘A divine collection of Indian recipes that are totally easy to make’ Food & Wine

72

304pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including over 120 recipes 150 colour photographs Rights only

304pp 210 x 160mm 33,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 130 colour photographs Rights only

photography by Peter Cassidy

Smart Food

Sweet Treats

Just what you need for those occasions when you want to cook something special, with 140 tempting recipes covering starters, main courses, side dishes and desserts.

Try simple but effective ideas such as saffron ravioli with butternut squash or Thai-style lamb shanks. All the recipes are straightforward, full of flair and innovation.

Sweet Treats brings together 150 recipes for all manner of tempting desserts – novel and traditional. There are beguiling treats at all budget levels and for all occasions, and most are deceptively simple to make.

Despite predictably sinful chocolate and other indulgences, many are surprisingly healthy. This celebration of sweet ingenuity will ensure that you find the perfect finishing touch for any meal.

‘Accessible cooking . . . full of recipes that will impress’ Sudi Pigott, The Independent on Sunday

288pp 210 x 160mm 24,000 words including over 125 recipes Over 110 colour photographs Rights only

Super Salads

Fast Foods

The salad has now established itself as so much more than an accompaniment; it is a satisfying main meal in its own right.

Divided into chapters based around the main ingredient of the salad, over 125 superb recipes reflect the dish’s diversity and year-round appeal. So, whether you’re after an unusual starter, a fruit salad with a twist, or a satisfying main course, there is sure to be a recipe that you will find irresistible.

Preparing a midweek meal when you’re pressed for time need not always involve quick-cook pasta and a jar of sauce. Fast Foods is an invaluable collection of over 125 recipes that will enable you to create impressively quick, satisfying and healthy meals. Chapters include Fish, Poultry, Meat-free and Eggs, and Pasta, and there is also a tempting range of Puddings and Special Treats, as well as effortlessly simple Snacks, Soups and Starters.

‘If you’re in need of a lighter diet . . . you couldn’t do better than pick up this handy volume . . . its 125 recipes cover everything from light snacks to main meals’ BBC Good Food

‘Fast Foods – most of which take 30 minutes or less to whip up – is chock-full of goodies’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

304pp 210 x 160mm 42,000 words including 150 recipes and ideas 90 colour photographs Rights only

304pp 210 x 160mm 34,000 words including140 recipes 100 colour photographs Rights only

photography by Jean Cazals

288pp 210 x 160mm 25,000 words including over 125 recipes Over 110 colour photographs Rights only

304pp 210 x 160mm 31,000 words including 150 recipes 90 colour photographs Rights only

Easy Food

photography by Jean Cazals 150 recipes for uncomplicated, everyday cooking, with ideas on everything from fast food for busy weekends to simple yet satisfying family meals. Ideas range from traditional recipes with a modern twist to more unusual but still simple dishes. Try sesame roast chicken or macaroni bake with balsamic sauce. Perfect for when you are pushed for time, Easy Food will put an end to midweek food blues and put the pleasure back into your cooking.

‘Delicious recipes for every day’ The Sunday Post, Scotland

73

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Mark Hix believes that British cuisine is something we should be proud of, as it is one that we can relish, explore and develop.

This book is a collection of favourite dishes, many of which are given a fresh twist to bring them up to date. Recipes include soups, snacks and savouries, traditional roasts, comforting hotpots and fabulous fish dishes, and, of course, old-fashioned puddings and teatime treats.

304pp 210 x 160mm 33,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 120 colour photographs Rights only

FOOD & WINE

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 213 9 304pp 210 x 160mm 34,000 words including 125 recipes and ideas 130 colour photographs

Love Music Love Food: The Rock Star Cookbook In aid of teenage cancer trust

Patrice de Villiers

‘Ravishing portraiture’ Mojo 304pp 170 x 140mm 54,000 words 2-colour illustrations throughout Rights only

How to be a Better Foodie Sudi Pigott illustrations by Paul Bommer

Bulging with all the information that the serious foodie needs to acquire full gastro-credentials, this little book will appeal to all those who are passionate about seeking out the finest, the latest, the rarest and the most delicious foodie knowledge.

Sudi’s witty, light-hearted writing makes How to be a Better Foodie essential reading even for soft-core gastronoughts, while hardcore foodies will be fascinated by the lesserknown secrets.

‘Funny and fascinating’ Red

74

Celebrate with the Jewish Princess Georgie Tarn and Tracey Fine

illustrations by Karen Greenberg This book brings festive foods into the 21st century with a bang. The book is divided into three sections: Jewish Festivals provides delights for each of the Jewish holidays; Celebrations contains culinary inspiration for the major events of the Bris, the Barmitzvah and the Wedding; and Feasts gives recipes for dinner parties. This book gives traditional Jewish dishes a delightful modern twist.

‘More than just a recipe book, this is an entertaining read’ Latest Homes 304pp 170 x 140mm 22,000 words Over 150 2-colour artworks Rights only

A Cook’s Book of Quick Fixes Anne Willan However experienced a cook you are, there are still occasions when things go inexplicably wrong. Here, one of the food world’s most renowned teachers shares her wisdom on a vast array of common culinary disasters, including rescuing an overcooked omelette that has stuck to the pan, salvaging secondrate seafood, and what to do if your hollandaise sauce curdles. Dip into A Cook’s Book of Quick Fixes and you’ll be sure to find simple ways of turning adversity into opportunity – with a flourish.

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 506 2 224pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including over 100 recipes 2-colour illustrations throughout

£12.99 Hardback 978 184949 188 4 160pp 220 x 150mm 97,000 words Over 100 illustrations

The Jewish Princess Cookbook

Life’s Too Short to Drink Bad Wine

Georgie Tarn and Tracey Fine

illustrations by Claudio Muñoz

Having your cake and eating it . . .

illustrations by Karen Greenberg The Jewish Princess Cookbook isn’t just a cookbook – it’s a way of life. Perfectly attuned to today’s Jewish Princess, this is a cookbook laced with humour and a dash of chutzpah.

By the time readers have read and cooked what’s between the pages, they will realise they all have a little bit of the Jewish Princess in them.

100 wines for the discerning drinker

Simon Hoggart

In this updated book, Simon Hoggart provides a highly personal and amusing selection of 100 exciting and eclectic wines (including 10 new ones) that are superb value for money. Aimed at the amateur wine lover, Simon avoids pretentious ‘wine-speak’ yet goes further than merely recording that a wine is ‘delicious’ or ‘tastes nice’. Whether or not you have the pleasure of drinking all of the featured wines, you will certainly enjoy every page.

‘This will have you reaching for the corkscrew to expand your drinking horizons’ Esquire

304pp 170 x 140mm 43,000 words Over 100 colour photographs Rights only

The Really Useful Guide to Wine Susy Atkins photography by William Reavell

The Really Useful Guide to Wine gathers Susy Atkins’ knowledge into a comprehensive reference for all wine enthusiasts. Divided into two sections on White and then Red, this delightful compendium explores the world of wine and provides essential information on selecting and buying, drinking and storing, to take the reader all the way from beginner to connoisseur.

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

There are two things that could make the world a better place – food and music – and this project combines both, with portraits of famous musicians alongside their favourite food and drink. Over 75 musicians are featured – each celebrity offering an insight into their lifestyles and cravings. As Heston Blumenthal says in his Foreword, other people’s food memories are fascinating, not least the food nostalgia expressed here by icons of the music world.

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 832 2 208pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including 100 recipes 2-colour illustrations throughout

FOOD & WINE

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 994 7 240pp 280 x 220mm 20,000 words including 50 recipes Over 100 colour photographs

‘Guaranteed to get you out of a Chardonnay or Rioja rut’ delicious. Magazine

‘Nouveau Jewish cuisine and lots of laughs’ Woman & Home £8.16 Boxed set 978 184400 399 0 Box: 135 x 105mm 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm and gloss laminated 8,000 words 20 recipes 60 colour photographs

£9.99 Spiral-bound hardback 978 184400 920 6 104pp 225 x 205mm 16,500 words including over 30 recipes Over 30 colour photographs plus colour artworks throughout

144pp 253 x 201mm 51,000 words Over 65 colour photographs Rights only

Real Chocolate Recipe Cards | Chantal Coady

Wine Wisdom

Cook’s Journal

Chantal Coady’s chocolate shops are places of pilgrimage for chocolate lovers. In these beautifully designed cards, Chantal shares 20 of her sublime recipes, ranging from classic chocolate brownies to the irresistibly sinful bad girl’s trifle. There are also more unusual treats, including white chocolate panna cotta and chocolate Martinis. With mouth-watering photography and easy-tofollow instructions, these tempting little cards will make the perfect gift for all chocolate lovers.

Susy Atkins

photography by William Reavell

An essential reference for keen cooks, the Cook’s Journal is divided by food type into seven sections. Each begins with a selection of delicious recipes, with mouth-watering photography, ranging from stocks and soups to more adventurous dishes.

With practical advice on buying, storing and freezing, conversion charts and store-cupboard essentials and a unique, easy-tear notepad to build your shopping list, the Cook’s Journal is sure to become indispensable in creating perfect meals every time.

A complete wine-tasting course

Whether you are starting your own wine club or just want to learn more about the subject, this introduction to wine takes the form of a highly accessible illustrated course. Practical tastings afford direct comparisons between wines, so that you can taste the differences made by grape variety, vineyard, climate and winemaking technique. This book offers brilliant inspiration and advice on all aspects of this sometimes daunting topic.

‘An accessible, hands-on offering’ The Independent on Sunday

75

Love Music Love Food: The Rock Star Cookbook In aid of teenage cancer trust

Patrice de Villiers

‘Ravishing portraiture’ Mojo 304pp 170 x 140mm 54,000 words 2-colour illustrations throughout Rights only

How to be a Better Foodie Sudi Pigott illustrations by Paul Bommer

Bulging with all the information that the serious foodie needs to acquire full gastro-credentials, this little book will appeal to all those who are passionate about seeking out the finest, the latest, the rarest and the most delicious foodie knowledge.

Sudi’s witty, light-hearted writing makes How to be a Better Foodie essential reading even for soft-core gastronoughts, while hardcore foodies will be fascinated by the lesserknown secrets.

‘Funny and fascinating’ Red

74

Celebrate with the Jewish Princess Georgie Tarn and Tracey Fine

illustrations by Karen Greenberg This book brings festive foods into the 21st century with a bang. The book is divided into three sections: Jewish Festivals provides delights for each of the Jewish holidays; Celebrations contains culinary inspiration for the major events of the Bris, the Barmitzvah and the Wedding; and Feasts gives recipes for dinner parties. This book gives traditional Jewish dishes a delightful modern twist.

‘More than just a recipe book, this is an entertaining read’ Latest Homes 304pp 170 x 140mm 22,000 words Over 150 2-colour artworks Rights only

A Cook’s Book of Quick Fixes Anne Willan However experienced a cook you are, there are still occasions when things go inexplicably wrong. Here, one of the food world’s most renowned teachers shares her wisdom on a vast array of common culinary disasters, including rescuing an overcooked omelette that has stuck to the pan, salvaging secondrate seafood, and what to do if your hollandaise sauce curdles. Dip into A Cook’s Book of Quick Fixes and you’ll be sure to find simple ways of turning adversity into opportunity – with a flourish.

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 506 2 224pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including over 100 recipes 2-colour illustrations throughout

£12.99 Hardback 978 184949 188 4 160pp 220 x 150mm 97,000 words Over 100 illustrations

The Jewish Princess Cookbook

Life’s Too Short to Drink Bad Wine

Georgie Tarn and Tracey Fine

illustrations by Claudio Muñoz

Having your cake and eating it . . .

illustrations by Karen Greenberg The Jewish Princess Cookbook isn’t just a cookbook – it’s a way of life. Perfectly attuned to today’s Jewish Princess, this is a cookbook laced with humour and a dash of chutzpah.

By the time readers have read and cooked what’s between the pages, they will realise they all have a little bit of the Jewish Princess in them.

100 wines for the discerning drinker

Simon Hoggart

In this updated book, Simon Hoggart provides a highly personal and amusing selection of 100 exciting and eclectic wines (including 10 new ones) that are superb value for money. Aimed at the amateur wine lover, Simon avoids pretentious ‘wine-speak’ yet goes further than merely recording that a wine is ‘delicious’ or ‘tastes nice’. Whether or not you have the pleasure of drinking all of the featured wines, you will certainly enjoy every page.

‘This will have you reaching for the corkscrew to expand your drinking horizons’ Esquire

304pp 170 x 140mm 43,000 words Over 100 colour photographs Rights only

The Really Useful Guide to Wine Susy Atkins photography by William Reavell

The Really Useful Guide to Wine gathers Susy Atkins’ knowledge into a comprehensive reference for all wine enthusiasts. Divided into two sections on White and then Red, this delightful compendium explores the world of wine and provides essential information on selecting and buying, drinking and storing, to take the reader all the way from beginner to connoisseur.

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

There are two things that could make the world a better place – food and music – and this project combines both, with portraits of famous musicians alongside their favourite food and drink. Over 75 musicians are featured – each celebrity offering an insight into their lifestyles and cravings. As Heston Blumenthal says in his Foreword, other people’s food memories are fascinating, not least the food nostalgia expressed here by icons of the music world.

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 832 2 208pp 210 x 160mm 30,000 words including 100 recipes 2-colour illustrations throughout

FOOD & WINE

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 994 7 240pp 280 x 220mm 20,000 words including 50 recipes Over 100 colour photographs

‘Guaranteed to get you out of a Chardonnay or Rioja rut’ delicious. Magazine

‘Nouveau Jewish cuisine and lots of laughs’ Woman & Home £8.16 Boxed set 978 184400 399 0 Box: 135 x 105mm 20 cards, each folded into 4 pages 127 x 95mm and gloss laminated 8,000 words 20 recipes 60 colour photographs

£9.99 Spiral-bound hardback 978 184400 920 6 104pp 225 x 205mm 16,500 words including over 30 recipes Over 30 colour photographs plus colour artworks throughout

144pp 253 x 201mm 51,000 words Over 65 colour photographs Rights only

Real Chocolate Recipe Cards | Chantal Coady

Wine Wisdom

Cook’s Journal

Chantal Coady’s chocolate shops are places of pilgrimage for chocolate lovers. In these beautifully designed cards, Chantal shares 20 of her sublime recipes, ranging from classic chocolate brownies to the irresistibly sinful bad girl’s trifle. There are also more unusual treats, including white chocolate panna cotta and chocolate Martinis. With mouth-watering photography and easy-tofollow instructions, these tempting little cards will make the perfect gift for all chocolate lovers.

Susy Atkins

photography by William Reavell

An essential reference for keen cooks, the Cook’s Journal is divided by food type into seven sections. Each begins with a selection of delicious recipes, with mouth-watering photography, ranging from stocks and soups to more adventurous dishes.

With practical advice on buying, storing and freezing, conversion charts and store-cupboard essentials and a unique, easy-tear notepad to build your shopping list, the Cook’s Journal is sure to become indispensable in creating perfect meals every time.

A complete wine-tasting course

Whether you are starting your own wine club or just want to learn more about the subject, this introduction to wine takes the form of a highly accessible illustrated course. Practical tastings afford direct comparisons between wines, so that you can taste the differences made by grape variety, vineyard, climate and winemaking technique. This book offers brilliant inspiration and advice on all aspects of this sometimes daunting topic.

‘An accessible, hands-on offering’ The Independent on Sunday

75

Easy Everyday: Pasta Ursula Ferrigno photography by Peter Cassidy

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 776 9 192pp 142 x 190mm 23,000 words including over 85 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Salads Preparing a simple yet interesting salad can sometimes seem an impossible task, but with the help of Easy Everyday: Salads they will become an instant favourite.

Whether needing ideas for side salads, starters, substantial main courses or even a fruit dessert, the suggested recipes are guaranteed to please and impress. Also included is a helpful section on dressings and mayonnaise, as well as handy tips on alternative and seasonal ingredients.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 782 0 192pp 142 x 190mm 26,000 words including over 90 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Indian Das Sreedharan

Easy Everyday: British Mark Hix

Indian food has become an extremely popular style of cooking, but many of us are put off from making it at home as we believe it to be too complicated. Easy Everyday: Indian contains quick and simple recipes that can easily be accomplished by even the most hesitant cook, without using a large number of unfamiliar ingredients.

Here are straightforward yet delicious recipes that can be enjoyed by everyone.

It has become increasingly popular to shop and cook using the best seasonal ingredients, and in this book Mark Hix champions seasonal British food. Included is a guide to the seasonal availability of many of the ingredients, as well as tips on how and where to buy certain foods.

In this book Mark Hix revives classic British dishes, inspiring others to rediscover traditional and tasty British food.

photography by Peter Cassidy

76

photography by Jason Lowe

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 777 6 192pp 142 x 190mm 23,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Italian Ursula Ferrigno photography by Peter Cassidy

Easy to prepare and delicious to eat, Italian food has, in recent times, become one of the world’s favourite cusines. In this delightful book Ursula Ferrigno reveals over 80 recipes for antipasti, breads and pizzas, fish, shellfish and desserts that showcase the simple delights of Italian cooking. With its winning combination of straightforward, uncomplicated recipes and sumptuous photography Easy Everyday: Italian is the perfect introduction to Italian food.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 784 4 192pp 142 x 190mm 22,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Healthy Lesley Waters photography by Gus Filgate

This is not a diet or a strict, inflexible way to eat, but instead a way of making use of naturally beneficial ingredients to prepare simple and tasty meals that will do you good. Included are ideas for breakfast, lunch, dinner and puddings and there is added information and instruction with Lesley Waters’ top 10 super-foods, store-cupboard essentials and key cooking methods. This is a must for those who care about what they eat and want to enjoy the simple pleasures of food.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 785 1 192pp 142 x 190mm 22,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 80 colour photographs

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 780 6 192pp 142 x 190mm 19,000 words including over 90 recipes Over 60 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Simple photography by Jean Cazals

With over 90 easy recipes, this is just what you need on days when you are hardpressed for time and want something tasty and uncomplicated to make. This book is perfect for any occasion, be it satisfying everyday cooking, a special occasion or a family feast. Divided into chapters based on a key ingredient, this is a quick and convenient way to find an appropriate meal.

Packed full of delicious recipes, this book will inspire even the most experienced of cooks.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 783 7 192pp 142 x 190mm 22,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Family Silvana Franco photography by Gus Filgate

Containing a winning collection of simple recipes for everyday dinners, ideas for tasty lunchboxes, sophisticated suggestions for the weekends and much, much more, Easy Everyday: Family caters for every family occasion. Many of the recipes featured take less than 30 minutes to prepare and all are incredibly easy to make. With its variety of simple, tasty recipes for any event this book will soon become your family’s reference for all things delicious.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 779 0 192pp 142 x 190mm 16,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Desserts

Easy Everyday: Fast

All of the 80 delightful, delicious desserts featured in this must-have book are wickedly enticing. Containing uncomplicated recipes for sophisticated soufflés, classic trifles and tarts, indulgent chocolate puddings and lighter fruit creations, there is something in here to satisfy the most demanding of sweet tooths. Whatever the occasion, Easy Everyday: Desserts will help you create the perfect end to any meal.

With over 80 easy recipes, this book offers a solution to the common dilemma of not having enough time to cook a pleasing meal.

The recipes here are straightforward and practical, the techniques simple, and the ingredients needed for each dish are kept to a minimum. Chapters are grouped around the main ingredient for easy selection and there are clever tips and possible adaptations. The dishes are exciting and the accompanying photographs inspiring. No longer will busy people be able to justify a takeaway when they can create a quick Thai green chicken curry in just 30 minutes!

77

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

From the basic to the truly luxurious, the infinite variety of pasta has established it as a contemporary staple. Here, Ursula Ferrigno’s passion for this Italian ingredient is reflected in a collection of over 70 delicious and authentic recipes and ideas.

Instructions are given for making fresh pasta, while suggestions for varying and adapting the basic dishes are scattered throughout.

Easy Everyday: Pasta is the perfect reference for those looking to cook this wonderfully diverse ingredient.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 786 8 192pp 142 x 190mm 17,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 778 3 192pp 142 x 190mm 23,000 words including over 70 recipes Over 100 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Pasta Ursula Ferrigno photography by Peter Cassidy

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 776 9 192pp 142 x 190mm 23,000 words including over 85 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Salads Preparing a simple yet interesting salad can sometimes seem an impossible task, but with the help of Easy Everyday: Salads they will become an instant favourite.

Whether needing ideas for side salads, starters, substantial main courses or even a fruit dessert, the suggested recipes are guaranteed to please and impress. Also included is a helpful section on dressings and mayonnaise, as well as handy tips on alternative and seasonal ingredients.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 782 0 192pp 142 x 190mm 26,000 words including over 90 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Indian Das Sreedharan

Easy Everyday: British Mark Hix

Indian food has become an extremely popular style of cooking, but many of us are put off from making it at home as we believe it to be too complicated. Easy Everyday: Indian contains quick and simple recipes that can easily be accomplished by even the most hesitant cook, without using a large number of unfamiliar ingredients.

Here are straightforward yet delicious recipes that can be enjoyed by everyone.

It has become increasingly popular to shop and cook using the best seasonal ingredients, and in this book Mark Hix champions seasonal British food. Included is a guide to the seasonal availability of many of the ingredients, as well as tips on how and where to buy certain foods.

In this book Mark Hix revives classic British dishes, inspiring others to rediscover traditional and tasty British food.

photography by Peter Cassidy

76

photography by Jason Lowe

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 777 6 192pp 142 x 190mm 23,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Italian Ursula Ferrigno photography by Peter Cassidy

Easy to prepare and delicious to eat, Italian food has, in recent times, become one of the world’s favourite cusines. In this delightful book Ursula Ferrigno reveals over 80 recipes for antipasti, breads and pizzas, fish, shellfish and desserts that showcase the simple delights of Italian cooking. With its winning combination of straightforward, uncomplicated recipes and sumptuous photography Easy Everyday: Italian is the perfect introduction to Italian food.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 784 4 192pp 142 x 190mm 22,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Healthy Lesley Waters photography by Gus Filgate

This is not a diet or a strict, inflexible way to eat, but instead a way of making use of naturally beneficial ingredients to prepare simple and tasty meals that will do you good. Included are ideas for breakfast, lunch, dinner and puddings and there is added information and instruction with Lesley Waters’ top 10 super-foods, store-cupboard essentials and key cooking methods. This is a must for those who care about what they eat and want to enjoy the simple pleasures of food.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 785 1 192pp 142 x 190mm 22,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 80 colour photographs

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 780 6 192pp 142 x 190mm 19,000 words including over 90 recipes Over 60 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Simple photography by Jean Cazals

With over 90 easy recipes, this is just what you need on days when you are hardpressed for time and want something tasty and uncomplicated to make. This book is perfect for any occasion, be it satisfying everyday cooking, a special occasion or a family feast. Divided into chapters based on a key ingredient, this is a quick and convenient way to find an appropriate meal.

Packed full of delicious recipes, this book will inspire even the most experienced of cooks.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 783 7 192pp 142 x 190mm 22,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Family Silvana Franco photography by Gus Filgate

Containing a winning collection of simple recipes for everyday dinners, ideas for tasty lunchboxes, sophisticated suggestions for the weekends and much, much more, Easy Everyday: Family caters for every family occasion. Many of the recipes featured take less than 30 minutes to prepare and all are incredibly easy to make. With its variety of simple, tasty recipes for any event this book will soon become your family’s reference for all things delicious.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 779 0 192pp 142 x 190mm 16,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

Easy Everyday: Desserts

Easy Everyday: Fast

All of the 80 delightful, delicious desserts featured in this must-have book are wickedly enticing. Containing uncomplicated recipes for sophisticated soufflés, classic trifles and tarts, indulgent chocolate puddings and lighter fruit creations, there is something in here to satisfy the most demanding of sweet tooths. Whatever the occasion, Easy Everyday: Desserts will help you create the perfect end to any meal.

With over 80 easy recipes, this book offers a solution to the common dilemma of not having enough time to cook a pleasing meal.

The recipes here are straightforward and practical, the techniques simple, and the ingredients needed for each dish are kept to a minimum. Chapters are grouped around the main ingredient for easy selection and there are clever tips and possible adaptations. The dishes are exciting and the accompanying photographs inspiring. No longer will busy people be able to justify a takeaway when they can create a quick Thai green chicken curry in just 30 minutes!

77

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

From the basic to the truly luxurious, the infinite variety of pasta has established it as a contemporary staple. Here, Ursula Ferrigno’s passion for this Italian ingredient is reflected in a collection of over 70 delicious and authentic recipes and ideas.

Instructions are given for making fresh pasta, while suggestions for varying and adapting the basic dishes are scattered throughout.

Easy Everyday: Pasta is the perfect reference for those looking to cook this wonderfully diverse ingredient.

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 786 8 192pp 142 x 190mm 17,000 words including over 80 recipes Over 70 colour photographs

FOOD & WINE

£4.99 Hardback 978 184400 778 3 192pp 142 x 190mm 23,000 words including over 70 recipes Over 100 colour photographs

BIOGRAPHY

Cath Kidston

Coming Up Roses

The story of growing a business

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Coming Up Roses is the quirky and unexpected story of one of Britain’s best-loved businesses. From a very early age Cath Kidston loved to play shop – whether she was selling the contents of her mother’s store cupboard back to her, or her aunt’s vegetables to passers-by from a tray on the pavement. Almost half a century later Cath Kidston has become an internationally acclaimed household name and playing shop has become a serious game. From a small shop in West London, Cath has grown a simple idea into an iconic British brand, with stores all over the UK and as far away as Japan and Thailand. Her story is that of an entrepreneur. The questions she is most frequently asked relate to how she started out and how she’s managed to grow a business in challenging times. As the company celebrates its twentieth birthday, Cath Kidston shares the story of how her idea for modern vintage came about, how the business was born and the journey she and the company have taken over the past two decades. Cath tells of her experiences, both good and bad, and gives an insight into what it takes to build a brand.

Cath Kidston One of Britain’s leading and most-loved designers, Cath Kidston is best known for her vintage-inspired homewares, clothing and accessories. Cath began her career as an interior designer before opening her first retail shop in London in 1993, where she sold vintage fabrics and antique furniture. Now with more than 40 stores and concessions in the UK, plus more in the Republic of Ireland, Japan and South Korea, Cath Kidston Ltd is now a presence on almost every high street. In 2010, Cath was awarded an MBE in recognition of her services to business. To date, Cath has published four bestselling project books – Make!, Sew!, Stitch! and Patch! – that encompass a wide range of disciplines and finished items, from sewing and patchwork to cross-stitch and needlepoint. Alongside these books sit two complete kits packaged in a unique tin – The Knitting Book and The Crochet Book are perfect for beginner knitters or crocheters and make ideal gifts. In 2012, she published a further two how-to books entitled Make Your Own Christmas Decorations and Sew Your Own Rag Doll. In addition to her books, Cath also has a very successful stationery line (published by Quadrille+). Her books have sold in excess of 750,000 copies worldwide. £16.00 Hardback 978 184949 250 8 144pp 229 x 164mm 21,000 words 100 colour photographs & illustrations Publication April 2013

Also by this author see pages 102–107 79

BIOGRAPHY

Cath Kidston

Coming Up Roses

The story of growing a business

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Coming Up Roses is the quirky and unexpected story of one of Britain’s best-loved businesses. From a very early age Cath Kidston loved to play shop – whether she was selling the contents of her mother’s store cupboard back to her, or her aunt’s vegetables to passers-by from a tray on the pavement. Almost half a century later Cath Kidston has become an internationally acclaimed household name and playing shop has become a serious game. From a small shop in West London, Cath has grown a simple idea into an iconic British brand, with stores all over the UK and as far away as Japan and Thailand. Her story is that of an entrepreneur. The questions she is most frequently asked relate to how she started out and how she’s managed to grow a business in challenging times. As the company celebrates its twentieth birthday, Cath Kidston shares the story of how her idea for modern vintage came about, how the business was born and the journey she and the company have taken over the past two decades. Cath tells of her experiences, both good and bad, and gives an insight into what it takes to build a brand.

Cath Kidston One of Britain’s leading and most-loved designers, Cath Kidston is best known for her vintage-inspired homewares, clothing and accessories. Cath began her career as an interior designer before opening her first retail shop in London in 1993, where she sold vintage fabrics and antique furniture. Now with more than 40 stores and concessions in the UK, plus more in the Republic of Ireland, Japan and South Korea, Cath Kidston Ltd is now a presence on almost every high street. In 2010, Cath was awarded an MBE in recognition of her services to business. To date, Cath has published four bestselling project books – Make!, Sew!, Stitch! and Patch! – that encompass a wide range of disciplines and finished items, from sewing and patchwork to cross-stitch and needlepoint. Alongside these books sit two complete kits packaged in a unique tin – The Knitting Book and The Crochet Book are perfect for beginner knitters or crocheters and make ideal gifts. In 2012, she published a further two how-to books entitled Make Your Own Christmas Decorations and Sew Your Own Rag Doll. In addition to her books, Cath also has a very successful stationery line (published by Quadrille+). Her books have sold in excess of 750,000 copies worldwide. £16.00 Hardback 978 184949 250 8 144pp 229 x 164mm 21,000 words 100 colour photographs & illustrations Publication April 2013

Also by this author see pages 102–107 79

CRAFT

The Great British Sewing Bee Tessa Evelegh

with forewords and practical tips

by Patrick Grant and May Martin photography by Laura Edwards

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The Great British Sewing Bee accompanies the forthcoming new television series of the same name, which is guaranteed to enthuse a fresh generation to thread up their needles and get stitching. Created

by Love Productions, acclaimed for its highly successful series, The Great British Bake Off, this new show is full of creative energy, and is destined to inspire even a beginner to create a glorious range of desirable sewn projects. This tie-in book is the definitive introduction for amateur sewers everywhere, providing all the technical knowhow and inspiring projects needed to make a core collection of more than 25 irresistible garments and homewares. It also celebrates the rich heritage of sewing and the versatility of the craft.

Learn how to create a variety of garments for your wardrobe, including a versatile pencil skirt that requires only 1 metre of fabric to make, a pair of drawstring pyjama trousers that are suitable for him or her and an elegant prom dress with a flattering boned bodice. The homewares are equally appealing, including simple but stylish cushions and essential window dressings. The techniques practised in each project are clearly listed and every pattern is given a difficulty rating. Lavishly illustrated throughout, the book reflects the atmosphere of the TV series, includes instructions for some of the contestants’ finished garments, and there are also full step-by-step photographs and descriptions of all the key sewing techniques.

About the Author and Judges Tessa Evelegh has written more than 30 books on crafts, interiors and gardens. Starting as a journalist, she has worked on top selling magazines including Family Circle.

Patrick Grant is the Creative Director of Savile Row tailors Norton & Sons and E. Tautz. Recipient of the British Fashion Council’s Menswear Designer of the Year award in 2010, he is renowned for his passion for clothing, craftsmanship and classic British brands.

May Martin is a highly experienced seamstress who has been teaching sewing for over 40 years.

She currently tutors at Denman College, the flagship education centre of The Women’s Institute.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 287 4 256pp 253 x 201mm 50,000 words including 28 projects with full instructions Over 300 colour photographs and over 100 illustrations Publication March 2013

EXPORT EDITION The Great Sewing Book £20.00 Hardback 978 184949 333 8

81

CRAFT

The Great British Sewing Bee Tessa Evelegh

with forewords and practical tips

by Patrick Grant and May Martin photography by Laura Edwards

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The Great British Sewing Bee accompanies the forthcoming new television series of the same name, which is guaranteed to enthuse a fresh generation to thread up their needles and get stitching. Created

by Love Productions, acclaimed for its highly successful series, The Great British Bake Off, this new show is full of creative energy, and is destined to inspire even a beginner to create a glorious range of desirable sewn projects. This tie-in book is the definitive introduction for amateur sewers everywhere, providing all the technical knowhow and inspiring projects needed to make a core collection of more than 25 irresistible garments and homewares. It also celebrates the rich heritage of sewing and the versatility of the craft.

Learn how to create a variety of garments for your wardrobe, including a versatile pencil skirt that requires only 1 metre of fabric to make, a pair of drawstring pyjama trousers that are suitable for him or her and an elegant prom dress with a flattering boned bodice. The homewares are equally appealing, including simple but stylish cushions and essential window dressings. The techniques practised in each project are clearly listed and every pattern is given a difficulty rating. Lavishly illustrated throughout, the book reflects the atmosphere of the TV series, includes instructions for some of the contestants’ finished garments, and there are also full step-by-step photographs and descriptions of all the key sewing techniques.

About the Author and Judges Tessa Evelegh has written more than 30 books on crafts, interiors and gardens. Starting as a journalist, she has worked on top selling magazines including Family Circle.

Patrick Grant is the Creative Director of Savile Row tailors Norton & Sons and E. Tautz. Recipient of the British Fashion Council’s Menswear Designer of the Year award in 2010, he is renowned for his passion for clothing, craftsmanship and classic British brands.

May Martin is a highly experienced seamstress who has been teaching sewing for over 40 years.

She currently tutors at Denman College, the flagship education centre of The Women’s Institute.

£20.00 Hardback 978 184949 287 4 256pp 253 x 201mm 50,000 words including 28 projects with full instructions Over 300 colour photographs and over 100 illustrations Publication March 2013

EXPORT EDITION The Great Sewing Book £20.00 Hardback 978 184949 333 8

81

The Liberty Book of Simple Sewing

A collection of 25 easy-sew projects for the home text by Lucinda Ganderton and Christine Leech photography by Kristin Perers

The current resurgence of interest in sewing is attracting a new generation to the craft: The Liberty Book of Simple Sewing is a timely book packed with tempting projects that need only the minimum of skills to achieve professional looking results. A core collection of 25 simple home furnishings and accessories gives ideas and instructions for adding a unique touch of Liberty print to your life, pairing the timeless style and sophistication found in Liberty Art Studio fabrics with the simplest sewing techniques to give a quirky edge to contemporary homewares. With every project designed to be easy-sew for the novice seamstress, the core collection includes simple cushions, window dressings and table dressings while other homewares range from the practical to the indulgent, from the chic to the fun: a clever bolster cushion that doubles as summer storage for a winter duvet, a contemporary quilt of graphic chevrons in shades of blue, a bicycle basket bag with matching padded seat cover for Liberty style on the go. With inspiring photography and illustrated step-by-step instructions, this is the perfect first book for a non-sewer as well as a fabulous source of ideas for the experimental crafter.

Liberty Liberty Art Fabrics is a long-established brand that continues to go from strength to strength. Since the publication of The Liberty Book of Home Sewing, the first ever practical craft book from Liberty, the range of fabrics produced by the in-house design studio has expanded to include the popular lifestyle craft cotton, hardwearing linen union and elegant madras cotton. All the projects in this book have been realised with instructions by Lucinda Ganderton who is a multi-skilled sewer and Christine Leech who has been an avid sewer since childhood. Lucinda was the project designer and author of The Liberty Book of Home Sewing, she has an innate feel for Liberty Art Fabrics and Christine co-created the bestselling book Everything Alice: The Wonderland Book of Makes which introduced a truly groundbreaking approach to craft and blogs at sewyeah.co.uk.

£20.00 Cloth bound hardback 978 184949 309 3 160pp 253 x 201mm Over 30,000 words including 25 projects Over 50 colour photographs and over 80 illustrations Publication September 2013

82

£20.00 Cloth bound hardback 978 184400 976 3 160pp 253 x 201mm Over 32,000 words including 25 projects Over 50 colour photographs and over 80 colour illustrations Over 80,000 copies sold Translated into 8 languages

The Liberty Book of Home Sewing text by Lucinda Ganderton photography by Kristin Perers illustrations by Richard Merritt

This sumptuous book will inspire the home sewer with its original designs that showcases Liberty studio-designed fabrics. The book is divided into three chapters – Essential, Organisation and Luxury – and contains projects ranging from shopping bags to elegant cushions and throws. Variations and alternatives are included for many of the projects so the core collection is in fact an inexhaustible resource of ideas. This book offers readers the opportunity to add an element of Liberty style to their home using as much or as little Liberty fabric as they choose.

83

The Liberty Book of Simple Sewing

A collection of 25 easy-sew projects for the home text by Lucinda Ganderton and Christine Leech photography by Kristin Perers

The current resurgence of interest in sewing is attracting a new generation to the craft: The Liberty Book of Simple Sewing is a timely book packed with tempting projects that need only the minimum of skills to achieve professional looking results. A core collection of 25 simple home furnishings and accessories gives ideas and instructions for adding a unique touch of Liberty print to your life, pairing the timeless style and sophistication found in Liberty Art Studio fabrics with the simplest sewing techniques to give a quirky edge to contemporary homewares. With every project designed to be easy-sew for the novice seamstress, the core collection includes simple cushions, window dressings and table dressings while other homewares range from the practical to the indulgent, from the chic to the fun: a clever bolster cushion that doubles as summer storage for a winter duvet, a contemporary quilt of graphic chevrons in shades of blue, a bicycle basket bag with matching padded seat cover for Liberty style on the go. With inspiring photography and illustrated step-by-step instructions, this is the perfect first book for a non-sewer as well as a fabulous source of ideas for the experimental crafter.

Liberty Liberty Art Fabrics is a long-established brand that continues to go from strength to strength. Since the publication of The Liberty Book of Home Sewing, the first ever practical craft book from Liberty, the range of fabrics produced by the in-house design studio has expanded to include the popular lifestyle craft cotton, hardwearing linen union and elegant madras cotton. All the projects in this book have been realised with instructions by Lucinda Ganderton who is a multi-skilled sewer and Christine Leech who has been an avid sewer since childhood. Lucinda was the project designer and author of The Liberty Book of Home Sewing, she has an innate feel for Liberty Art Fabrics and Christine co-created the bestselling book Everything Alice: The Wonderland Book of Makes which introduced a truly groundbreaking approach to craft and blogs at sewyeah.co.uk.

£20.00 Cloth bound hardback 978 184949 309 3 160pp 253 x 201mm Over 30,000 words including 25 projects Over 50 colour photographs and over 80 illustrations Publication September 2013

82

£20.00 Cloth bound hardback 978 184400 976 3 160pp 253 x 201mm Over 32,000 words including 25 projects Over 50 colour photographs and over 80 colour illustrations Over 80,000 copies sold Translated into 8 languages

The Liberty Book of Home Sewing text by Lucinda Ganderton photography by Kristin Perers illustrations by Richard Merritt

This sumptuous book will inspire the home sewer with its original designs that showcases Liberty studio-designed fabrics. The book is divided into three chapters – Essential, Organisation and Luxury – and contains projects ranging from shopping bags to elegant cushions and throws. Variations and alternatives are included for many of the projects so the core collection is in fact an inexhaustible resource of ideas. This book offers readers the opportunity to add an element of Liberty style to their home using as much or as little Liberty fabric as they choose.

83

CRAFT

The Belle & Boo Book of Craft

25 enchanting projects to make for children illustrations by Mandy Sutcliffe photography by Laura Edwards

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Belle and Boo are the enchanting characters created by artist Mandy Sutcliffe. Belle is a little girl with a brown bob, the odd scratch on her knee and an insistent curiosity about the natural world, while her pet rabbit Boo, a flopsy brown bunny, is her faithful friend and confidant. Along with a group of additional characters, Belle and Boo inhabit a sweetly nostalgic world where they spend their days playing in a pirate lookout, cloud-spotting from hot-air balloons or riding a fairground carousel. With 25 innovative makes and ideas, The Belle & Boo Book of Craft provides all the inspiration and know-how needed to bring to life this magical childhood world. Special sewing projects include an irresistible cuddly rabbit toy, a delightful washing-line wendy house and an intrepid explorer’s canvas satchel for playtime as well as a robust beanbag and practical ballet bag. There are also simple papercraft ideas for decorations for your child’s room, such as a kite rewards chart and a hot-air balloon mobile. Containing a mixture of charming illustrations and photographs, this enchanting book will help you to discover the many delightful worlds that Mandy creates with her deceptively simple but stylish images of Belle and Boo.

Belle & Boo Belle & Boo are a fast-growing company, known for their original, nostalgic ‘storybook’ illustrations for children. The brand specialises in high-quality art prints, stationery, party goods, clothing, accessories, printed fabrics and other homeware items. Founded by illustrator Mandy Sutcliffe and her business partner Kate Shafe, Belle & Boo now has over 50 stockists in the UK and an increasing presence overseas. There are now more than 500 stockists worldwide including Belgium, France, Spain, Italy, Germany, Denmark, Norway, Sweden, USA, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Singapore.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 267 6 144pp 245 x 245mm 30,000 words including 25 projects Over 150 colour photographs and over 50 colour illustrations Publication June 2013

85

CRAFT

The Belle & Boo Book of Craft

25 enchanting projects to make for children illustrations by Mandy Sutcliffe photography by Laura Edwards

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Belle and Boo are the enchanting characters created by artist Mandy Sutcliffe. Belle is a little girl with a brown bob, the odd scratch on her knee and an insistent curiosity about the natural world, while her pet rabbit Boo, a flopsy brown bunny, is her faithful friend and confidant. Along with a group of additional characters, Belle and Boo inhabit a sweetly nostalgic world where they spend their days playing in a pirate lookout, cloud-spotting from hot-air balloons or riding a fairground carousel. With 25 innovative makes and ideas, The Belle & Boo Book of Craft provides all the inspiration and know-how needed to bring to life this magical childhood world. Special sewing projects include an irresistible cuddly rabbit toy, a delightful washing-line wendy house and an intrepid explorer’s canvas satchel for playtime as well as a robust beanbag and practical ballet bag. There are also simple papercraft ideas for decorations for your child’s room, such as a kite rewards chart and a hot-air balloon mobile. Containing a mixture of charming illustrations and photographs, this enchanting book will help you to discover the many delightful worlds that Mandy creates with her deceptively simple but stylish images of Belle and Boo.

Belle & Boo Belle & Boo are a fast-growing company, known for their original, nostalgic ‘storybook’ illustrations for children. The brand specialises in high-quality art prints, stationery, party goods, clothing, accessories, printed fabrics and other homeware items. Founded by illustrator Mandy Sutcliffe and her business partner Kate Shafe, Belle & Boo now has over 50 stockists in the UK and an increasing presence overseas. There are now more than 500 stockists worldwide including Belgium, France, Spain, Italy, Germany, Denmark, Norway, Sweden, USA, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and Singapore.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 267 6 144pp 245 x 245mm 30,000 words including 25 projects Over 150 colour photographs and over 50 colour illustrations Publication June 2013

85

CRAFT

SIMPLE MAKES SERIES

Felt Sew Good

30 simple and stylish felt projects Christine Leech photography by Keiko Oikawa

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Felt Sew Good is an inspiring collection of simple ideas for one of the most versatile fabrics in a crafter’s kit. With 30 projects for crafters of all abilities to sew and enjoy, Felt Sew Good features light-hearted designs for children and babies, such as the apple rattle, woodland finger puppets and winged slippers, as well as more sophisticated projects that are perfect for adults and the home, including the autumn garland, scallop cushion and tablet case. All the projects can be made up in different colourways or sizes; for example, you can enlarge and stuff the circus egg cosies and adapt them into rattles or cuddly toys.

Each project has illustrated instructions and the stitches are all clearly explained in a how-to guide, with the option of hand- or machine-stitching to achieve a completely different finish. Felt Sew Good is the ultimate book on felt – a must-have guide that will delight crafters and provide ideas for every occasion.

This book is part of the Simple Makes series, a creative and affordable set of illustrated step-by-step books that are suitable for all crafters, no matter what their level of skill.

Christine Leech Christine Leech has been an avid crafter since childhood, sewing menageries of felt animals, wardrobes of dolls’ dresses and always refusing to buy a greetings card when a handmade one could be sent instead. She now has over 15 years’ experience designing and art directing a host of women’s magazines, most recently working as creative director of the acclaimed Marie Claire Runway. She divides her time between this and blogging about all things craft at www.sewyeah.co.uk. Christine co-created the bestselling books Everything Alice: The Wonderland Book of Makes and Everything Oz: The Wizard Book of Makes and Bakes, which introduced a truly groundbreaking approach to craft.

‘Christine’s cool take on crafting whisks you into a world where sitting on the sofa with a sewing basket and some scraps of felt is exactly where you want to be’ Marie Claire

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 274 4 128pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words including 30 project 50 colour photographs and over 80 illustrations Publication May 2013

87

CRAFT

SIMPLE MAKES SERIES

Felt Sew Good

30 simple and stylish felt projects Christine Leech photography by Keiko Oikawa

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Felt Sew Good is an inspiring collection of simple ideas for one of the most versatile fabrics in a crafter’s kit. With 30 projects for crafters of all abilities to sew and enjoy, Felt Sew Good features light-hearted designs for children and babies, such as the apple rattle, woodland finger puppets and winged slippers, as well as more sophisticated projects that are perfect for adults and the home, including the autumn garland, scallop cushion and tablet case. All the projects can be made up in different colourways or sizes; for example, you can enlarge and stuff the circus egg cosies and adapt them into rattles or cuddly toys.

Each project has illustrated instructions and the stitches are all clearly explained in a how-to guide, with the option of hand- or machine-stitching to achieve a completely different finish. Felt Sew Good is the ultimate book on felt – a must-have guide that will delight crafters and provide ideas for every occasion.

This book is part of the Simple Makes series, a creative and affordable set of illustrated step-by-step books that are suitable for all crafters, no matter what their level of skill.

Christine Leech Christine Leech has been an avid crafter since childhood, sewing menageries of felt animals, wardrobes of dolls’ dresses and always refusing to buy a greetings card when a handmade one could be sent instead. She now has over 15 years’ experience designing and art directing a host of women’s magazines, most recently working as creative director of the acclaimed Marie Claire Runway. She divides her time between this and blogging about all things craft at www.sewyeah.co.uk. Christine co-created the bestselling books Everything Alice: The Wonderland Book of Makes and Everything Oz: The Wizard Book of Makes and Bakes, which introduced a truly groundbreaking approach to craft.

‘Christine’s cool take on crafting whisks you into a world where sitting on the sofa with a sewing basket and some scraps of felt is exactly where you want to be’ Marie Claire

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 274 4 128pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words including 30 project 50 colour photographs and over 80 illustrations Publication May 2013

87

CRAFT

SIMPLE MAKES SERIES

Little Sew & Sew Over 30 delightfully simple sewing and embroidery projects Christine Leech photography by Keiko Oikawa

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Little Sew & Sew is an inspiring and ingenious collection of simple sewing projects and embroidery designs.

The 15 sewing projects range from the indulgent, such as the counting sheep pillow and the nelly cushion, to the essential, including the woodland storage boxes and the bunny wash day peg bag. A selection of pretty bags, include the ribbon allium bag and the kissing kids shoulder bag, and there are gorgeous items to wear such as the neon flower baby doll top. The book also features more than 30 unique and versatile patterns for adding charming embroidery to all the projects with a clear how-to guide for each type of stitch as well as individual colour suggestions for each of the designs. Cleverly, the projects and embroidery patterns can be mixed and matched, or used individually to create an endless number of combinations. Little Sew & Sew is an ingenious resource of ideas that will prove to be an irresistible and indispensable guide to sewing and embroidery. This book is part of the Simple Makes series, a new, creative and affordable set of illustrated step-by-step books that are suitable for all crafters, no matter what their level of skill.

‘Christine Leech’s stylish ideas whisk craft out of the church hall and into the sitting rooms of hipsters and fashionistas. Needles at the ready, we’re hooked’ Marie Claire

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 275 1 128pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words including 30 projects Over 50 colour photographs and over 80 illustrations Publication May 2013

89

CRAFT

SIMPLE MAKES SERIES

Little Sew & Sew Over 30 delightfully simple sewing and embroidery projects Christine Leech photography by Keiko Oikawa

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Little Sew & Sew is an inspiring and ingenious collection of simple sewing projects and embroidery designs.

The 15 sewing projects range from the indulgent, such as the counting sheep pillow and the nelly cushion, to the essential, including the woodland storage boxes and the bunny wash day peg bag. A selection of pretty bags, include the ribbon allium bag and the kissing kids shoulder bag, and there are gorgeous items to wear such as the neon flower baby doll top. The book also features more than 30 unique and versatile patterns for adding charming embroidery to all the projects with a clear how-to guide for each type of stitch as well as individual colour suggestions for each of the designs. Cleverly, the projects and embroidery patterns can be mixed and matched, or used individually to create an endless number of combinations. Little Sew & Sew is an ingenious resource of ideas that will prove to be an irresistible and indispensable guide to sewing and embroidery. This book is part of the Simple Makes series, a new, creative and affordable set of illustrated step-by-step books that are suitable for all crafters, no matter what their level of skill.

‘Christine Leech’s stylish ideas whisk craft out of the church hall and into the sitting rooms of hipsters and fashionistas. Needles at the ready, we’re hooked’ Marie Claire

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 275 1 128pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words including 30 projects Over 50 colour photographs and over 80 illustrations Publication May 2013

89

CRAFT

SIMPLE MAKES SERIES

Scissors, Paper, Craft

30 pretty projects all cut, folded and crafted from paper Christine Leech photography by Keiko Oikawa

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Paper – both affordable and universally available – is possibly the most versatile material in the crafter’s kit box. In this new book in the Simple Makes series, Christine Leech demonstrates 30 original and creative craft ideas for lovely things to make from paper. Some of the projects are simply drawn and cut, such as the glistening, rippling fish mobile, whilst others are constructed and glued, for example a cute yet practical stationery birdhouse that holds paperclips inside and has post-it note tiles on its roof. A few slightly more advanced projects involve special techniques, such as the beginner’s bookbinding method used to create the hand-bound Japanese-style notebooks, but everything is easily achievable by following the clear instructions and step-by-step guides. Christine has had a love for crafting with paper ever since she learnt to conjure an origami pig from cigarette packets as a teenager to impress the boys – with Scissors, Paper, Craft she now shares this passion with fellow makers.

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 307 9 128pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words including 30 projects Over 60 full-colour photographs Publication July 2013

91

CRAFT

SIMPLE MAKES SERIES

Scissors, Paper, Craft

30 pretty projects all cut, folded and crafted from paper Christine Leech photography by Keiko Oikawa

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Paper – both affordable and universally available – is possibly the most versatile material in the crafter’s kit box. In this new book in the Simple Makes series, Christine Leech demonstrates 30 original and creative craft ideas for lovely things to make from paper. Some of the projects are simply drawn and cut, such as the glistening, rippling fish mobile, whilst others are constructed and glued, for example a cute yet practical stationery birdhouse that holds paperclips inside and has post-it note tiles on its roof. A few slightly more advanced projects involve special techniques, such as the beginner’s bookbinding method used to create the hand-bound Japanese-style notebooks, but everything is easily achievable by following the clear instructions and step-by-step guides. Christine has had a love for crafting with paper ever since she learnt to conjure an origami pig from cigarette packets as a teenager to impress the boys – with Scissors, Paper, Craft she now shares this passion with fellow makers.

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 307 9 128pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words including 30 projects Over 60 full-colour photographs Publication July 2013

91

CRAFT

SIMPLE MAKES SERIES

Hook, Yarn and Crochet

20 cute and quirky crochet projects Ros Badger photography by Keiko Oikawa

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Not since it’s seventies heyday has crochet been more popular than it is now. The endless versatility of this yarn craft coupled with the fact that the only equipment you need is a basic hook, means that crochet is gaining fans of all ages. The latest book in the enjoyable Simple Makes series, Hook, Yarn And Crochet is a collection of 20 simple but adorable crocheted projects to make you smile. The garland of sweet crocheted daisies brings a touch of the meadow into your home, whilst the hanging heart is the perfect love token to present to your beau. A lampshade decorated with dangling autumn leaves and a unique crocheted clock will light up any interior. With plenty of projects that can be made in crafternoon, Hook, Yarn And Crochet will have you hooked on handmade.

Ros Badger Ros Badger is the author of numerous craft books, including most recently Homemade Christmas and Homemade Knit Sew Crochet. The original book Homemade was co-authored with Elspeth Thompson and set a new benchmark for innovative and elegant craft items to make yourself. Beginning her design career working for Betty Jackson and Ally Capellino, Ros is a knitwear designer of over 25 years experience.

She has recently relaunched her childrenswear brand Little Badger.

ÂŁ12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 308 6 128pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words including 20 projects Over 60 full-colour photographs Publication July 2013

93

CRAFT

SIMPLE MAKES SERIES

Hook, Yarn and Crochet

20 cute and quirky crochet projects Ros Badger photography by Keiko Oikawa

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Not since it’s seventies heyday has crochet been more popular than it is now. The endless versatility of this yarn craft coupled with the fact that the only equipment you need is a basic hook, means that crochet is gaining fans of all ages. The latest book in the enjoyable Simple Makes series, Hook, Yarn And Crochet is a collection of 20 simple but adorable crocheted projects to make you smile. The garland of sweet crocheted daisies brings a touch of the meadow into your home, whilst the hanging heart is the perfect love token to present to your beau. A lampshade decorated with dangling autumn leaves and a unique crocheted clock will light up any interior. With plenty of projects that can be made in crafternoon, Hook, Yarn And Crochet will have you hooked on handmade.

Ros Badger Ros Badger is the author of numerous craft books, including most recently Homemade Christmas and Homemade Knit Sew Crochet. The original book Homemade was co-authored with Elspeth Thompson and set a new benchmark for innovative and elegant craft items to make yourself. Beginning her design career working for Betty Jackson and Ally Capellino, Ros is a knitwear designer of over 25 years experience.

She has recently relaunched her childrenswear brand Little Badger.

ÂŁ12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 308 6 128pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words including 20 projects Over 60 full-colour photographs Publication July 2013

93

CRAFT

Knits for You and Your Home Debbie Bliss

photography by Penny Wincer

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Knits for You and Your Home is an enticing collection of over 30 indulgent designs from top knitwear designer Debbie Bliss. Whether you are looking for a quick-and-easy, one-or two-ball knit that can be made over a weekend or a larger, more extravagant piece that will become a treasured addition to either your wardrobe or your home, these projects provide the perfect opportunity to snuggle down and create some knitted luxury for yourself. Divided into four evocative sections – Pamper, Cocoon, Detox and Indulge – each has its own seductive colour palette ranging from sophisticated neutrals to warming reds and golds. Pamper includes projects such as a sleep mask and a bath bag; Cocoon has cabled socks, a slouchy hat and a cosy throw; Detox contains ideas for organisation, such as a storage file, accessories holder and hanging pockets; while Indulge is filled with luxurious projects including a shrug, lace collar and beaded cushion. Knits for You and Your Home is full of ideas that will put the focus back on you. Why not make yourself something special? After all, you deserve it. Of course, you could make one of these projects for a cherished friend or loved one . . . if you can bear to part with it, that is.

Debbie Bliss Debbie Bliss is one of the foremost designers and authors of hand-knitting patterns in the UK, the US and increasingly in Europe and Asia. She has published numerous books on hand knits for all the family, including Simply Baby, Essential Baby, Essential Kids, The Knitter’s Year and Knits to Give as well as publishing her own magazine, Debbie Bliss Knitting Magazine, biannually. She continues to develop her range of quality hand-knit yarns and design garments and accessories with universal appeal. Renowned for its quality, Debbie’s yarn range is widely available worldwide, stocked in most good knitting stores and available to order online. Her books have sold in excess of a quarter of a million worldwide and have been translated into 6 languages.

£18.99 Hardback 978 184949 269 0 160pp 230 x 205mm 30,000 words including 30 patterns Over 70 colour photographs Publication March 2013

Also by this author, see pages 108–109:

Knits to Give The Knitter’s Year Ultimate Book of Baby Knits Blankets, Bears and Bootees

95

CRAFT

Knits for You and Your Home Debbie Bliss

photography by Penny Wincer

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Knits for You and Your Home is an enticing collection of over 30 indulgent designs from top knitwear designer Debbie Bliss. Whether you are looking for a quick-and-easy, one-or two-ball knit that can be made over a weekend or a larger, more extravagant piece that will become a treasured addition to either your wardrobe or your home, these projects provide the perfect opportunity to snuggle down and create some knitted luxury for yourself. Divided into four evocative sections – Pamper, Cocoon, Detox and Indulge – each has its own seductive colour palette ranging from sophisticated neutrals to warming reds and golds. Pamper includes projects such as a sleep mask and a bath bag; Cocoon has cabled socks, a slouchy hat and a cosy throw; Detox contains ideas for organisation, such as a storage file, accessories holder and hanging pockets; while Indulge is filled with luxurious projects including a shrug, lace collar and beaded cushion. Knits for You and Your Home is full of ideas that will put the focus back on you. Why not make yourself something special? After all, you deserve it. Of course, you could make one of these projects for a cherished friend or loved one . . . if you can bear to part with it, that is.

Debbie Bliss Debbie Bliss is one of the foremost designers and authors of hand-knitting patterns in the UK, the US and increasingly in Europe and Asia. She has published numerous books on hand knits for all the family, including Simply Baby, Essential Baby, Essential Kids, The Knitter’s Year and Knits to Give as well as publishing her own magazine, Debbie Bliss Knitting Magazine, biannually. She continues to develop her range of quality hand-knit yarns and design garments and accessories with universal appeal. Renowned for its quality, Debbie’s yarn range is widely available worldwide, stocked in most good knitting stores and available to order online. Her books have sold in excess of a quarter of a million worldwide and have been translated into 6 languages.

£18.99 Hardback 978 184949 269 0 160pp 230 x 205mm 30,000 words including 30 patterns Over 70 colour photographs Publication March 2013

Also by this author, see pages 108–109:

Knits to Give The Knitter’s Year Ultimate Book of Baby Knits Blankets, Bears and Bootees

95

Simple Colour Knitting

A how-to-knit-with-colour workshop with 20 desirable projects Erika Knight photography by Yuki Sugiura

Following the huge success of both Simple Knitting and Crochet Workshop, the previous two titles in this series, Erika Knight now shares her colour expertise within the same accessible, workshop-based approach. book format. With Simple Colour Knitting you will learn how to use colour in your knitting whilst creating your own must-have basic projects that are at once essential and inspiring. Each of the 20 projects in this book teaches you a new colour-knitting technique – from working motifs in intarsia in a graphic Missoniinspired throw to creating Fair Isle patterns through stranding and weaving in the two-colour snood scarf – and at the same time consolidate and build upon those colour skills already learnt with the preceding projects. In addition, Erika dispenses her designer tips on putting different shades together, whether they are primary colours or neutral shades, monochrome schemes or punchy accent hues. While the principles of colour theory provide a useful basis for understanding how different tones and hues work together. Erika puts this basic knowledge into practical terms that every knitter will understand and relate to. As with the previous two titles, Simple Colour Knitting contains an introductory chapter of basic techniques which is followed by a Pattern Library that provides a handy gallery of Erika’s favourite colour effects and motifs.

The core of the book is the 20 original designs, from cushions and throws to hats and scarves, that provide the perfect vehicles for practising your colourwork, whether that is random striping, tonal phasing, texture stitches or pictoral motifs. Simple Colour Knitting will take your knitting know-how up to the next level.

Erika Knight Erika Knight is an internationally renowned knitwear designer with an innate sense for colour. Her previous knitting and crochet books have set a new benchmark within yarn crafts, largely for their sophisticated use of colour utilising carefully composed and seductive palettes. Within her designs, Erika prefers to let the yarn and its natural qualities – including its inherent colour and any tonal variations – take the centre stage.

Recently Erika has launched her own capsule collection of high-quality hand-knit yarns, which are all sheared, scoured and spun within North East England. Her books have sold in excess of half a million copies worldwide and have been translated into 7 languages. £16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 271 3 144pp 280 x 216mm 30,000 words including 20 patterns Over 65 colour photographs and over 75 illustrations Publication October 2013

96

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 815 5 144pp 280 x 216mm 29,000 words including 20 projects 60 colour photographs and 100 charts and illustrations

Simple Knitting | Erika Knight

Crochet Workshop | Erika Knight

Simple Knitting is a how-to-knit book that will teach you the core stitches and techniques while you create an enviable collection of hand-knitted items. Through a series of workshop-style masterclasses Erika Knight explains the essential know-how – from achieving a perfect tension and substituting yarns to shaping and finishing a garment perfectly – alongside broader design principles, such as selecting yarns and building a colour palette. Simple Knitting is the ultimate learn-to-knit book.

Get hooked on crochet with Erika Knight’s Crochet Workshop.

Each of the 20 projects in this book teaches you a new skill and builds on techniques already learned in the preceding projects.

Erika begins with simple crochet, before taking you through double and treble crochet and then moves on to the more intricate stitches. Under Erika Knight’s guidance you will soon be making gorgeous projects.

A how-to-knit workshop with 20 desirable projects photography by Yuki Sugiura

Also by this author, see pages 110–111 and 160:

Natural Nursery Knits Essential Crochet Keep Calm & Cast On

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 107 5 144pp 280 x 216mm 36,000 words including 20 projects 60 colour photographs and 100 charts and illustrations

Learn how to crochet with 20 inspiring projects photography by Yuki Sugiura

97

Simple Colour Knitting

A how-to-knit-with-colour workshop with 20 desirable projects Erika Knight photography by Yuki Sugiura

Following the huge success of both Simple Knitting and Crochet Workshop, the previous two titles in this series, Erika Knight now shares her colour expertise within the same accessible, workshop-based approach. book format. With Simple Colour Knitting you will learn how to use colour in your knitting whilst creating your own must-have basic projects that are at once essential and inspiring. Each of the 20 projects in this book teaches you a new colour-knitting technique – from working motifs in intarsia in a graphic Missoniinspired throw to creating Fair Isle patterns through stranding and weaving in the two-colour snood scarf – and at the same time consolidate and build upon those colour skills already learnt with the preceding projects. In addition, Erika dispenses her designer tips on putting different shades together, whether they are primary colours or neutral shades, monochrome schemes or punchy accent hues. While the principles of colour theory provide a useful basis for understanding how different tones and hues work together. Erika puts this basic knowledge into practical terms that every knitter will understand and relate to. As with the previous two titles, Simple Colour Knitting contains an introductory chapter of basic techniques which is followed by a Pattern Library that provides a handy gallery of Erika’s favourite colour effects and motifs.

The core of the book is the 20 original designs, from cushions and throws to hats and scarves, that provide the perfect vehicles for practising your colourwork, whether that is random striping, tonal phasing, texture stitches or pictoral motifs. Simple Colour Knitting will take your knitting know-how up to the next level.

Erika Knight Erika Knight is an internationally renowned knitwear designer with an innate sense for colour. Her previous knitting and crochet books have set a new benchmark within yarn crafts, largely for their sophisticated use of colour utilising carefully composed and seductive palettes. Within her designs, Erika prefers to let the yarn and its natural qualities – including its inherent colour and any tonal variations – take the centre stage.

Recently Erika has launched her own capsule collection of high-quality hand-knit yarns, which are all sheared, scoured and spun within North East England. Her books have sold in excess of half a million copies worldwide and have been translated into 7 languages. £16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 271 3 144pp 280 x 216mm 30,000 words including 20 patterns Over 65 colour photographs and over 75 illustrations Publication October 2013

96

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 815 5 144pp 280 x 216mm 29,000 words including 20 projects 60 colour photographs and 100 charts and illustrations

Simple Knitting | Erika Knight

Crochet Workshop | Erika Knight

Simple Knitting is a how-to-knit book that will teach you the core stitches and techniques while you create an enviable collection of hand-knitted items. Through a series of workshop-style masterclasses Erika Knight explains the essential know-how – from achieving a perfect tension and substituting yarns to shaping and finishing a garment perfectly – alongside broader design principles, such as selecting yarns and building a colour palette. Simple Knitting is the ultimate learn-to-knit book.

Get hooked on crochet with Erika Knight’s Crochet Workshop.

Each of the 20 projects in this book teaches you a new skill and builds on techniques already learned in the preceding projects.

Erika begins with simple crochet, before taking you through double and treble crochet and then moves on to the more intricate stitches. Under Erika Knight’s guidance you will soon be making gorgeous projects.

A how-to-knit workshop with 20 desirable projects photography by Yuki Sugiura

Also by this author, see pages 110–111 and 160:

Natural Nursery Knits Essential Crochet Keep Calm & Cast On

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 107 5 144pp 280 x 216mm 36,000 words including 20 projects 60 colour photographs and 100 charts and illustrations

Learn how to crochet with 20 inspiring projects photography by Yuki Sugiura

97

CRAFT

Woodland Woollens An enchanting collection of over 20 forest-themed knits Stephanie Dosen of Tiny Owl Knits photography by Tiffany Mumford

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

When the colder weather bites, it is time to wrap up warm for winter. But why not forgo the conventional bobble hat and gloves for something a little more characterful. Woodland Woollens is a collection of over 20 ethereal and innovative woolly knitted accessories from up-and-coming knitwear designer Stephanie Dosen.

Previously available only online, Woodland Woollens is the first time Stephanie’s most popular and iconic designs have been collected together in print along with a selection of brand new, never-seen-before hand knits. Projects include the ever-charming Mr fox stole my heart, the sweet-as-sugar violet hand puff and the best-selling deer with little antlers hat, along with the adorable fawn poncho and quirky catching butterflies wristees. Also included are the equally irresistible woodland flower crowns, the spellbinding merlin hood, and the magical autumn leaf boots. Fabulously photographed in woodland settings, this book is practical, fun and inspiring.

Stephanie Dosen Under the name Tiny Owl Knits, Stephanie Dosen has been creating and selling knitting patterns online via ravelry, etsy and her own blog to much acclaim. Her designs have been featured in numerous craft magazines, including Mollie Makes, Simply Knitting, Handmade Living, Yarn Forward and Knitscene.

Stephanie began designing hand knits when she took a job in a yarn store following a failed relationship.

In that store she found a new love . . . of all things yarn related. Exploring the creative possibilities of yarn, designing knitwear and the enjoying camaraderie of fellow knitters was the perfect antidote to a broken heart and lead on to a whole new artistic outlet. Oh and when she isn’t creating amazing hand knits, Stephanie is a kick-ass singer-songwriter who has recorded three solo albums, starred on Later . . . with Jools Holland and toured with Massive Attack, including playing the Glastonbury Festival. Stephanie puts the cool into wool.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 297 3 128pp 225 x 175mm 20,000 words, including over 20 projects 60 full-colour photographs Publication September 2013

99

CRAFT

Woodland Woollens An enchanting collection of over 20 forest-themed knits Stephanie Dosen of Tiny Owl Knits photography by Tiffany Mumford

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

When the colder weather bites, it is time to wrap up warm for winter. But why not forgo the conventional bobble hat and gloves for something a little more characterful. Woodland Woollens is a collection of over 20 ethereal and innovative woolly knitted accessories from up-and-coming knitwear designer Stephanie Dosen.

Previously available only online, Woodland Woollens is the first time Stephanie’s most popular and iconic designs have been collected together in print along with a selection of brand new, never-seen-before hand knits. Projects include the ever-charming Mr fox stole my heart, the sweet-as-sugar violet hand puff and the best-selling deer with little antlers hat, along with the adorable fawn poncho and quirky catching butterflies wristees. Also included are the equally irresistible woodland flower crowns, the spellbinding merlin hood, and the magical autumn leaf boots. Fabulously photographed in woodland settings, this book is practical, fun and inspiring.

Stephanie Dosen Under the name Tiny Owl Knits, Stephanie Dosen has been creating and selling knitting patterns online via ravelry, etsy and her own blog to much acclaim. Her designs have been featured in numerous craft magazines, including Mollie Makes, Simply Knitting, Handmade Living, Yarn Forward and Knitscene.

Stephanie began designing hand knits when she took a job in a yarn store following a failed relationship.

In that store she found a new love . . . of all things yarn related. Exploring the creative possibilities of yarn, designing knitwear and the enjoying camaraderie of fellow knitters was the perfect antidote to a broken heart and lead on to a whole new artistic outlet. Oh and when she isn’t creating amazing hand knits, Stephanie is a kick-ass singer-songwriter who has recorded three solo albums, starred on Later . . . with Jools Holland and toured with Massive Attack, including playing the Glastonbury Festival. Stephanie puts the cool into wool.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 297 3 128pp 225 x 175mm 20,000 words, including over 20 projects 60 full-colour photographs Publication September 2013

99

CRAFT

Girls’ Night In

Craft, cakes and cocktails for the ultimate party Hannah Read-Baldrey

photography by Tiffany Mumford and Verity Welstead

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Here come the girls, so get ready for an incredible night in! Looking for some stunning ideas to get the party started and the conversation flowing? Then this is the book for you. Whether there are 2 or 20 of you, this book will keep every guest entertained: the ultimate party companion, no girls’ night in will be complete without it! Packed full of unique craft projects, tasty treats, delicious cocktails, hilarious party games and simple pampering instructions for hair, nails and make-up, there could be no better way to spend time with the girls. And in these cash-strapped times the book offers ideas for the perfect alternative to costly bars and restaurants. Delight your guests with easy yet delectable food and drinks, including the rustic pizza with crunchy coleslaw, candyfloss cupcakes and girl’s gossip mojito punch, as well as giving each of them the opportunity to create beautiful and original craft makes that they can take home and treasure, such as the alphabet charm bracelet, cute clutch bag and silhouette lampshades. Whether you want a quiet and relaxing night with your pals or a party that will rival the best of them, Girls’ Night In is a fun and simple guide to making every night with friends very special.

Hannah Read-Baldrey Hannah Read-Baldrey is a stylist and author, known for her quirky ideas and fantastical set designs as well as co-creating the hugely successful Everything Alice: The Wonderland Book of Makes and Everything Oz: The Wizard Book of Makes & Bakes, co-writing, styling and illustrating the books. After studying at London’s prestigious art school, Central Saint Martins, she went to work within television and film art departments, which led to photographic styling. In between writing books, Hannah now works with an array of leading fashion magazines and advertisers and continues to write her own blog, www.couturecraft.blogspot.co.uk.

Girls’ Night In is Hannah’s first solo book.

£16.99 Hardback 978 184949 265 2 192pp 248 x 187mm 27,000 words including over 20 projects and 30 recipes Over 200 colour photographs and illustrations Publication April 2013

101

CRAFT

Girls’ Night In

Craft, cakes and cocktails for the ultimate party Hannah Read-Baldrey

photography by Tiffany Mumford and Verity Welstead

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Here come the girls, so get ready for an incredible night in! Looking for some stunning ideas to get the party started and the conversation flowing? Then this is the book for you. Whether there are 2 or 20 of you, this book will keep every guest entertained: the ultimate party companion, no girls’ night in will be complete without it! Packed full of unique craft projects, tasty treats, delicious cocktails, hilarious party games and simple pampering instructions for hair, nails and make-up, there could be no better way to spend time with the girls. And in these cash-strapped times the book offers ideas for the perfect alternative to costly bars and restaurants. Delight your guests with easy yet delectable food and drinks, including the rustic pizza with crunchy coleslaw, candyfloss cupcakes and girl’s gossip mojito punch, as well as giving each of them the opportunity to create beautiful and original craft makes that they can take home and treasure, such as the alphabet charm bracelet, cute clutch bag and silhouette lampshades. Whether you want a quiet and relaxing night with your pals or a party that will rival the best of them, Girls’ Night In is a fun and simple guide to making every night with friends very special.

Hannah Read-Baldrey Hannah Read-Baldrey is a stylist and author, known for her quirky ideas and fantastical set designs as well as co-creating the hugely successful Everything Alice: The Wonderland Book of Makes and Everything Oz: The Wizard Book of Makes & Bakes, co-writing, styling and illustrating the books. After studying at London’s prestigious art school, Central Saint Martins, she went to work within television and film art departments, which led to photographic styling. In between writing books, Hannah now works with an array of leading fashion magazines and advertisers and continues to write her own blog, www.couturecraft.blogspot.co.uk.

Girls’ Night In is Hannah’s first solo book.

£16.99 Hardback 978 184949 265 2 192pp 248 x 187mm 27,000 words including over 20 projects and 30 recipes Over 200 colour photographs and illustrations Publication April 2013

101

£9.00 Paperback with gift (smaller size) needlecase and tapestry needles 978 184949 264 5 144pp 210 x 148mm 25,000 words including 30 projects 80 colour photographs Publication February 2013

Patch!

Cath Kidston

photography by Pia Tryde

Encapsulating Cath Kidston’s innovative take on traditional patchwork, Patch! combines the established techniques of the craft with a more contemporary approach. Here, Cath has designed 30 original projects including not just the pieced quilts that you might expect but also numerous accessories and home furnishings – bags, cushions, pillowcases, and even a dog bed. The projects in Patch! use a wide range of techniques, from simple machine piecing to more complex patchwork, which makes this a wonderful book for both beginner sewers, as well as more proficient needlewomen who want to tackle a more challenging patch project. Many of the projects in this book can be made out of the scraps that every crafter accumulates, thereby putting all those odds and ends to perfect use and making this handy, little book a must-have for all keen craftswomen.

‘From tablecloths to curtain panels, Cath Kidston shares her ideas for sewing projects, personalised with her unique style’ Homes & Gardens

102

£30.00 Slipcase with 3 books and exclusive gift 978 184949 205 8 480pp across 3 titles 280 x 216mm Each book illustrated throughout with colour photographs and artworks

Cath Kidston: The Collection (Sew! Stitch! Patch!) photography by Pia Tryde

Three of Cath Kidston’s bestselling books are now available, for the first time, in a special presentation slipcase, creating the ultimate craft gift. This trio of craft titles offers ideas and instructions for over 100 projects, including sewing, patchwork, cross-stitch and needlepoint projects, all in Cath Kidston’s signature style. And enticingly, this set of three books is accompanied by all the fabric required to make the specially designed shoulder bag in the same ‘Blossom’ print first seen in Sew! but now given away in an exclusive stone colourway.

£9.00 Paperback with gift (smaller size) needlecase and tapestry needles 978 184949 264 5 144pp 210 x 148mm 25,000 words including 30 projects 80 colour photographs Publication February 2013

Patch!

Cath Kidston

photography by Pia Tryde

Encapsulating Cath Kidston’s innovative take on traditional patchwork, Patch! combines the established techniques of the craft with a more contemporary approach. Here, Cath has designed 30 original projects including not just the pieced quilts that you might expect but also numerous accessories and home furnishings – bags, cushions, pillowcases, and even a dog bed. The projects in Patch! use a wide range of techniques, from simple machine piecing to more complex patchwork, which makes this a wonderful book for both beginner sewers, as well as more proficient needlewomen who want to tackle a more challenging patch project. Many of the projects in this book can be made out of the scraps that every crafter accumulates, thereby putting all those odds and ends to perfect use and making this handy, little book a must-have for all keen craftswomen.

‘From tablecloths to curtain panels, Cath Kidston shares her ideas for sewing projects, personalised with her unique style’ Homes & Gardens

102

£30.00 Slipcase with 3 books and exclusive gift 978 184949 205 8 480pp across 3 titles 280 x 216mm Each book illustrated throughout with colour photographs and artworks

Cath Kidston: The Collection (Sew! Stitch! Patch!) photography by Pia Tryde

Three of Cath Kidston’s bestselling books are now available, for the first time, in a special presentation slipcase, creating the ultimate craft gift. This trio of craft titles offers ideas and instructions for over 100 projects, including sewing, patchwork, cross-stitch and needlepoint projects, all in Cath Kidston’s signature style. And enticingly, this set of three books is accompanied by all the fabric required to make the specially designed shoulder bag in the same ‘Blossom’ print first seen in Sew! but now given away in an exclusive stone colourway.

£15.00 Paperback with gift 978 184949 182 2 64pp 215 x 206mm includes pack of coloured felt, pom-poms, waxed cord and embroidery thread 7,000 words 155 colour photographs

Make Your Own Christmas Decorations Cath Kidston

photography by Claire Richardson One of the most anticipated annual family traditions of each Christmas is decorating the tree. Instead of draping the fir with tired tinsel and baubles that have seen better days, why not make a dozen of your own cute felt tree ornaments designed exclusively by Cath Kidston.

Accompanying this paperback book, which includes all the sewing and embroidery instructions you need, this kit contains a selection of coloured felt, pom-poms, waxed cord and embroidery thread that can be made up into a delightful selection of 12 different ornaments, including a santa claus, frosty snowman, winter reindeer, christmas pudding, robin and, of course, a festive stanley. These delightful festive hanging decorations will undoubtedly become cherished family heirlooms that you will enjoy year upon year.

‘Cath brings her signature style to the festive home’ Crafts Beautiful

104

£16.00 Paperback with gift 978 184949 181 5 128pp 253 x 201mm includes printed cloth 12,000 words Over 30 colour photographs

Sew Your Own Rag Doll Cath Kidston

photography by Claire Richardson Every child needs a companion doll to dress up, care for and love. You can now make your own classic easy-sew rag doll exclusively designed

by Cath Kidston. Accompanying the paperback book, which details all the sewing techniques required, the kit contains a length of specially printed cotton which, when cut and sewn, makes a delightful doll.

Instructions are given for six special dress-up outfits. Choose between a strawberry print summer frock, a cowgirl shirt and denim pinafore and a pair of star print pyjamas. There are additional ideas for shoes and other accesories to make your doll completely unique. Suitable for anyone aged eight and upwards, this is the perfect kit to learn the basics of both machine sewing and hand stitching.

‘Who better than Cath Kidston to write this book? After all, her ever-sogorgeous collection of prints offer the perfect fabric foundation for this dolly and her six-outfit wardrobe’ Junior Magazine

£15.00 Paperback with gift 978 184949 182 2 64pp 215 x 206mm includes pack of coloured felt, pom-poms, waxed cord and embroidery thread 7,000 words 155 colour photographs

Make Your Own Christmas Decorations Cath Kidston

photography by Claire Richardson One of the most anticipated annual family traditions of each Christmas is decorating the tree. Instead of draping the fir with tired tinsel and baubles that have seen better days, why not make a dozen of your own cute felt tree ornaments designed exclusively by Cath Kidston.

Accompanying this paperback book, which includes all the sewing and embroidery instructions you need, this kit contains a selection of coloured felt, pom-poms, waxed cord and embroidery thread that can be made up into a delightful selection of 12 different ornaments, including a santa claus, frosty snowman, winter reindeer, christmas pudding, robin and, of course, a festive stanley. These delightful festive hanging decorations will undoubtedly become cherished family heirlooms that you will enjoy year upon year.

‘Cath brings her signature style to the festive home’ Crafts Beautiful

104

£16.00 Paperback with gift 978 184949 181 5 128pp 253 x 201mm includes printed cloth 12,000 words Over 30 colour photographs

Sew Your Own Rag Doll Cath Kidston

photography by Claire Richardson Every child needs a companion doll to dress up, care for and love. You can now make your own classic easy-sew rag doll exclusively designed

by Cath Kidston. Accompanying the paperback book, which details all the sewing techniques required, the kit contains a length of specially printed cotton which, when cut and sewn, makes a delightful doll.

Instructions are given for six special dress-up outfits. Choose between a strawberry print summer frock, a cowgirl shirt and denim pinafore and a pair of star print pyjamas. There are additional ideas for shoes and other accesories to make your doll completely unique. Suitable for anyone aged eight and upwards, this is the perfect kit to learn the basics of both machine sewing and hand stitching.

‘Who better than Cath Kidston to write this book? After all, her ever-sogorgeous collection of prints offer the perfect fabric foundation for this dolly and her six-outfit wardrobe’ Junior Magazine

£20.00 Project in tin with gift set 978 184400 979 4 Paperback: 48pp 148 x 105mm 10,000 words including how-to information and pattern 1–2 colour photographs and over 60 one-colour artworks single pattern sheet 210 x 148mm

£9.00 Paperback (smaller size) needle case and tapestry needles 978 184949 139 6 160pp 210 x 148mm 30,000 words including 20 charts 75 colour photographs and 60 colour artworks

£9.00 Paperback (smaller size) needle case and sewing needles 978 184400 938 1 144pp 210 x 148mm 25,000 words 7 motif templates 75 colour photographs and 60 colour artworks

£8.99 Paperback (smaller size) 978 184400 825 4 144pp 210 x 148mm 20,000 words 16 design templates 75 colour photographs and 40 colour artworks

Patch!

Cath Kidston

The Crochet Book Cath Kidston

Stitch! | Cath Kidston

Sew! | Cath Kidston

Make! | Cath Kidston

In Patch! Cath Kidston has combined the established techniques of patchwork with her own contemporary, inspirational ideas.

She has designed 30 irresistible projects, including not just the pieced quilts that you might expect but also accessories and home furnishings – bags, cushions and even a toddler’s toy ball. The projects in Patch! use a wide range of techniques, from simple machine piecing to more complex crazy patchwork, which makes this the perfect book for both the beginner sewer as well as the accomplished craftswoman.

The Crochet Book is an irresistible tin gift set that is a perfect introduction to this popular traditional craft. Using double-knitting weight yarn in six upbeat, bright Cath Kidston colours, you can now make your very own patchwork cushion. Packaged in a bright, floral, reuseable tin, this gift set includes everything you need to make the cushion, including six balls of double-knitting weight yarn, one red metal 4mm crochet hook plus a doublesided pattern sheet that gives all the instructions. In addition, the gift set includes a 48-page paperback booklet containing all the essential how-to-knit information on the basic crochet techniques, including foundation chains, single crochet, double crochet, changing colours and finishing off.

Reinventing the arts of needlepoint and cross-stitch for today’s crafter, Cath has injected her own distinctive style of homemaking prints into these crafts. There are plenty of achievable projects throughout the book – Cath’s popular quartet of fruit motifs lend themselves brilliantly to making small cross-stitched patches that can adorn anything. With 20 charted designs to make up in either needlepoint or cross-stitch, and 30 finished projects that incorporate the designs into a variety of stylish items, this handy little book is guaranteed to have Cath fans stocking up on tapestry yarns and embroidery silks, ready to get stitching.

In these cash-strapped times it’s more fun to get together with friends and stitch something handmade and special than to go out and spend that hard-earned money.

Sew! is an inspiring and quirky little book with over 40 impressive projects. All the sewing techniques featured are clearly explained, together with details of how to embroider, appliqué and add other adornment. Stunning photographs, colourful contemporary design and step-by-step instructions make all the projects absolutely clear and user-friendly.

This brilliant little book contains 48 fabulous projects that will inspire and delight. Make! caters for all skill sets and levels of experience. For the novice there are projects such as the simple Spotty Beret, and for the ambitious, items like the children’s Floral Smock. To get you started there is a section on the basic techniques and each item has clear step-by-step instructions. With the added bonus of 16 individual Cath Kidston motif templates, this book is perfect for those who wish to create something both stylish and unique.

‘Inspiring yet do-able – just the way we like it!’

Easy Living

‘A fantastic springboard to breathing life into old textiles around the home’ BBC Good Homes

photography by Pia Tryde

£20.00 Project in tin with gift set 978 184400 980 0 Paperback: 48pp 148 x 105mm 10,000 words including how-to information and pattern 1–2 colour photographs and over 60 one-colour artworks single pattern sheet 210 x 148mm

160pp 244 x 187mm 15,000 words Over 100 colour photographs Rights only

£15.00 Paperback with gift (fabric, zipper, soluble canvas and thread to make a purse) 978 184400 873 5 160pp 280 x 216mm 30,000 words including 30 projects and 20 charts Over 75 colour photographs Over 100,000 copies sold

photography by Pia Tryde

£16.00 Paperback with gift (fabric, buttons and Cath Kidston sew-on label to make into a bag) 978 184400 756 1 176pp 280 x 216mm 25,000 words including 43 projects patterns 75 colour photographs Over 330,000 copies sold

photography by Pia Tryde

£16.00 Paperback with gift (tote bag, thread and Cath Kidston pencil) 978 184400 584 0 176pp 280 x 216mm 20,000 words including 50 projects 75 colour photographs and 40 colour artworks Over 185,000 copies sold

The Knitting Book Cath Kidston

Cath Kidston in Print | Cath Kidston

Stitch! | Cath Kidston

Sew! | Cath Kidston

Make! | Cath Kidston

The Knitting Book is a fantastic tin gift set that is sure to wow any novice knitter. Using double-knitting weight yarn in six classic, cheery Cath Kidston colours, you can now make your very own scarf. Packaged in a bright floral-design, reuseable tin, this gift set includes everything you need to make the scarf including six balls of double-knitting weight yarn, one pair of red metal 4mm knitting needles plus a double-sided pattern sheet that gives all the instructions for making up the scarf. In addition, the gift set includes a 48-page paperback booklet containing all the essential how-to-knit information on the basic knitting techniques, including casting on, casting off, changing colours and achieving an even tension across your knitting.

Cath Kidston shows you how to use print in your home in every way imaginable. Her ideas are clean, colourful and modern, and rather than step-by-step how-to instructions, every page is packed with tips and hints on how to put the look together. Each spread in this fabulously practical style-book features a different print – some vintage, some Cath’s own. The comprehensive index features a list of suppliers’ addresses and websites – a treasure trove of Cath’s secret sources.

The beauty of both needlepoint and cross-stitch is that they are worked on a canvas made up of a grid of squares, so – just like painting-by-numbers – it is virtually foolproof. This book includes a unique giveaway kit that is exclusive to Stitch! and contains 20 charted designs to make up in either needlepoint or cross-stitch, and 30 finished projects that incorporate those designs from bags to cushions and tea cosies. Stitch! is guaranteed to have Cath fans and crafters everywhere stocking up on tapestry yarns and embroidery silks, ready to get stitching.

Cath Kidston’s Sew! is a treasure trove of fabulous simple sewing projects for stitchers to get their needles into. Included in this fantastic book are full instructions for over 40 fun and useful projects – bags, cushions, quilts and many more ideas – which are all designed to be made with her popular printed fabrics. As an inspirational kick-start, each book contains a full-size paper pattern sheet with trace-off templates as well as everything you need to create the bag shown on the cover.

This book is a unique opportunity for all Cath Kidston fans to make their own projects and gifts using Cath’s own instantly recognisable motifs. Here, for the first time, Cath is giving away 16 pattern templates of her favourite designs. Divided into chapters on different techniques – sewing, appliqué, and embroidery – this exciting book includes a collection of 50 projects, as well as masses of extra ideas for how to use the patterns.

The book ends with a section of sewing tips and techniques.

‘Get creative with this wonderful crafty book’ Woman & Home

‘How to appliqué, stitch, embroider, and generally adorn anything fabric-y with Kidston-esque verve’ Easy Living

photography by Pia Tryde

‘Kidston style speaks to the nostalgic English homemaker in all of us’ The Sunday Times

photography by Pia Tryde

‘Gem of a book’ Concept for Living

106

photography by Pia Tryde

photography by Pia Tryde

107

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

‘From tablecloths to curtain panels, Cath Kidston shares her ideas for sewing projects, personalised with her unique style’ Homes & Gardens

photography by Pia Tryde

CRAFT

£16.00 Paperback with gift (calico fabric, woven cotton tape, six printed fabrics and an exclusive Cath Kidston sew-on label to make into either a bag or cushion) 978 184400 988 6 160pp 280 x 216mm 25,000 words including 30 projects 80 colour photographs and 235 templates and artworks

£20.00 Project in tin with gift set 978 184400 979 4 Paperback: 48pp 148 x 105mm 10,000 words including how-to information and pattern 1–2 colour photographs and over 60 one-colour artworks single pattern sheet 210 x 148mm

£9.00 Paperback (smaller size) needle case and tapestry needles 978 184949 139 6 160pp 210 x 148mm 30,000 words including 20 charts 75 colour photographs and 60 colour artworks

£9.00 Paperback (smaller size) needle case and sewing needles 978 184400 938 1 144pp 210 x 148mm 25,000 words 7 motif templates 75 colour photographs and 60 colour artworks

£8.99 Paperback (smaller size) 978 184400 825 4 144pp 210 x 148mm 20,000 words 16 design templates 75 colour photographs and 40 colour artworks

Patch!

Cath Kidston

The Crochet Book Cath Kidston

Stitch! | Cath Kidston

Sew! | Cath Kidston

Make! | Cath Kidston

In Patch! Cath Kidston has combined the established techniques of patchwork with her own contemporary, inspirational ideas.

She has designed 30 irresistible projects, including not just the pieced quilts that you might expect but also accessories and home furnishings – bags, cushions and even a toddler’s toy ball. The projects in Patch! use a wide range of techniques, from simple machine piecing to more complex crazy patchwork, which makes this the perfect book for both the beginner sewer as well as the accomplished craftswoman.

The Crochet Book is an irresistible tin gift set that is a perfect introduction to this popular traditional craft. Using double-knitting weight yarn in six upbeat, bright Cath Kidston colours, you can now make your very own patchwork cushion. Packaged in a bright, floral, reuseable tin, this gift set includes everything you need to make the cushion, including six balls of double-knitting weight yarn, one red metal 4mm crochet hook plus a doublesided pattern sheet that gives all the instructions. In addition, the gift set includes a 48-page paperback booklet containing all the essential how-to-knit information on the basic crochet techniques, including foundation chains, single crochet, double crochet, changing colours and finishing off.

Reinventing the arts of needlepoint and cross-stitch for today’s crafter, Cath has injected her own distinctive style of homemaking prints into these crafts. There are plenty of achievable projects throughout the book – Cath’s popular quartet of fruit motifs lend themselves brilliantly to making small cross-stitched patches that can adorn anything. With 20 charted designs to make up in either needlepoint or cross-stitch, and 30 finished projects that incorporate the designs into a variety of stylish items, this handy little book is guaranteed to have Cath fans stocking up on tapestry yarns and embroidery silks, ready to get stitching.

In these cash-strapped times it’s more fun to get together with friends and stitch something handmade and special than to go out and spend that hard-earned money.

Sew! is an inspiring and quirky little book with over 40 impressive projects. All the sewing techniques featured are clearly explained, together with details of how to embroider, appliqué and add other adornment. Stunning photographs, colourful contemporary design and step-by-step instructions make all the projects absolutely clear and user-friendly.

This brilliant little book contains 48 fabulous projects that will inspire and delight. Make! caters for all skill sets and levels of experience. For the novice there are projects such as the simple Spotty Beret, and for the ambitious, items like the children’s Floral Smock. To get you started there is a section on the basic techniques and each item has clear step-by-step instructions. With the added bonus of 16 individual Cath Kidston motif templates, this book is perfect for those who wish to create something both stylish and unique.

‘Inspiring yet do-able – just the way we like it!’

Easy Living

‘A fantastic springboard to breathing life into old textiles around the home’ BBC Good Homes

photography by Pia Tryde

£20.00 Project in tin with gift set 978 184400 980 0 Paperback: 48pp 148 x 105mm 10,000 words including how-to information and pattern 1–2 colour photographs and over 60 one-colour artworks single pattern sheet 210 x 148mm

160pp 244 x 187mm 15,000 words Over 100 colour photographs Rights only

£15.00 Paperback with gift (fabric, zipper, soluble canvas and thread to make a purse) 978 184400 873 5 160pp 280 x 216mm 30,000 words including 30 projects and 20 charts Over 75 colour photographs Over 100,000 copies sold

photography by Pia Tryde

£16.00 Paperback with gift (fabric, buttons and Cath Kidston sew-on label to make into a bag) 978 184400 756 1 176pp 280 x 216mm 25,000 words including 43 projects patterns 75 colour photographs Over 330,000 copies sold

photography by Pia Tryde

£16.00 Paperback with gift (tote bag, thread and Cath Kidston pencil) 978 184400 584 0 176pp 280 x 216mm 20,000 words including 50 projects 75 colour photographs and 40 colour artworks Over 185,000 copies sold

The Knitting Book Cath Kidston

Cath Kidston in Print | Cath Kidston

Stitch! | Cath Kidston

Sew! | Cath Kidston

Make! | Cath Kidston

The Knitting Book is a fantastic tin gift set that is sure to wow any novice knitter. Using double-knitting weight yarn in six classic, cheery Cath Kidston colours, you can now make your very own scarf. Packaged in a bright floral-design, reuseable tin, this gift set includes everything you need to make the scarf including six balls of double-knitting weight yarn, one pair of red metal 4mm knitting needles plus a double-sided pattern sheet that gives all the instructions for making up the scarf. In addition, the gift set includes a 48-page paperback booklet containing all the essential how-to-knit information on the basic knitting techniques, including casting on, casting off, changing colours and achieving an even tension across your knitting.

Cath Kidston shows you how to use print in your home in every way imaginable. Her ideas are clean, colourful and modern, and rather than step-by-step how-to instructions, every page is packed with tips and hints on how to put the look together. Each spread in this fabulously practical style-book features a different print – some vintage, some Cath’s own. The comprehensive index features a list of suppliers’ addresses and websites – a treasure trove of Cath’s secret sources.

The beauty of both needlepoint and cross-stitch is that they are worked on a canvas made up of a grid of squares, so – just like painting-by-numbers – it is virtually foolproof. This book includes a unique giveaway kit that is exclusive to Stitch! and contains 20 charted designs to make up in either needlepoint or cross-stitch, and 30 finished projects that incorporate those designs from bags to cushions and tea cosies. Stitch! is guaranteed to have Cath fans and crafters everywhere stocking up on tapestry yarns and embroidery silks, ready to get stitching.

Cath Kidston’s Sew! is a treasure trove of fabulous simple sewing projects for stitchers to get their needles into. Included in this fantastic book are full instructions for over 40 fun and useful projects – bags, cushions, quilts and many more ideas – which are all designed to be made with her popular printed fabrics. As an inspirational kick-start, each book contains a full-size paper pattern sheet with trace-off templates as well as everything you need to create the bag shown on the cover.

This book is a unique opportunity for all Cath Kidston fans to make their own projects and gifts using Cath’s own instantly recognisable motifs. Here, for the first time, Cath is giving away 16 pattern templates of her favourite designs. Divided into chapters on different techniques – sewing, appliqué, and embroidery – this exciting book includes a collection of 50 projects, as well as masses of extra ideas for how to use the patterns.

The book ends with a section of sewing tips and techniques.

‘Get creative with this wonderful crafty book’ Woman & Home

‘How to appliqué, stitch, embroider, and generally adorn anything fabric-y with Kidston-esque verve’ Easy Living

photography by Pia Tryde

‘Kidston style speaks to the nostalgic English homemaker in all of us’ The Sunday Times

photography by Pia Tryde

‘Gem of a book’ Concept for Living

106

photography by Pia Tryde

photography by Pia Tryde

107

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

‘From tablecloths to curtain panels, Cath Kidston shares her ideas for sewing projects, personalised with her unique style’ Homes & Gardens

photography by Pia Tryde

CRAFT

£16.00 Paperback with gift (calico fabric, woven cotton tape, six printed fabrics and an exclusive Cath Kidston sew-on label to make into either a bag or cushion) 978 184400 988 6 160pp 280 x 216mm 25,000 words including 30 projects 80 colour photographs and 235 templates and artworks

£18.99 Hardback 978 184400 842 1 160pp 230 x 205mm 31,000 words including 52 projects Over 75 colour photographs

144pp 225 x 225mm 27,000 words including 20 projects Over 75 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks Rights only

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 736 3 144pp 225 x 225mm 20,000 words including 20 projects Over 75 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks

Knits to Give

The Knitter’s Year

Blankets, Bears and Bootees

Essential Kids

Debbie Bliss

Debbie Bliss

Debbie Bliss

Debbie Bliss

30 knitted gift ideas

52 simple seasonal knits

photography by Penny Wincer

Debbie Bliss has designed each of these hand knits to be made in one week or less. The projects range in scale: the sumptuous yet simple chunky scarf for winter takes a few balls of yarn while the modestly proportioned yet adorable Easter Bunny egg cosies can be made using remnants of leftover yarn.

‘There’s a compelling simplicity to the patterns, which are all designed to be completed within a week’ The Knitter

photography by Ulla Nyeman

20 knits for children from two to five photography by Ulla Nyeman

Based around a trio of core items for baby’s first year, Blankets, Bears and Bootees offers a charming range of nursery accessories, cuddly toys and garments. Each project uses the softest luxury yarns and is beautiful in its own right, but there are also some delectable partnerships to be had. So, for example, the garter stitch Striped Blanket becomes extra special when teamed with the cute Striped Mouse toy.

This is a core collection of 20 practical yet beautiful garments for toddlers and preschool children. Debbie has grouped her collection into three main sections – Down Time, Special Time and Time Out – to suit every activity. The beautiful, classic yarns she uses are soft and gentle, but also easy to wash and care for.

This is the perfect book for anyone struggling to find stylish knitwear designs for their child.

‘Ideal for newborns, as well as older babies’ The Knitter

‘This lovely range is a core collection for preschoolers’ Junior

‘An absolute gem of a book’ Knit Today

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 945 9 288pp 225 x 225mm Over 30,000 words including 50 projects 170 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks

The Ultimate Book of Baby Knits Debbie Bliss’s favourite 50 patterns for babies and toddlers

Debbie Bliss

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 316 7 144pp 225 x 225mm 22,000 words including 20 projects Over 75 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 501 7 144pp 225 x 225mm 19,000 words including 23 projects Over 75 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks

Essential Baby

Simply Baby

Debbie Bliss

Debbie Bliss

20 hand knits to take your baby from first days to first steps photography by Debi Treloar

20 adorable knits for baby’s first two years photography by Tim Evan-Cook

This charming collection of practical yet beautiful hand-knit garments, toys and other nursery essentials will delight every new parent and their baby. For this compendium Debbie Bliss has selected her 50 favourite projects from three of her books to provide a collection not just for newborns but also for toddlers up to two years. The perfect project book for anyone seeking contemporary knitwear for their baby or toddler.

The 24 must-have designs in Essential Baby take a baby through from birth to the age of 18 months. Divided into three main sections – Coming Home, At Home, and On the Go – Debbie Bliss has carefully considered the needs of any new parent and their child when devising this collection of first garments and nursery accessories for a baby boy or girl. Essential Baby is the perfect project book for anyone preparing for a new arrival.

Few pleasures in knitting can compare to the sheer delight of creating a hand knit for a new baby; every stitch is invested with love and care. Simply Baby celebrates your child’s first years with 20 easy makes for newborns and babies up to the age of two.

All the designs, from a cable yoke jacket to a Fair Isle cardigan, can be made using just a few techniques which are fully explained in the book.

‘Everything you could ever possibly want to knit for your baby – but didn’t know how – is now contained in this stylish new book ’ Junior

‘Our favourite knitwear designer does it again . . . this book offers a complete knitwear collection for the new baby’ Junior Pregnancy & Baby

‘Inspirational knits for your baby’s first two years’ Prima Baby

108

109

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Knits to Give is a collection of 30 original and desirable gift ideas from top knitwear designer Debbie Bliss. Divided into five sections – For Her, For Him, For Baby, For Kids, For the Home – all the projects are designed to give maximum joy whilst taking the minimum of time and fuss; no project should take longer than a week to make, with some as quick as just a single evening.

Whatever the occasion, all the projects are a joy to make, to give and to receive.

photography by Penny Wincer

20 irresistible hand knits for your baby

CRAFT

£18.99 Hardback 978 184400 977 0 160pp 230 x 205mm 32,000 words including 30 projects 65 colour photographs and 10 colour artworks

£18.99 Hardback 978 184400 842 1 160pp 230 x 205mm 31,000 words including 52 projects Over 75 colour photographs

144pp 225 x 225mm 27,000 words including 20 projects Over 75 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks Rights only

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 736 3 144pp 225 x 225mm 20,000 words including 20 projects Over 75 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks

Knits to Give

The Knitter’s Year

Blankets, Bears and Bootees

Essential Kids

Debbie Bliss

Debbie Bliss

Debbie Bliss

Debbie Bliss

30 knitted gift ideas

52 simple seasonal knits

photography by Penny Wincer

Debbie Bliss has designed each of these hand knits to be made in one week or less. The projects range in scale: the sumptuous yet simple chunky scarf for winter takes a few balls of yarn while the modestly proportioned yet adorable Easter Bunny egg cosies can be made using remnants of leftover yarn.

‘There’s a compelling simplicity to the patterns, which are all designed to be completed within a week’ The Knitter

photography by Ulla Nyeman

20 knits for children from two to five photography by Ulla Nyeman

Based around a trio of core items for baby’s first year, Blankets, Bears and Bootees offers a charming range of nursery accessories, cuddly toys and garments. Each project uses the softest luxury yarns and is beautiful in its own right, but there are also some delectable partnerships to be had. So, for example, the garter stitch Striped Blanket becomes extra special when teamed with the cute Striped Mouse toy.

This is a core collection of 20 practical yet beautiful garments for toddlers and preschool children. Debbie has grouped her collection into three main sections – Down Time, Special Time and Time Out – to suit every activity. The beautiful, classic yarns she uses are soft and gentle, but also easy to wash and care for.

This is the perfect book for anyone struggling to find stylish knitwear designs for their child.

‘Ideal for newborns, as well as older babies’ The Knitter

‘This lovely range is a core collection for preschoolers’ Junior

‘An absolute gem of a book’ Knit Today

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 945 9 288pp 225 x 225mm Over 30,000 words including 50 projects 170 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks

The Ultimate Book of Baby Knits Debbie Bliss’s favourite 50 patterns for babies and toddlers

Debbie Bliss

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 316 7 144pp 225 x 225mm 22,000 words including 20 projects Over 75 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 501 7 144pp 225 x 225mm 19,000 words including 23 projects Over 75 colour photographs and over 60 colour artworks

Essential Baby

Simply Baby

Debbie Bliss

Debbie Bliss

20 hand knits to take your baby from first days to first steps photography by Debi Treloar

20 adorable knits for baby’s first two years photography by Tim Evan-Cook

This charming collection of practical yet beautiful hand-knit garments, toys and other nursery essentials will delight every new parent and their baby. For this compendium Debbie Bliss has selected her 50 favourite projects from three of her books to provide a collection not just for newborns but also for toddlers up to two years. The perfect project book for anyone seeking contemporary knitwear for their baby or toddler.

The 24 must-have designs in Essential Baby take a baby through from birth to the age of 18 months. Divided into three main sections – Coming Home, At Home, and On the Go – Debbie Bliss has carefully considered the needs of any new parent and their child when devising this collection of first garments and nursery accessories for a baby boy or girl. Essential Baby is the perfect project book for anyone preparing for a new arrival.

Few pleasures in knitting can compare to the sheer delight of creating a hand knit for a new baby; every stitch is invested with love and care. Simply Baby celebrates your child’s first years with 20 easy makes for newborns and babies up to the age of two.

All the designs, from a cable yoke jacket to a Fair Isle cardigan, can be made using just a few techniques which are fully explained in the book.

‘Everything you could ever possibly want to knit for your baby – but didn’t know how – is now contained in this stylish new book ’ Junior

‘Our favourite knitwear designer does it again . . . this book offers a complete knitwear collection for the new baby’ Junior Pregnancy & Baby

‘Inspirational knits for your baby’s first two years’ Prima Baby

108

109

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Knits to Give is a collection of 30 original and desirable gift ideas from top knitwear designer Debbie Bliss. Divided into five sections – For Her, For Him, For Baby, For Kids, For the Home – all the projects are designed to give maximum joy whilst taking the minimum of time and fuss; no project should take longer than a week to make, with some as quick as just a single evening.

Whatever the occasion, all the projects are a joy to make, to give and to receive.

photography by Penny Wincer

20 irresistible hand knits for your baby

CRAFT

£18.99 Hardback 978 184400 977 0 160pp 230 x 205mm 32,000 words including 30 projects 65 colour photographs and 10 colour artworks

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 308 2 176pp 260 x 240mm 30,000 words including 30 projects 240 colour photographs

Natural Nursery Knits

Essential Crochet

Erika Knight

Erika Knight

20 hand-knit projects for the new baby photography by Kristin Perers

photography by Graham Atkins Hughes Divided into five chapters – Basic, Timeless, Contemporary, Heirloom and Vintage – the 30 projects in this fabulous book embrace both new and traditional techniques within crochet, from a delicate filet pillow to a striking leather tote bag or round rose cushion. An introductory section leads the beginner through the basics, or provides a welcome refresher for those enticed back to this craft.

‘An inspiring new source of chic accessories . . . perfect for even absolute beginners’ House Beautiful

128pp 260 x 240mm 16,000 words including 20 projects 130 colour photographs 5 colour charts Rights only

New Knits

20 projects with a contemporary twist

Erika Knight

Baby Bloom

20 irresistible knitting projects for modern-day mothers and their babies

Erika Knight

With its combination of homewares and accessories, New Knits injects a new dynamism into this ever-popular pastime with 20 stunning projects for the modern knitter. Erika Knight pushes the boundaries of this traditional craft, experimenting with unusual materials ranging from recycled plastic shopping bags and second-hand sweaters to felt and wire. She has created a unique range of captivating projects, giving knitting a modern and fresh new look.

Erika Knight provides 20 exquisite projects for expectant mothers and their newborn babies. The projects for babies are soft and desirable, with the accent on comfort. Likewise, the designs for mums-to-be are as easy to knit as they are to wear; they are comfortable, practical and even sexy. Baby Bloom will appeal to both new and experienced knitters, as well as mothers-to-be, no matter what their personal style.

110

A collection of 20 hand knits for men photography by Chris Terry

Erika Knight presents a capsule collection of 20 hand knits for men that are practical and comfortable as well as distinctive and stylish. The collection is divided into four sections – Basics, Items, New Classics and Accessories – but all are based around a highly wearable neutral palette complemented by accent colours. The instructions for each garment are given in a range of sizes – from small to XXL – and schematics detail the key measurements.

Photographed on men aged between 17 and 71, several of the projects are shown in alternative colourways and all are worn with inimitable style.

photography by Graham Atkins Hughes

‘An excellent book’ Junior

Beads & Buttons

25 simple jewellery projects to instruct and inspire

Erika Knight

Here Erika Knight presents a must-have collection of 25 jewellery designs. Divided into three themes – Natural, Playful and Vintage – the projects all share Erika’s innate sense of style.

Whether using unusual materials such as pebbles, shells and hemp twine, combining vibrant colours with unconventional textures or using antique glass, silver and mother-of-pearl to create treasured heirlooms, this book takes Erika into a new and exciting area of craft.

‘If you always wanted to make your own jewellery, pick up a copy of Beads & Buttons’ House Beautiful

144pp 253 x 201mm 34,000 words including 25 projects 100 colour photographs 20 colour charts Rights only

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 015 9 128pp 260 x 240mm 27,000 words including 20 projects 145 colour photographs 35 black-and-white photographs Over 120,000 copies sold

128pp 260 x 240mm 20,000 words including 20 projects 70 colour photographs Rights only

photography by Graham Atkins Hughes

‘The knitting revival is finally here!’ Metro

Men’s Knits: A New Direction Erika Knight

Simple Crochet

Pet Heaven

Erika Knight

Sally Muir and Joanna Osborne

20 contemporary crochet projects photography by John Heseltine Erika Knight brings traditional crochet right up to date, reinventing it as a contemporary craft. Included within Simple Crochet are 20 enticing homewares, including cushions, throws, a shopping bag and slippers. Following on from an invaluable introductory techniques section, each project is detailed in clear photographs and full instructions. Alongside conventional wool and cotton yarns, Erika introduces to crochet an unusual selection of materials, such as hemp, string, raffia and even leather, to elevate this once-kitsch pastime into a sophisticated new realm.

The animal accessory bible

This witty and original collection of designs combines two popular passions: knitting and pets. There are simple projects for the beginner knitter alongside some more challenging designs.

Who wouldn’t want to make a personalised patchwork blanket for a cherished pony, a ‘Hell’s Angels’ collar for a beloved dog, or an edible hammock for a pampered guinea pig? And for those without an animal, why not knit yourself a pet?

‘A wonderful volume, which features useful items you can knit and stitch for your darlings’ Evening Standard

111

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Ranging from first garments through to blankets, cushions and toys, with Natural Nursery Knits Erika Knight has created a charming collection of 20 irresistible designs. They provide all the hand knits a newborn needs in his or her first months: a classic cardigan, cosy first blanket, practical Initialled washcloth, whimsical bird mobile, and even a quintessential teddy bear, are all included. Create beautiful and practical items that will cosset your baby in those first months or make something to give as a gift that is sure to be cherished for years to come.

30 irresistible projects for you and your home

128pp 253 x 201mm 13,000 words including 25 projects 25 colour photographs 75 colour illustrations Rights only

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 624 3 144pp 250 x 190mm 24,000 words including 20 projects 140 colour photographs

CRAFT

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 707 3 144pp 250 x 193mm 16,000 words including 20 projects 65 colour photographs 30 colour charts

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 308 2 176pp 260 x 240mm 30,000 words including 30 projects 240 colour photographs

Natural Nursery Knits

Essential Crochet

Erika Knight

Erika Knight

20 hand-knit projects for the new baby photography by Kristin Perers

photography by Graham Atkins Hughes Divided into five chapters – Basic, Timeless, Contemporary, Heirloom and Vintage – the 30 projects in this fabulous book embrace both new and traditional techniques within crochet, from a delicate filet pillow to a striking leather tote bag or round rose cushion. An introductory section leads the beginner through the basics, or provides a welcome refresher for those enticed back to this craft.

‘An inspiring new source of chic accessories . . . perfect for even absolute beginners’ House Beautiful

128pp 260 x 240mm 16,000 words including 20 projects 130 colour photographs 5 colour charts Rights only

New Knits

20 projects with a contemporary twist

Erika Knight

Baby Bloom

20 irresistible knitting projects for modern-day mothers and their babies

Erika Knight

With its combination of homewares and accessories, New Knits injects a new dynamism into this ever-popular pastime with 20 stunning projects for the modern knitter. Erika Knight pushes the boundaries of this traditional craft, experimenting with unusual materials ranging from recycled plastic shopping bags and second-hand sweaters to felt and wire. She has created a unique range of captivating projects, giving knitting a modern and fresh new look.

Erika Knight provides 20 exquisite projects for expectant mothers and their newborn babies. The projects for babies are soft and desirable, with the accent on comfort. Likewise, the designs for mums-to-be are as easy to knit as they are to wear; they are comfortable, practical and even sexy. Baby Bloom will appeal to both new and experienced knitters, as well as mothers-to-be, no matter what their personal style.

110

A collection of 20 hand knits for men photography by Chris Terry

Erika Knight presents a capsule collection of 20 hand knits for men that are practical and comfortable as well as distinctive and stylish. The collection is divided into four sections – Basics, Items, New Classics and Accessories – but all are based around a highly wearable neutral palette complemented by accent colours. The instructions for each garment are given in a range of sizes – from small to XXL – and schematics detail the key measurements.

Photographed on men aged between 17 and 71, several of the projects are shown in alternative colourways and all are worn with inimitable style.

photography by Graham Atkins Hughes

‘An excellent book’ Junior

Beads & Buttons

25 simple jewellery projects to instruct and inspire

Erika Knight

Here Erika Knight presents a must-have collection of 25 jewellery designs. Divided into three themes – Natural, Playful and Vintage – the projects all share Erika’s innate sense of style.

Whether using unusual materials such as pebbles, shells and hemp twine, combining vibrant colours with unconventional textures or using antique glass, silver and mother-of-pearl to create treasured heirlooms, this book takes Erika into a new and exciting area of craft.

‘If you always wanted to make your own jewellery, pick up a copy of Beads & Buttons’ House Beautiful

144pp 253 x 201mm 34,000 words including 25 projects 100 colour photographs 20 colour charts Rights only

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 015 9 128pp 260 x 240mm 27,000 words including 20 projects 145 colour photographs 35 black-and-white photographs Over 120,000 copies sold

128pp 260 x 240mm 20,000 words including 20 projects 70 colour photographs Rights only

photography by Graham Atkins Hughes

‘The knitting revival is finally here!’ Metro

Men’s Knits: A New Direction Erika Knight

Simple Crochet

Pet Heaven

Erika Knight

Sally Muir and Joanna Osborne

20 contemporary crochet projects photography by John Heseltine Erika Knight brings traditional crochet right up to date, reinventing it as a contemporary craft. Included within Simple Crochet are 20 enticing homewares, including cushions, throws, a shopping bag and slippers. Following on from an invaluable introductory techniques section, each project is detailed in clear photographs and full instructions. Alongside conventional wool and cotton yarns, Erika introduces to crochet an unusual selection of materials, such as hemp, string, raffia and even leather, to elevate this once-kitsch pastime into a sophisticated new realm.

The animal accessory bible

This witty and original collection of designs combines two popular passions: knitting and pets. There are simple projects for the beginner knitter alongside some more challenging designs.

Who wouldn’t want to make a personalised patchwork blanket for a cherished pony, a ‘Hell’s Angels’ collar for a beloved dog, or an edible hammock for a pampered guinea pig? And for those without an animal, why not knit yourself a pet?

‘A wonderful volume, which features useful items you can knit and stitch for your darlings’ Evening Standard

111

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Ranging from first garments through to blankets, cushions and toys, with Natural Nursery Knits Erika Knight has created a charming collection of 20 irresistible designs. They provide all the hand knits a newborn needs in his or her first months: a classic cardigan, cosy first blanket, practical Initialled washcloth, whimsical bird mobile, and even a quintessential teddy bear, are all included. Create beautiful and practical items that will cosset your baby in those first months or make something to give as a gift that is sure to be cherished for years to come.

30 irresistible projects for you and your home

128pp 253 x 201mm 13,000 words including 25 projects 25 colour photographs 75 colour illustrations Rights only

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 624 3 144pp 250 x 190mm 24,000 words including 20 projects 140 colour photographs

CRAFT

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 707 3 144pp 250 x 193mm 16,000 words including 20 projects 65 colour photographs 30 colour charts

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 118 1 144pp 253 x 201mm 28,000 words including 50 projects Over 200 colour photographs and illustrations Over 20 pattern templates

Everything Alice

Made at Home

Christine Leech and Hannah Read-Baldrey

Christine Leech and Hannah Read-Baldrey

Lisa Stickley

photography by Verity Welstead

Anna Wilkinson

Guaranteed to inspire and enthuse, this is the most engaging beginners’ knitting book. Anna Wilkinson has put together a collection of 20 contemporary garments and accessories that not only teach you the basics of the craft but also give results that will be the envy of all your friends. Starting with the simplest stocking-stitch scarf, Anna shows how you can make covetable accessories with just a few basic techniques. The detachable lace collar and eyelet lace top are both straightforward projects with which to hone your lace-knitting skills, and the textured cape, knitted in a gorgeous two-colour, tweed-effect stitch, belies the simplicity of how it is made. Throughout the book Anna is on hand with techniques and tips to guide you. So, if you have ever really wanted to learn to knit but have yet to find the right beginner’s projects to tempt you, then Learn to Knit, Love to Knit is the book for you.

Anna Wilkinson Anna Wilkinson is a leading designer within the new, young knitting pack. A recent Textile Design graduate from Winchester School of Art, in 2009 Anna was awarded the coveted Gold in the Knitted Textile Awards by the UK Handknitting Association for her collection of vintage-inspired hand knits. Anna’s knitwear designs are characterised by exceptionally flattering garment shapes enlivened with quirky combinations of colour and pattern. Her knitted creations have already won her great critical acclaim and respect in the knitwear industry.

‘Anna Wilkinson’s debut book, Learn to Knit, Love to Knit, is perfect for anyone who’s looking to pick up the needles for the first time’ Crafts Beautiful 112

The wonderland book of makes

photography by Tiffany Mumford

Everything Oz is filled with a spellbinding collection of 50 makes and bakes all inspired by the classic tale of The Wizard of Oz and created by the authors of Everything Alice.

From creating your own embellished emerald hairpieces to making a multicoloured over-the-rainbow cake, this book captures the essence of this faraway land.

Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland provides the inspiration for a charming collection of 50 makes and bakes. With each of the makes created by crafters Hannah ReadBaldrey and Christine Leech, projects range from the simple yet highly effective no-sew fabric-covered teapot planters to a china cake stand made from vintage crockery.

‘Follow the girls down the yellow brick road as they unearth all kinds of fun projects’ Crafts Beautiful

‘This book of quirky craft makes . . . will make anyone who has 30 minutes to spare extremely happy’ Easy Living

128pp 253 x 195mm 16,000 words including 45 designs Over 45 colour photographs and over 40 black-and-white diagrams Rights only

128pp 253 x 195mm 12,000 words including 55 projects Over 55 colour photographs and over 20 black-and-white diagrams Rights only

Marie Claire Idées

Marie Claire Idées

For sewing and craft enthusiasts of all levels, Irresistible Bags offers 45 designs for bags for every occasion. In addition to clutch bags, shoulder bags, shopping bags and holdalls, the collection includes an artist’s satchel, washbags, laundry bags, an armchair tidy, saddlebags and a whole chapter of ideas for children. Some of the projects can even be completed within an hour. Detailed instructions and, where necessary, templates and diagrams, are provided, and each item is illustrated with a beautiful full-page colour photograph that will tempt anyone to add to their bag collection.

Paper and card are the ultimate, inexpensive craft materials and come in many different forms for different uses. Papercraft provides 55 inspiring projects for decorating a home or for making, or simply wrapping, a special gift. Projects include menu cards, découpage bowls, floral and window decorations, gift boxes, Christmas decorations, embossed notepaper and paper lampshades. All are simple and some can be made in a few minutes, but detailed instructions and, where necessary, templates and diagrams, are provided.

Irresistible Bags

Papercraft

A guide to simple sewing photography by Ben Anders Made at Home covers all the core sewing projects that you need to furnish your home and reflects Lisa Stickley’s style in the matching of prints and patterns. Most of the projects require minimal sewing skills and are possible to make in a weekend, so they are realistically achievable even for the inexperienced home sewer. All the basics are covered: how to stitch hems, finish seams and hand-sew buttonholes.

‘The designs featured are chic, practical, sophisticated and comforting’ The Mail on Sunday 112pp 250 x 216mm 25,000 words Over 200 colour photographs and illustrations Rights only

Appliqué Lucinda Ganderton photography by Pia Tryde

Richly illustrated, Appliqué provides step-by-step instructions for 20 practical projects, for beginners through to the more experienced. Learn how to hand-appliqué an alphabet quilt or a beautiful lace blind, with all techniques carefully explained and templates provided. From the delightfully traditional to the strikingly innovative, this book takes a completely fresh look at the possibilities of appliqué.

‘Sure to inspire’ Crafts Beautiful

113

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

photography by Laura Edwards

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 237 5 144pp 280 x 216mm 20,000 words including 30 projects Over 30 colour photographs and over 100 colour and black-and-white artworks

Everything Oz

The wizard book of makes & bakes

Learn to Knit, Love to Knit

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 972 5 144pp 253 x 201mm 28,000 words including 50 projects Over 235 colour photographs and illustrations Over 20 pattern templates

CRAFT

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 161 7 144pp 248 x 187mm 43,000 words including 20 patterns Over 100 colour photographs and illustrations

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 118 1 144pp 253 x 201mm 28,000 words including 50 projects Over 200 colour photographs and illustrations Over 20 pattern templates

Everything Alice

Made at Home

Christine Leech and Hannah Read-Baldrey

Christine Leech and Hannah Read-Baldrey

Lisa Stickley

photography by Verity Welstead

Anna Wilkinson

Guaranteed to inspire and enthuse, this is the most engaging beginners’ knitting book. Anna Wilkinson has put together a collection of 20 contemporary garments and accessories that not only teach you the basics of the craft but also give results that will be the envy of all your friends. Starting with the simplest stocking-stitch scarf, Anna shows how you can make covetable accessories with just a few basic techniques. The detachable lace collar and eyelet lace top are both straightforward projects with which to hone your lace-knitting skills, and the textured cape, knitted in a gorgeous two-colour, tweed-effect stitch, belies the simplicity of how it is made. Throughout the book Anna is on hand with techniques and tips to guide you. So, if you have ever really wanted to learn to knit but have yet to find the right beginner’s projects to tempt you, then Learn to Knit, Love to Knit is the book for you.

Anna Wilkinson Anna Wilkinson is a leading designer within the new, young knitting pack. A recent Textile Design graduate from Winchester School of Art, in 2009 Anna was awarded the coveted Gold in the Knitted Textile Awards by the UK Handknitting Association for her collection of vintage-inspired hand knits. Anna’s knitwear designs are characterised by exceptionally flattering garment shapes enlivened with quirky combinations of colour and pattern. Her knitted creations have already won her great critical acclaim and respect in the knitwear industry.

‘Anna Wilkinson’s debut book, Learn to Knit, Love to Knit, is perfect for anyone who’s looking to pick up the needles for the first time’ Crafts Beautiful 112

The wonderland book of makes

photography by Tiffany Mumford

Everything Oz is filled with a spellbinding collection of 50 makes and bakes all inspired by the classic tale of The Wizard of Oz and created by the authors of Everything Alice.

From creating your own embellished emerald hairpieces to making a multicoloured over-the-rainbow cake, this book captures the essence of this faraway land.

Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland provides the inspiration for a charming collection of 50 makes and bakes. With each of the makes created by crafters Hannah ReadBaldrey and Christine Leech, projects range from the simple yet highly effective no-sew fabric-covered teapot planters to a china cake stand made from vintage crockery.

‘Follow the girls down the yellow brick road as they unearth all kinds of fun projects’ Crafts Beautiful

‘This book of quirky craft makes . . . will make anyone who has 30 minutes to spare extremely happy’ Easy Living

128pp 253 x 195mm 16,000 words including 45 designs Over 45 colour photographs and over 40 black-and-white diagrams Rights only

128pp 253 x 195mm 12,000 words including 55 projects Over 55 colour photographs and over 20 black-and-white diagrams Rights only

Marie Claire Idées

Marie Claire Idées

For sewing and craft enthusiasts of all levels, Irresistible Bags offers 45 designs for bags for every occasion. In addition to clutch bags, shoulder bags, shopping bags and holdalls, the collection includes an artist’s satchel, washbags, laundry bags, an armchair tidy, saddlebags and a whole chapter of ideas for children. Some of the projects can even be completed within an hour. Detailed instructions and, where necessary, templates and diagrams, are provided, and each item is illustrated with a beautiful full-page colour photograph that will tempt anyone to add to their bag collection.

Paper and card are the ultimate, inexpensive craft materials and come in many different forms for different uses. Papercraft provides 55 inspiring projects for decorating a home or for making, or simply wrapping, a special gift. Projects include menu cards, découpage bowls, floral and window decorations, gift boxes, Christmas decorations, embossed notepaper and paper lampshades. All are simple and some can be made in a few minutes, but detailed instructions and, where necessary, templates and diagrams, are provided.

Irresistible Bags

Papercraft

A guide to simple sewing photography by Ben Anders Made at Home covers all the core sewing projects that you need to furnish your home and reflects Lisa Stickley’s style in the matching of prints and patterns. Most of the projects require minimal sewing skills and are possible to make in a weekend, so they are realistically achievable even for the inexperienced home sewer. All the basics are covered: how to stitch hems, finish seams and hand-sew buttonholes.

‘The designs featured are chic, practical, sophisticated and comforting’ The Mail on Sunday 112pp 250 x 216mm 25,000 words Over 200 colour photographs and illustrations Rights only

Appliqué Lucinda Ganderton photography by Pia Tryde

Richly illustrated, Appliqué provides step-by-step instructions for 20 practical projects, for beginners through to the more experienced. Learn how to hand-appliqué an alphabet quilt or a beautiful lace blind, with all techniques carefully explained and templates provided. From the delightfully traditional to the strikingly innovative, this book takes a completely fresh look at the possibilities of appliqué.

‘Sure to inspire’ Crafts Beautiful

113

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

photography by Laura Edwards

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 237 5 144pp 280 x 216mm 20,000 words including 30 projects Over 30 colour photographs and over 100 colour and black-and-white artworks

Everything Oz

The wizard book of makes & bakes

Learn to Knit, Love to Knit

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 972 5 144pp 253 x 201mm 28,000 words including 50 projects Over 235 colour photographs and illustrations Over 20 pattern templates

CRAFT

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 161 7 144pp 248 x 187mm 43,000 words including 20 patterns Over 100 colour photographs and illustrations

HOME

Colour Deconstructed Tricia Guild

photography by James Merrell

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Tricia Guild is internationally renowned for her unique sense of colour and pattern. Her effortless approach to decorating, and her instinctive feel for what seems right in a room, are both instantly recognisable though hard to define. Her spaces and rooms have a timeless elegance yet are filled with a contemporary spirit that is both dynamic and relaxing. Her rooms are never static; they move and evolve with the seasons as layers are added or subtracted and accessories refreshed; somehow the result is always a space that you would love to spend time in. In Colour Deconstructed, Tricia Guild aims to unlock the secrets of her distinctive style. Why are we drawn to certain colours and patterns? Where does inspiration come from and, most importantly, how do we translate that into a workable plan for our own homes? The book focuses on colour as a starting point but, through careful dissection, looks at how other elements of a room come together.

Pattern, texture, function and atmosphere are all vital aspects that can make a room not only look stunning but also serve its purpose and establish the right mood and spirit. Featuring more than 25 decorative schemes arranged in seven colour chapters, it is this seemingly invisible equation that Colour Deconstructed aims to capture and analyse.

Tricia Guild Tricia Guild OBE founded Designers Guild in London in 1970. The company is a leading name in home fashion and interior design throughout the world. It has achieved international recognition for its contemporary fabrics, wallpapers and home furnishings and is distributed in over 70 markets worldwide.

Tricia has sat on the Crafts Council and is an honorary fellow of the Royal College of Art. Her books have been published throughout the world. Tricia’s books have sold over 650,000 copies worldwide and have been translated into 12 different languages.

£30.00 Hardback 978 184949 314 7 208pp 210 x 298mm 20,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Publication September 2013

Also by this author, see pages 118–119:

A Certain Style Flowers White Hot

115

HOME

Colour Deconstructed Tricia Guild

photography by James Merrell

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Tricia Guild is internationally renowned for her unique sense of colour and pattern. Her effortless approach to decorating, and her instinctive feel for what seems right in a room, are both instantly recognisable though hard to define. Her spaces and rooms have a timeless elegance yet are filled with a contemporary spirit that is both dynamic and relaxing. Her rooms are never static; they move and evolve with the seasons as layers are added or subtracted and accessories refreshed; somehow the result is always a space that you would love to spend time in. In Colour Deconstructed, Tricia Guild aims to unlock the secrets of her distinctive style. Why are we drawn to certain colours and patterns? Where does inspiration come from and, most importantly, how do we translate that into a workable plan for our own homes? The book focuses on colour as a starting point but, through careful dissection, looks at how other elements of a room come together.

Pattern, texture, function and atmosphere are all vital aspects that can make a room not only look stunning but also serve its purpose and establish the right mood and spirit. Featuring more than 25 decorative schemes arranged in seven colour chapters, it is this seemingly invisible equation that Colour Deconstructed aims to capture and analyse.

Tricia Guild Tricia Guild OBE founded Designers Guild in London in 1970. The company is a leading name in home fashion and interior design throughout the world. It has achieved international recognition for its contemporary fabrics, wallpapers and home furnishings and is distributed in over 70 markets worldwide.

Tricia has sat on the Crafts Council and is an honorary fellow of the Royal College of Art. Her books have been published throughout the world. Tricia’s books have sold over 650,000 copies worldwide and have been translated into 12 different languages.

£30.00 Hardback 978 184949 314 7 208pp 210 x 298mm 20,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Publication September 2013

Also by this author, see pages 118–119:

A Certain Style Flowers White Hot

115

Decorating with Style

Speedy tips, savvy tricks and cool ideas to transform your home Abigail Ahern photography by Graham Atkins Hughes

Forget perfection! Decorating with Style is a hip, hands-on decorating guide that gives you the confidence to bend the rules, embrace what you love and create rooms that ooze style – all on a shoestring budget.

Alongside stunning, state-of-the-art photographs of fabulous interiors, the internationally acclaimed designer Abigail Ahern offers her expertise on all aspects of home decorating – from choosing a look, with the help of a mood board and five key styles, right through to the accessories that make a home distinctly and beautifully yours. Simple, step-by-step instructions will inspire you to try your hand at some on-trend DIY. From crafting a cool letter light to zizzing up your stair risers with wallpaper, the projects in this book are all low-cost, high style, and easy to implement. And Abigail shares her decorating secrets – from mixing and layering different styles and eras, to playing around with colour, pattern and texture – to take every room in your home to the next level. Packed with insider tips, speedy updates and a ‘Little Black Book’ of the best interiors stores, antique fairs, boutiques, bargains and blogs from around the world, Decorating with Style delivers the know-how of a successful and original designer in brilliant, bite-size chunks. For style aficionados on a budget, interior design just got fun!

Abigail Ahern Designer, stylist and author of the best-selling tome A Girl’s Guide to Decorating, Abigail Ahern has been heralded as a ‘style spotter extraordinaire’ by The Times and ‘one of the world’s most exciting decorators’

by W magazine. Her London interiors store, ATELIER Abigail Ahern, was voted ‘one of the hottest places to shop in the UK’ by Elle Decoration, and Abigail Ahern products, including tableware, lighting and textiles, are sold by retailers and design showrooms across the world. Abigail blogs daily at abigailahern.wordpress.com, contributes to a range of major publications, and has taken her trailblazing Design School worldwide, with a series of masterclasses in New York, Melbourne and Sydney. She lives in a converted Victorian townhouse in east London with her husband, Graham, and their two dogs, Maud and Mungo.

£16.99 Hardback 978 184949 272 0 192pp 248 x 187mm 15,000 words 120 colour photographs and illustrations Publication March 2013

116

£12.99 Paperback 978 184949 105 1 192pp 248 x 187mm 29,000 words Over 100 colour photographs and illustrations

A Girl’s Guide to Decorating Abigail Ahern

photography by Graham Atkins Hughes A Girl’s Guide to Decorating is a breakthrough decorating guide from one of the world’s foremost interior stylists, Abigail Ahern. Combining inspirational photography, cool and original ideas as well as practical tips, this is a must-have book for any style-conscious girl who won’t let her budget compromise her taste. Covering the fundamental elements of home design – space, colour, light, texture and personalised finishing touches – Abigail encourages you to make bold statements and create a stamp of individuality in every room. Simple step-by-step instructions guide the first-timer through all the principal decorating techniques.

Here for the first time Abigail makes her unique sense of design available to all and proves that style has nothing to do with money.

117

Decorating with Style

Speedy tips, savvy tricks and cool ideas to transform your home Abigail Ahern photography by Graham Atkins Hughes

Forget perfection! Decorating with Style is a hip, hands-on decorating guide that gives you the confidence to bend the rules, embrace what you love and create rooms that ooze style – all on a shoestring budget.

Alongside stunning, state-of-the-art photographs of fabulous interiors, the internationally acclaimed designer Abigail Ahern offers her expertise on all aspects of home decorating – from choosing a look, with the help of a mood board and five key styles, right through to the accessories that make a home distinctly and beautifully yours. Simple, step-by-step instructions will inspire you to try your hand at some on-trend DIY. From crafting a cool letter light to zizzing up your stair risers with wallpaper, the projects in this book are all low-cost, high style, and easy to implement. And Abigail shares her decorating secrets – from mixing and layering different styles and eras, to playing around with colour, pattern and texture – to take every room in your home to the next level. Packed with insider tips, speedy updates and a ‘Little Black Book’ of the best interiors stores, antique fairs, boutiques, bargains and blogs from around the world, Decorating with Style delivers the know-how of a successful and original designer in brilliant, bite-size chunks. For style aficionados on a budget, interior design just got fun!

Abigail Ahern Designer, stylist and author of the best-selling tome A Girl’s Guide to Decorating, Abigail Ahern has been heralded as a ‘style spotter extraordinaire’ by The Times and ‘one of the world’s most exciting decorators’

by W magazine. Her London interiors store, ATELIER Abigail Ahern, was voted ‘one of the hottest places to shop in the UK’ by Elle Decoration, and Abigail Ahern products, including tableware, lighting and textiles, are sold by retailers and design showrooms across the world. Abigail blogs daily at abigailahern.wordpress.com, contributes to a range of major publications, and has taken her trailblazing Design School worldwide, with a series of masterclasses in New York, Melbourne and Sydney. She lives in a converted Victorian townhouse in east London with her husband, Graham, and their two dogs, Maud and Mungo.

£16.99 Hardback 978 184949 272 0 192pp 248 x 187mm 15,000 words 120 colour photographs and illustrations Publication March 2013

116

£12.99 Paperback 978 184949 105 1 192pp 248 x 187mm 29,000 words Over 100 colour photographs and illustrations

A Girl’s Guide to Decorating Abigail Ahern

photography by Graham Atkins Hughes A Girl’s Guide to Decorating is a breakthrough decorating guide from one of the world’s foremost interior stylists, Abigail Ahern. Combining inspirational photography, cool and original ideas as well as practical tips, this is a must-have book for any style-conscious girl who won’t let her budget compromise her taste. Covering the fundamental elements of home design – space, colour, light, texture and personalised finishing touches – Abigail encourages you to make bold statements and create a stamp of individuality in every room. Simple step-by-step instructions guide the first-timer through all the principal decorating techniques.

Here for the first time Abigail makes her unique sense of design available to all and proves that style has nothing to do with money.

117

A Certain Style | Tricia Guild

Colour, pattern and space – an innovative approach text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

‘The wow factor begins before the book is opened’ Telegraph Magazine £19.99 Hardback 978 184400 520 8 160pp 265 x 235mm 10,000 words Over 250 colour photographs Over 80,000 copies sold

186pp 253 x 201mm 13,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Rights only

Pattern | Tricia Guild

Inspiration | Tricia Guild

One of the world’s foremost interior designers, Tricia Guild is known for her bold and original fabric and wallpaper collections and her extraordinary ability to use colour – and pattern – in decoration. She is inspired by fabrics, techniques, motifs and designs from all over the world, and from every period of history.

Whether taking traditional motifs or designs and giving them a modern twist, finding surprising contemporary uses for forgotten techniques such as flock printing and stencilling, or reinterpreting traditional ikats, crewel work and quilting – this book celebrates pattern in all its wonderful diversity.

This personal book is a dazzling, thought-provoking cornucopia of all that Tricia Guild finds inspirational. Many of her personal passions are directly linked to her designs, in a unique demonstration of the way she works. The result: a rich tapestry of the loves and work of Tricia Guild that will inspire and delight her many fans.

text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

‘The best mix of the aspirational and the accessible’ The Sunday Times

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 495 9 228pp 252 x 197mm 16,000 words 250 colour photographs Over 150,000 copies sold

Tricia Guild’s approach to colour is vital, uplifting and constantly evolving. In Think Colour she shows how colour is central to her designs and how it can be used to change the feel of a space.

Colour-saturated images taken by Tricia Guild in India, Elspeth Thompson’s lyrically descriptive text, James Merrell’s elegant photographs and Tricia Guild’s insights into how she works make Think Colour a thought-provoking and visually stunning book.

208pp 300 x 235mm 19,000 words 250 colour and 75 blackand-white photographs Over 150,000 copies sold Rights only

Tricia Guild in Town | Tricia Guild

A designer whose eye is finely tuned to the subtlest shades of colour, the slightest variation of texture and the surprising effects of proportion, Tricia Guild uses petals, flowers and leaves as a painter would use a palette of oils. In this beautiful book she shows how to use flowers to bring a room to life and evoke a mood. City, Country, Simple, Exotic, Minimal, Party, Vintage, Modern are all covered, while the back section gives useful information on varieties and care.

Tricia Guild understands the powerful emotional effect of colour, and is aware that colour is never constant; rather it is always shifting subtly with the play of light on different surfaces, but an understanding of colour encompasses more than just its use on walls and fabric. The rooms shown are meant for living in; they feature people, objects and ephemera whose movement and incidental colour within a backdrop bring the subject alive.

The book is divided into eight chapters based around groups of colour, packed with inspirational photographs taken in a modern mews house, a period town house, two lofts and Tricia’s own homes in Tuscany and London.

In this inspirational book, Tricia Guild turns her attention to life in town, adapting her unique vision of it to spaces ranging from a family townhouse to a warehouse loft. With Elspeth Thompson’s thoughtful essays and Gilles de Chabaneix’s luminous photographs, Tricia Guild in Town has become a blueprint for modern living.

118

Mood and colour for modern living text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

‘A mood board full of ideas you could translate for your own home’ Grand Designs

White Hot | Tricia Guild

‘As you might expect from Tricia Guild, the pictures in the book are exquisite, stylish and inspiring but it’s the text that lifts it way out of the ordinary’ House & Garden

Think Colour | Tricia Guild

‘Inspirational’ Elle Decoration

Flowers | Tricia Guild

Pure beauty, pure style text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

172pp 280 x 280mm 18,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Over 113,000 copies sold Rights only

Cool colours for modern living text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

Contemporary design for urban living text by Elspeth Thompson photography by Gilles de Chabaneix

‘A heady mix of strong colour and bold contemporary design’ World of Interiors

119

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Tricia Guild’s innate approach to colour, pattern and texture is internationally renowned and her status as a designer is legendary. It is her extraordinary ability to create innovative, fresh and up-to-the-minute collections of fabric, wallpaper, furniture and home accessories that has set her firmly at the forefront of interior design throughout her career. A Certain Style aims to deconstruct Tricia’s approach to design, and examines her understanding of space, light and proportion, her brilliance at combining colour and pattern, and the alchemy of the creative process of her work.

208pp 297 x 232mm 24,000 words Over 250 colour photographs Over 95,000 copies sold Rights only

HOME

£40.00 Hardback with silk quarter binding 978 184400 845 2 256pp 340 x 240mm £20.00 Hardback with silk quarter binding (smaller size) 978 184949 174 7 256pp 255 x 188mm 16,000 words Over 250 colour photographs

A Certain Style | Tricia Guild

Colour, pattern and space – an innovative approach text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

‘The wow factor begins before the book is opened’ Telegraph Magazine £19.99 Hardback 978 184400 520 8 160pp 265 x 235mm 10,000 words Over 250 colour photographs Over 80,000 copies sold

186pp 253 x 201mm 13,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Rights only

Pattern | Tricia Guild

Inspiration | Tricia Guild

One of the world’s foremost interior designers, Tricia Guild is known for her bold and original fabric and wallpaper collections and her extraordinary ability to use colour – and pattern – in decoration. She is inspired by fabrics, techniques, motifs and designs from all over the world, and from every period of history.

Whether taking traditional motifs or designs and giving them a modern twist, finding surprising contemporary uses for forgotten techniques such as flock printing and stencilling, or reinterpreting traditional ikats, crewel work and quilting – this book celebrates pattern in all its wonderful diversity.

This personal book is a dazzling, thought-provoking cornucopia of all that Tricia Guild finds inspirational. Many of her personal passions are directly linked to her designs, in a unique demonstration of the way she works. The result: a rich tapestry of the loves and work of Tricia Guild that will inspire and delight her many fans.

text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

‘The best mix of the aspirational and the accessible’ The Sunday Times

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 495 9 228pp 252 x 197mm 16,000 words 250 colour photographs Over 150,000 copies sold

Tricia Guild’s approach to colour is vital, uplifting and constantly evolving. In Think Colour she shows how colour is central to her designs and how it can be used to change the feel of a space.

Colour-saturated images taken by Tricia Guild in India, Elspeth Thompson’s lyrically descriptive text, James Merrell’s elegant photographs and Tricia Guild’s insights into how she works make Think Colour a thought-provoking and visually stunning book.

208pp 300 x 235mm 19,000 words 250 colour and 75 blackand-white photographs Over 150,000 copies sold Rights only

Tricia Guild in Town | Tricia Guild

A designer whose eye is finely tuned to the subtlest shades of colour, the slightest variation of texture and the surprising effects of proportion, Tricia Guild uses petals, flowers and leaves as a painter would use a palette of oils. In this beautiful book she shows how to use flowers to bring a room to life and evoke a mood. City, Country, Simple, Exotic, Minimal, Party, Vintage, Modern are all covered, while the back section gives useful information on varieties and care.

Tricia Guild understands the powerful emotional effect of colour, and is aware that colour is never constant; rather it is always shifting subtly with the play of light on different surfaces, but an understanding of colour encompasses more than just its use on walls and fabric. The rooms shown are meant for living in; they feature people, objects and ephemera whose movement and incidental colour within a backdrop bring the subject alive.

The book is divided into eight chapters based around groups of colour, packed with inspirational photographs taken in a modern mews house, a period town house, two lofts and Tricia’s own homes in Tuscany and London.

In this inspirational book, Tricia Guild turns her attention to life in town, adapting her unique vision of it to spaces ranging from a family townhouse to a warehouse loft. With Elspeth Thompson’s thoughtful essays and Gilles de Chabaneix’s luminous photographs, Tricia Guild in Town has become a blueprint for modern living.

118

Mood and colour for modern living text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

‘A mood board full of ideas you could translate for your own home’ Grand Designs

White Hot | Tricia Guild

‘As you might expect from Tricia Guild, the pictures in the book are exquisite, stylish and inspiring but it’s the text that lifts it way out of the ordinary’ House & Garden

Think Colour | Tricia Guild

‘Inspirational’ Elle Decoration

Flowers | Tricia Guild

Pure beauty, pure style text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

172pp 280 x 280mm 18,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Over 113,000 copies sold Rights only

Cool colours for modern living text by Elspeth Thompson with Tricia Guild photography by James Merrell

Contemporary design for urban living text by Elspeth Thompson photography by Gilles de Chabaneix

‘A heady mix of strong colour and bold contemporary design’ World of Interiors

119

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Tricia Guild’s innate approach to colour, pattern and texture is internationally renowned and her status as a designer is legendary. It is her extraordinary ability to create innovative, fresh and up-to-the-minute collections of fabric, wallpaper, furniture and home accessories that has set her firmly at the forefront of interior design throughout her career. A Certain Style aims to deconstruct Tricia’s approach to design, and examines her understanding of space, light and proportion, her brilliance at combining colour and pattern, and the alchemy of the creative process of her work.

208pp 297 x 232mm 24,000 words Over 250 colour photographs Over 95,000 copies sold Rights only

HOME

£40.00 Hardback with silk quarter binding 978 184400 845 2 256pp 340 x 240mm £20.00 Hardback with silk quarter binding (smaller size) 978 184949 174 7 256pp 255 x 188mm 16,000 words Over 250 colour photographs

Kevin McCloud’s Colour Now Kevin McCloud

An expert guide to choosing colour for your home

‘This book is practically perfect . . . if you have a room to paint, you must acquire it immediately’ House & Garden

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 814 8 240pp 280 x 216mm 41,000 words Over 300 photographs

Decorating with Laurence Llewelyn-Bowen Laurence Llewelyn-Bowen

photography by Polly Wreford and Carolyn Barber In this stylish yet practical guide, celebrated interior designer Laurence Llewelyn-Bowen shows you how to roll up your sleeves, crack open the paint pots and go about transforming your humdrum space into something truly fabulous. All major techniques are fully explained – from hanging wallpaper, laying laminate flooring and tiling, to ideas such as painting a trompe l’oeil or customising lampshades – while easy to follow step-by-step instructions will inspire you to try your hand at every suggestion.

‘Packed full of wonderful and unexpected ideas, illustrated with some stunning photography’ Self Build & Design

120

Choosing Colours | Kevin McCloud

An expert choice of the best colours to use in your home With literally thousands of shades of paint available in DIY stores, choosing the right colours for your home can be overwhelming.

In this stunningly well-produced and impressively accurate book, printed in six colours on two different papers, Kevin McCloud has taken the hard work out of home decorating by researching, selecting and combining over 750 colours into more than 60 tried-and-tested palettes that will transform your home.

‘A serious, can’t-live-without-it bible’ The Observer

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 741 7 256pp 297 x 232mm 23,000 words Over 250 colour photographs Printed in 6 colours

£18.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 833 9 192pp 297 x 233mm 42,000 words Over 250 colour photographs

Scandinavian Modern Home Living with mid-century Scandinavian style

Elizabeth Wilhide

Scandinavian Modern Home traces the development of this most influential and enduring design movement of the 20th century, from the late 1920s to its spread throughout Europe and the USA. It reveals the movement’s key design trademarks – its approachability, the use of natural materials and organic forms, clean lines, practicality and comfort. Combining a collector’s guide to the classic products, designers and manufacturers, with advice on how to put the look together using new or vintage pieces, this elegant yet informal design movement is shown here at its best and most liveable.

‘An invaluable guide to this enduring style’ BBC Homes & Antiques

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 709 7 256pp 254 x 201 mm 47,000 words

The Interior Design Directory Elizabeth Wilhide A directory of materials for interiors

The Interior Design Directory is a comprehensive compendium of materials for home design. The book is divided into four parts: Classic describes the natural and composite materials that never go out of style; Contemporary and Smart reveal industrial building materials that have been refined and updated for domestic use, as well as the latest and brightest of contemporary inventiveness; Sustainable showcases materials with sound eco credentials. Each material’s uses are set out, together with advice on care, and this invaluable book ends with a directory of sources and suppliers.

‘Providing everything you need to know about the latest in materials – classic contemporary, smart and sustainable’ Essential Kitchen Bathroom Bedroom

Wallpaper | Charlotte Abrahams The ultimate guide

Wallpaper is in vogue, but many people lack confidence in their ability to select the right design. In this groundbreaking book, Charlotte Abrahams solves their dilemmas and shows how to avoid expensive mistakes. The book is divided into Pasted Pictures, Fabulous Florals and Architectural Illusions, with full-page reproductions of 50 of the best classic and contemporary wallpapers with that theme rounding off each of the sections. All 150 wallpapers are available worldwide and are itemised in an illustrated directory.

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

In this dazzling book, Grand Designs presenter Kevin McCloud has researched, selected and combined more than 100 colours into over 65 tried-and-tested palettes. Stunningly produced and printed in hexachrome for accuracy, each palette of three to eight colour swatches provides a blueprint for a fail-safe decorative scheme. What is more, every swatch is also matched to a commercially available paint. This invaluable reference book is certain to become a must-have purchase for anyone considering changing the colours of their home.

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 440 9 192pp 270 x 216mm 45,000 words 100 colour photographs Over 750 colour swatches Over 170,000 copies sold

HOME

£9.99 Paperback (updated edition) 978 184949 219 5 160pp 210 x 148mm 14,000 words Over 70 colour photographs

‘There is no doubt that wallpaper is making something of a renaissance, and Charlotte Abrahams captures the zeitgeist’ House & Garden

160pp 280 x 216mm 30,000 words Over 100 photographs Rights only

New Decor | Elizabeth Wilhide Wallpaper is back, so is the chandelier, and white goods aren’t white any longer. A new generation of designers has restored spirit and vitality to the contemporary interior using vivid colour, bold pattern and more than a touch of exuberance. New Decor provides a wealth of inspiration from which to create exciting and contemporary interiors with informative text, tips and ideas boxes giving sound practical advice – everything from how to use strong colour, plan a lighting scheme or produce digital art, to which rug to choose. The book ends with a directory of sources and suppliers.

‘Buy it for a new, unusual take on using colour and pattern’ Elle Decoration

121

Kevin McCloud’s Colour Now Kevin McCloud

An expert guide to choosing colour for your home

‘This book is practically perfect . . . if you have a room to paint, you must acquire it immediately’ House & Garden

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 814 8 240pp 280 x 216mm 41,000 words Over 300 photographs

Decorating with Laurence Llewelyn-Bowen Laurence Llewelyn-Bowen

photography by Polly Wreford and Carolyn Barber In this stylish yet practical guide, celebrated interior designer Laurence Llewelyn-Bowen shows you how to roll up your sleeves, crack open the paint pots and go about transforming your humdrum space into something truly fabulous. All major techniques are fully explained – from hanging wallpaper, laying laminate flooring and tiling, to ideas such as painting a trompe l’oeil or customising lampshades – while easy to follow step-by-step instructions will inspire you to try your hand at every suggestion.

‘Packed full of wonderful and unexpected ideas, illustrated with some stunning photography’ Self Build & Design

120

Choosing Colours | Kevin McCloud

An expert choice of the best colours to use in your home With literally thousands of shades of paint available in DIY stores, choosing the right colours for your home can be overwhelming.

In this stunningly well-produced and impressively accurate book, printed in six colours on two different papers, Kevin McCloud has taken the hard work out of home decorating by researching, selecting and combining over 750 colours into more than 60 tried-and-tested palettes that will transform your home.

‘A serious, can’t-live-without-it bible’ The Observer

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 741 7 256pp 297 x 232mm 23,000 words Over 250 colour photographs Printed in 6 colours

£18.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 833 9 192pp 297 x 233mm 42,000 words Over 250 colour photographs

Scandinavian Modern Home Living with mid-century Scandinavian style

Elizabeth Wilhide

Scandinavian Modern Home traces the development of this most influential and enduring design movement of the 20th century, from the late 1920s to its spread throughout Europe and the USA. It reveals the movement’s key design trademarks – its approachability, the use of natural materials and organic forms, clean lines, practicality and comfort. Combining a collector’s guide to the classic products, designers and manufacturers, with advice on how to put the look together using new or vintage pieces, this elegant yet informal design movement is shown here at its best and most liveable.

‘An invaluable guide to this enduring style’ BBC Homes & Antiques

£16.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 709 7 256pp 254 x 201 mm 47,000 words

The Interior Design Directory Elizabeth Wilhide A directory of materials for interiors

The Interior Design Directory is a comprehensive compendium of materials for home design. The book is divided into four parts: Classic describes the natural and composite materials that never go out of style; Contemporary and Smart reveal industrial building materials that have been refined and updated for domestic use, as well as the latest and brightest of contemporary inventiveness; Sustainable showcases materials with sound eco credentials. Each material’s uses are set out, together with advice on care, and this invaluable book ends with a directory of sources and suppliers.

‘Providing everything you need to know about the latest in materials – classic contemporary, smart and sustainable’ Essential Kitchen Bathroom Bedroom

Wallpaper | Charlotte Abrahams The ultimate guide

Wallpaper is in vogue, but many people lack confidence in their ability to select the right design. In this groundbreaking book, Charlotte Abrahams solves their dilemmas and shows how to avoid expensive mistakes. The book is divided into Pasted Pictures, Fabulous Florals and Architectural Illusions, with full-page reproductions of 50 of the best classic and contemporary wallpapers with that theme rounding off each of the sections. All 150 wallpapers are available worldwide and are itemised in an illustrated directory.

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

In this dazzling book, Grand Designs presenter Kevin McCloud has researched, selected and combined more than 100 colours into over 65 tried-and-tested palettes. Stunningly produced and printed in hexachrome for accuracy, each palette of three to eight colour swatches provides a blueprint for a fail-safe decorative scheme. What is more, every swatch is also matched to a commercially available paint. This invaluable reference book is certain to become a must-have purchase for anyone considering changing the colours of their home.

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 440 9 192pp 270 x 216mm 45,000 words 100 colour photographs Over 750 colour swatches Over 170,000 copies sold

HOME

£9.99 Paperback (updated edition) 978 184949 219 5 160pp 210 x 148mm 14,000 words Over 70 colour photographs

‘There is no doubt that wallpaper is making something of a renaissance, and Charlotte Abrahams captures the zeitgeist’ House & Garden

160pp 280 x 216mm 30,000 words Over 100 photographs Rights only

New Decor | Elizabeth Wilhide Wallpaper is back, so is the chandelier, and white goods aren’t white any longer. A new generation of designers has restored spirit and vitality to the contemporary interior using vivid colour, bold pattern and more than a touch of exuberance. New Decor provides a wealth of inspiration from which to create exciting and contemporary interiors with informative text, tips and ideas boxes giving sound practical advice – everything from how to use strong colour, plan a lighting scheme or produce digital art, to which rug to choose. The book ends with a directory of sources and suppliers.

‘Buy it for a new, unusual take on using colour and pattern’ Elle Decoration

121

Home is where the Heart is?

Ilse Crawford photography by Martyn Thompson

In Home is where the Heart Is? celebrated designer Ilse Crawford looks beyond pure aesthetics to pursue a philosophy of reclaiming and reintegrating the human element into our homes. Crawford investigates our basic drive for survival and our more human emotional needs for safety, love, respect and self-fulfilment and then explores how, given this understanding, we can improve our lives, our homes and our daily activities.

Marie Claire Maison

Colour | Bridget Bodoano When used with a clear understanding of the way it works, colour is the key to successful interior decoration. Created in conjunction with Marie Claire Maison, this book gives practical advice on how to use colour to enhance any interior scheme.

Stunning examples of contemporary homes – from modern urban spaces to period town houses and gracious country residences – are showcased, demonstrating how colour is used to create vibrant and original interiors. Alongside these examples, a wealth of tips and ideas gives sound practical advice on how to get the look.

‘Colour is back! Thankfully, we’re all moving on from the safe, bland, neutral interiors . . . A practical and informative read, generously illustrated’ Image Interiors

£19.99 Hardback 978 184400 505 5 160pp 280 x 216mm 33,000 words Over 120 colour photographs

Marie Claire Maison

Small Spaces | Hilary Mandleberg Whether you live in a one-room apartment or have one key room that is simply too small, this book shows how to make the most of the space. Packed with inspiring photography, this practical book explores fresh ideas for space-saving solutions and decorative elements that maximise or create the illusion of space. From clever room planning and layout, through multi-use spaces and flexible zoning, to storage and clutter management, it is full of ingenious and achievable ideas to help you create clever, comfortable, and sometimes surprisingly luxurious, small-space living.

‘Full of inspiring photographs . . . offers lots of practical ideas for changing the use of a room to suit the size’ The Sunday Times

122

£9.99 Paperback 978 184400 227 6 160pp 238 x 184mm 30,000 words 115 colour and black-and-white photographs

Sensual Home

Liberate Your Senses and Change Your Life

Ilse Crawford

photography by Martyn Thompson In Sensual Home, Ilse Crawford looks at Light, Space, Comfort and Texture, Harmony and Balance, Sustenance, Energy and Spirit and shows, through evocative photography and accessible, informative text, how we can plan, decorate and arrange our homes to satisfy our needs. Also included is an essential and completely up-to-date database of practical information and products, and a list of suppliers.

‘The ideal read for anyone who wants to create the perfect living space’ Scotland on Sunday

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 746 2 208pp 298 x 230mm 4,000 words Over 750 colour photographs Over 89,000 copies sold

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 737 0 208pp 298 x 230mm 4,000 words Over 750 colour photographs 208pp 298 x 230mm Rights only

1000 Home Ideas Stafford Cliff

1000 Kitchen Ideas Stafford Cliff

Whether you are a first-time buyer or an experienced homeowner, you will be interested in ideas for your home. How can you enhance its original features or add your own stamp of individuality? Will you choose minimalist simplicity or ordered chaos, traditional and classic, or modern and experimental?

Stafford Cliff has put together a collection of stunning photographs to amaze and provide all the inspiration you will need to make the home of your dreams.

Kitchens play a central role in our homes, but how do you go about achieving the correct balance between practicality and good design? Whether you have a small galley or a large space that you share with others, this fascinating book will answer all your questions. In this unique sourcebook of ideas, Stafford Cliff has put together a collection of delightful, inspiring photographs that will help you achieve the kitchen you’ve always wanted.

photography by Christian Sarramon

photography by Christian Sarramon

‘As inspiring and beautifully presented as his fans would expect’ Stella ‘A stunning and fascinating photographic resource’ Easy Living

256pp 260 x 192mm 96,000 words 120 colour photographs Rights only

Home | Stafford Cliff

What our homes really mean to us In this groundbreaking book, 50 celebrities, ranging from Donna Hay to Paul Smith, talk about what their home means to them.

Full of fascinating detail, this book redefines what we expect from an interiors publication. The intriguing layout, the wide variety of pictures, and a highly individual text that reflects the different contributors, result in pages packed with searching insight into the emotional and practical aspects of home – much of it surprising, some of it controversial, all of it riveting.

‘An inspirational and empowering book . . . it underlines the importance of individuality’ Lucia van der Post, The Times Magazine

160pp 279 x 240mm 16,000 words Over 150 colour photographs Rights only

Close Up | Kelly Hoppen Attention to detail in design text by Helen Chislett photography by Tom Stewart

Kelly Hoppen’s style of classic yet totally modern interior decoration is known worldwide. With its elegant, pared-down layouts, Close Up focuses in detail on how to put her look together, examining key topics such as creating mood with lighting, understanding space, making an impact and feeding the senses.

‘How to attain Hoppen’s effortless design serenity’ Vogue

123

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

‘Ilse’s tender appreciation for how to live is evident in this book’ The Observer

160pp 280 x 216mm 31,000 words Over 120 colour photographs Rights only

HOME

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 605 2 160pp 267 x 208mm 30,000 words 60 colour photographs

Home is where the Heart is?

Ilse Crawford photography by Martyn Thompson

In Home is where the Heart Is? celebrated designer Ilse Crawford looks beyond pure aesthetics to pursue a philosophy of reclaiming and reintegrating the human element into our homes. Crawford investigates our basic drive for survival and our more human emotional needs for safety, love, respect and self-fulfilment and then explores how, given this understanding, we can improve our lives, our homes and our daily activities.

Marie Claire Maison

Colour | Bridget Bodoano When used with a clear understanding of the way it works, colour is the key to successful interior decoration. Created in conjunction with Marie Claire Maison, this book gives practical advice on how to use colour to enhance any interior scheme.

Stunning examples of contemporary homes – from modern urban spaces to period town houses and gracious country residences – are showcased, demonstrating how colour is used to create vibrant and original interiors. Alongside these examples, a wealth of tips and ideas gives sound practical advice on how to get the look.

‘Colour is back! Thankfully, we’re all moving on from the safe, bland, neutral interiors . . . A practical and informative read, generously illustrated’ Image Interiors

£19.99 Hardback 978 184400 505 5 160pp 280 x 216mm 33,000 words Over 120 colour photographs

Marie Claire Maison

Small Spaces | Hilary Mandleberg Whether you live in a one-room apartment or have one key room that is simply too small, this book shows how to make the most of the space. Packed with inspiring photography, this practical book explores fresh ideas for space-saving solutions and decorative elements that maximise or create the illusion of space. From clever room planning and layout, through multi-use spaces and flexible zoning, to storage and clutter management, it is full of ingenious and achievable ideas to help you create clever, comfortable, and sometimes surprisingly luxurious, small-space living.

‘Full of inspiring photographs . . . offers lots of practical ideas for changing the use of a room to suit the size’ The Sunday Times

122

£9.99 Paperback 978 184400 227 6 160pp 238 x 184mm 30,000 words 115 colour and black-and-white photographs

Sensual Home

Liberate Your Senses and Change Your Life

Ilse Crawford

photography by Martyn Thompson In Sensual Home, Ilse Crawford looks at Light, Space, Comfort and Texture, Harmony and Balance, Sustenance, Energy and Spirit and shows, through evocative photography and accessible, informative text, how we can plan, decorate and arrange our homes to satisfy our needs. Also included is an essential and completely up-to-date database of practical information and products, and a list of suppliers.

‘The ideal read for anyone who wants to create the perfect living space’ Scotland on Sunday

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 746 2 208pp 298 x 230mm 4,000 words Over 750 colour photographs Over 89,000 copies sold

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 737 0 208pp 298 x 230mm 4,000 words Over 750 colour photographs 208pp 298 x 230mm Rights only

1000 Home Ideas Stafford Cliff

1000 Kitchen Ideas Stafford Cliff

Whether you are a first-time buyer or an experienced homeowner, you will be interested in ideas for your home. How can you enhance its original features or add your own stamp of individuality? Will you choose minimalist simplicity or ordered chaos, traditional and classic, or modern and experimental?

Stafford Cliff has put together a collection of stunning photographs to amaze and provide all the inspiration you will need to make the home of your dreams.

Kitchens play a central role in our homes, but how do you go about achieving the correct balance between practicality and good design? Whether you have a small galley or a large space that you share with others, this fascinating book will answer all your questions. In this unique sourcebook of ideas, Stafford Cliff has put together a collection of delightful, inspiring photographs that will help you achieve the kitchen you’ve always wanted.

photography by Christian Sarramon

photography by Christian Sarramon

‘As inspiring and beautifully presented as his fans would expect’ Stella ‘A stunning and fascinating photographic resource’ Easy Living

256pp 260 x 192mm 96,000 words 120 colour photographs Rights only

Home | Stafford Cliff

What our homes really mean to us In this groundbreaking book, 50 celebrities, ranging from Donna Hay to Paul Smith, talk about what their home means to them.

Full of fascinating detail, this book redefines what we expect from an interiors publication. The intriguing layout, the wide variety of pictures, and a highly individual text that reflects the different contributors, result in pages packed with searching insight into the emotional and practical aspects of home – much of it surprising, some of it controversial, all of it riveting.

‘An inspirational and empowering book . . . it underlines the importance of individuality’ Lucia van der Post, The Times Magazine

160pp 279 x 240mm 16,000 words Over 150 colour photographs Rights only

Close Up | Kelly Hoppen Attention to detail in design text by Helen Chislett photography by Tom Stewart

Kelly Hoppen’s style of classic yet totally modern interior decoration is known worldwide. With its elegant, pared-down layouts, Close Up focuses in detail on how to put her look together, examining key topics such as creating mood with lighting, understanding space, making an impact and feeding the senses.

‘How to attain Hoppen’s effortless design serenity’ Vogue

123

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

‘Ilse’s tender appreciation for how to live is evident in this book’ The Observer

160pp 280 x 216mm 31,000 words Over 120 colour photographs Rights only

HOME

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 605 2 160pp 267 x 208mm 30,000 words 60 colour photographs

Urban Eco Chic | Oliver Heath How to live in an eco-friendly way without compromising on style

‘A comprehensive one-stop guide to choosing the most eco-friendly options to furnish your home’ Grand Designs

304pp 170 x 140mm 25,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks Rights only

The Little Book of Thrifty Fixes for the Home Bridget Bodoano illustrations by Bridget Bodoano

This book is full of witty, practical ideas for achieving a stylish home without breaking the bank. Bridget Bodoano covers everything from thrifty principles, style and shopping to thrifty recycling, home improvements and makes. So, whether you’re kitting out your first home or your fifth, with this little, beautifully illustrated book you’re sure to know when to splurge and when to save.

176pp 273 x 160mm 50,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Rights only

Restoration Recipes Julia de Bierre and James Bain-Smith This unique sourcebook explains new and traditional techniques for renovating and restoring furniture. Over 20 projects showing start-to finish furniture restorations and illustrated recipe-style instructions make Restoration Recipes an attractive alternative in a quick-fix culture.

‘Ideally suited to period furniture enthusiasts’ House & Home

224pp 300 x 176mm 50,000 words Over 350 colour photographs Rights only

The Little Book of Quick Fixes for a Spotless Home Bridget Bodoano

The Little Book of Quick Fixes for the Home Handywoman Bridget Bodoano

The Complete Book of Paint Lynne Robinson, Richard Lowther, Liz Wagstaff

This book helps to make light work of domestic drudgery with a wealth of time-saving tidying tips and speedy cleaning cheats.

From regular home maintenance to emergency stain first-aid, this book is a treasury of domestic knowledge ranging from the obvious to the unexpected.

Gone are the days when a woman called on a man to help change a plug. Nowadays she’s eager to learn the difference between Allen keys and cross-head screwdrivers, drill bits and hacksaws. Full of handy tips and facts, this is every woman’s essential guide to all home improvement jobs.

Whether you are looking for easily achievable finishes or original decoration, this practical and inspirational sourcebook will provide the necessary information. It appeals to beginner and specialist alike, with over 180 recipes for different techniques, from sponging and colour-washing to ageing, gilding and stencilling.

illustrations by Bridget Bodoano

‘With a seemingly endless list of quick and easy cleaning tips, every home should have a copy’ Scotland on Sunday

124

illustrations by Bridget Bodoano

Eco | Elizabeth Wilhide

The essential sourcebook for environmentally friendly design and decoration Environmentally friendly house design and decoration is increasingly viewed as the way forward. This book shows how to make relevant and appropriate changes, covering everything from building a house from scratch to carrying out smaller home improvements, to increasing energy efficiency. Including the most up-to-date information on eco-sound building technology, materials and products, Eco shows us that eco design can also be beautiful.

‘Environmental building can be stylish and tasteful, as Elizabeth Wilhide’s Eco proves’ The Sunday Telegraph

‘A handy guide on how to revive, recycle and renew on the cheap’ BBC Good Homes

304pp 170 x 140mm 20,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks Rights only

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 108 8 184pp 266 x 210mm 42,000 words 120 colour photographs

192pp 273 x 160mm 46,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Rights only

Furniture Facelifts Liz Wagstaff with Mark Thurgood Transform second-hand or undistinguished new furniture into unique, stylish items. Easy-to-follow recipe-style instructions are given for 30 major projects and a range of techniques, from distressing paint to punching tin.

‘Perfect for the junk shop addict’ House Beautiful

‘A new, inspirational sourcebook for home decorators’ Country Homes & Interiors

125

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

How do we reduce the environmental impact of our homes without compromising our sense of style? In this design-led yet practical guide, Oliver Heath shows you the way. Based around the three elements of Technology, Nature and Vintage, Urban Eco Chic promotes a philosophy that combines the use of pioneering energy-efficient technologies, sustainable natural materials, and recycled or recyclable products, such as vintage furniture and accessories. The result is a contemporary style that is ethical, eco-conscious and yet as individual as each homeowner.

£7.99 Paperback 978 184400 596 3 304pp 170 x 140mm 27,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks

HOME

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 823 0 176pp 253 x 201mm 50,000 words Over 100 colour photographs

Urban Eco Chic | Oliver Heath How to live in an eco-friendly way without compromising on style

‘A comprehensive one-stop guide to choosing the most eco-friendly options to furnish your home’ Grand Designs

304pp 170 x 140mm 25,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks Rights only

The Little Book of Thrifty Fixes for the Home Bridget Bodoano illustrations by Bridget Bodoano

This book is full of witty, practical ideas for achieving a stylish home without breaking the bank. Bridget Bodoano covers everything from thrifty principles, style and shopping to thrifty recycling, home improvements and makes. So, whether you’re kitting out your first home or your fifth, with this little, beautifully illustrated book you’re sure to know when to splurge and when to save.

176pp 273 x 160mm 50,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Rights only

Restoration Recipes Julia de Bierre and James Bain-Smith This unique sourcebook explains new and traditional techniques for renovating and restoring furniture. Over 20 projects showing start-to finish furniture restorations and illustrated recipe-style instructions make Restoration Recipes an attractive alternative in a quick-fix culture.

‘Ideally suited to period furniture enthusiasts’ House & Home

224pp 300 x 176mm 50,000 words Over 350 colour photographs Rights only

The Little Book of Quick Fixes for a Spotless Home Bridget Bodoano

The Little Book of Quick Fixes for the Home Handywoman Bridget Bodoano

The Complete Book of Paint Lynne Robinson, Richard Lowther, Liz Wagstaff

This book helps to make light work of domestic drudgery with a wealth of time-saving tidying tips and speedy cleaning cheats.

From regular home maintenance to emergency stain first-aid, this book is a treasury of domestic knowledge ranging from the obvious to the unexpected.

Gone are the days when a woman called on a man to help change a plug. Nowadays she’s eager to learn the difference between Allen keys and cross-head screwdrivers, drill bits and hacksaws. Full of handy tips and facts, this is every woman’s essential guide to all home improvement jobs.

Whether you are looking for easily achievable finishes or original decoration, this practical and inspirational sourcebook will provide the necessary information. It appeals to beginner and specialist alike, with over 180 recipes for different techniques, from sponging and colour-washing to ageing, gilding and stencilling.

illustrations by Bridget Bodoano

‘With a seemingly endless list of quick and easy cleaning tips, every home should have a copy’ Scotland on Sunday

124

illustrations by Bridget Bodoano

Eco | Elizabeth Wilhide

The essential sourcebook for environmentally friendly design and decoration Environmentally friendly house design and decoration is increasingly viewed as the way forward. This book shows how to make relevant and appropriate changes, covering everything from building a house from scratch to carrying out smaller home improvements, to increasing energy efficiency. Including the most up-to-date information on eco-sound building technology, materials and products, Eco shows us that eco design can also be beautiful.

‘Environmental building can be stylish and tasteful, as Elizabeth Wilhide’s Eco proves’ The Sunday Telegraph

‘A handy guide on how to revive, recycle and renew on the cheap’ BBC Good Homes

304pp 170 x 140mm 20,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks Rights only

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 108 8 184pp 266 x 210mm 42,000 words 120 colour photographs

192pp 273 x 160mm 46,000 words Over 200 colour photographs Rights only

Furniture Facelifts Liz Wagstaff with Mark Thurgood Transform second-hand or undistinguished new furniture into unique, stylish items. Easy-to-follow recipe-style instructions are given for 30 major projects and a range of techniques, from distressing paint to punching tin.

‘Perfect for the junk shop addict’ House Beautiful

‘A new, inspirational sourcebook for home decorators’ Country Homes & Interiors

125

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

How do we reduce the environmental impact of our homes without compromising our sense of style? In this design-led yet practical guide, Oliver Heath shows you the way. Based around the three elements of Technology, Nature and Vintage, Urban Eco Chic promotes a philosophy that combines the use of pioneering energy-efficient technologies, sustainable natural materials, and recycled or recyclable products, such as vintage furniture and accessories. The result is a contemporary style that is ethical, eco-conscious and yet as individual as each homeowner.

£7.99 Paperback 978 184400 596 3 304pp 170 x 140mm 27,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks

HOME

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 823 0 176pp 253 x 201mm 50,000 words Over 100 colour photographs

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

Vogue on Vivienne Westwood Linda Watson

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The internationally lauded Dame Vivienne Westwood is the undisputed queen of British fashion.

A provocateur, radical thinker and instigator of the most important sartorial statements of the 20th and 21st centuries, she is a fearless nonconformist with a relentless passion for tradition. From the mini crini, the liberty corset and the rocking-horse shoe to the stunning, sumptuous wedding dress worn by Sarah Jessica Parker in Sex and the City, Westwood has unleashed her imagination on the world for almost 40 years. Her Pirate and Edwardian looks were worldwide fashion trends, and her revolutionary designs include the co-creation of the punk style, the introduction of street looks into high fashion, the reworking of the crinoline, the restyling of Harris tweed and the reintroduction of platforms and the hourglass figure.

Described by Anna Wintour as ‘an unbelievable influence’ and by Alexander McQueen as ‘the Coco Chanel of our day’, Vogue on Vivienne Westwood shows – with the help of exhilarating images by photographers like David Bailey, Bruce Weber and Mario Testino – why her inspiration and influence endures.

Linda Watson Linda Watson is a fashion writer for Vogue, Harpers & Queen, The Sunday Times and The Mail on Sunday, and the author of the bestselling Vogue-Twentieth Century Fashion and co-author of Vogue More Dash Than Cash. She has worked with Vivienne Westwood on two collections, and is currently Reader in Fashion at Northumbria University.

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 310 9 160pp 210 x 160mm 17,000 words Over 80 photographs Publication September 2013

127

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

Vogue on Vivienne Westwood Linda Watson

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The internationally lauded Dame Vivienne Westwood is the undisputed queen of British fashion.

A provocateur, radical thinker and instigator of the most important sartorial statements of the 20th and 21st centuries, she is a fearless nonconformist with a relentless passion for tradition. From the mini crini, the liberty corset and the rocking-horse shoe to the stunning, sumptuous wedding dress worn by Sarah Jessica Parker in Sex and the City, Westwood has unleashed her imagination on the world for almost 40 years. Her Pirate and Edwardian looks were worldwide fashion trends, and her revolutionary designs include the co-creation of the punk style, the introduction of street looks into high fashion, the reworking of the crinoline, the restyling of Harris tweed and the reintroduction of platforms and the hourglass figure.

Described by Anna Wintour as ‘an unbelievable influence’ and by Alexander McQueen as ‘the Coco Chanel of our day’, Vogue on Vivienne Westwood shows – with the help of exhilarating images by photographers like David Bailey, Bruce Weber and Mario Testino – why her inspiration and influence endures.

Linda Watson Linda Watson is a fashion writer for Vogue, Harpers & Queen, The Sunday Times and The Mail on Sunday, and the author of the bestselling Vogue-Twentieth Century Fashion and co-author of Vogue More Dash Than Cash. She has worked with Vivienne Westwood on two collections, and is currently Reader in Fashion at Northumbria University.

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 310 9 160pp 210 x 160mm 17,000 words Over 80 photographs Publication September 2013

127

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

Vogue on Hubert de Givenchy Drusilla Beyfus

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The designs of the handsome, aristocratic Hubert de Givenchy meshed the hallowed traditions of haute couture – based on creative imagination, luxurious fabrics and perfectionist execution – with a modern sensibility. For 40 years he focused always on purity of line, but combined an artist’s eye with a keen entrepreneurial mind. His innovatory 1952 debut collection made its mark by presenting separates, then a little-known approach to fashion: the informal DIY way of putting together an outfit largely turned the client into her own stylist. Givenchy created the most unrepentantly glamorous of evening dresses, developed the influential ‘chemise’ dress without a waistline, better known as ‘the sack’, and fielded debonair little daytime suits which have never gone out of fashion. He most famously helped to define the sartorial image of Audrey Hepburn both on and off the screen, and did much the same for Jacqueline Kennedy, America’s First Lady. He is also credited with pioneering the princess silhouette, and his name became forever linked with the Sabrina neckline after dressing Hepburn in the eponymous film. A history of chic caught in detail by leading photographers and illustrators, Vogue on Hubert de Givenchy illustrates what the magazine called his ‘stardust touch that makes a woman look romancy and ravishing even when her heart . . . is shattering.’

Drusilla Beyfus Drusilla Beyfus is a journalist, author, broadcaster and a well-known commentator on modern modes and manners. Formerly a senior tutor at Central Saint Martins College of Art and Design, she has contributed to numerous magazines and newspapers, featured in many TV and radio programmes and is the author of several books on etiquette.

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 313 0 160pp 210 x 160mm 17,000 words Over 80 photographs Publication September 2013

129

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

Vogue on Hubert de Givenchy Drusilla Beyfus

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

The designs of the handsome, aristocratic Hubert de Givenchy meshed the hallowed traditions of haute couture – based on creative imagination, luxurious fabrics and perfectionist execution – with a modern sensibility. For 40 years he focused always on purity of line, but combined an artist’s eye with a keen entrepreneurial mind. His innovatory 1952 debut collection made its mark by presenting separates, then a little-known approach to fashion: the informal DIY way of putting together an outfit largely turned the client into her own stylist. Givenchy created the most unrepentantly glamorous of evening dresses, developed the influential ‘chemise’ dress without a waistline, better known as ‘the sack’, and fielded debonair little daytime suits which have never gone out of fashion. He most famously helped to define the sartorial image of Audrey Hepburn both on and off the screen, and did much the same for Jacqueline Kennedy, America’s First Lady. He is also credited with pioneering the princess silhouette, and his name became forever linked with the Sabrina neckline after dressing Hepburn in the eponymous film. A history of chic caught in detail by leading photographers and illustrators, Vogue on Hubert de Givenchy illustrates what the magazine called his ‘stardust touch that makes a woman look romancy and ravishing even when her heart . . . is shattering.’

Drusilla Beyfus Drusilla Beyfus is a journalist, author, broadcaster and a well-known commentator on modern modes and manners. Formerly a senior tutor at Central Saint Martins College of Art and Design, she has contributed to numerous magazines and newspapers, featured in many TV and radio programmes and is the author of several books on etiquette.

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 313 0 160pp 210 x 160mm 17,000 words Over 80 photographs Publication September 2013

129

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

Vogue on Ralph Lauren

Kathleen Baird-Murray

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Ralph Lauren’s designs vividly embody the American Dream: in a career that mirrors those rags-to-riches aspirations, the Bronx-born son of immigrants began as a tie-maker, and with ambition, talent and tenacity rose to become his country’s foremost fashion designer. His visionary ability to capture the all-American lifestyle, translating it into ready-to-wear signatures – classic, tailored, but glamorous, redolent with breeding and background – has created a multi-billion-dollar brand, still very successful 46 years after. His genius lies in his innate skill for interpreting key cultural elements of Americana – whether Folk Art, or the world of polo-playing Hamptons’ socialites, or Navajo motifs – and encapsulating them in fashion. Also a natural fit with Hollywood, he designed costumes for film classics such as The Great Gatsby and Annie Hall.

Celebrated in Vogue by leading photographers such as Annie Leibovitz, Bruce Weber and Mario Testino, Lauren’s clothes have appeared on countless covers, on everyone from Cher to a young Gwyneth Paltrow who wore a camel hair Ralph Lauren coat for her first American Vogue cover. From his ubiquitous Polo Ralph Lauren shirts with their much-imitated equestrian logo to his American country-club take on upperclass Englishness, his skill in making aspiration accessible is second to none. A smartly cut blazer, cashmere crewneck, leather jacket or oxford shirt – all are beautifully designed passports to the world of Ralph Lauren.

Kathleen Baird-Murray Kathleen Baird-Murray is a writer for Vogue and a columnist for the Financial Times. She was formerly Acting Beauty Director for Vogue and Beauty Director for Tatler, has written for the Daily Telegraph Saturday Magazine and The Observer, and is author of How to Be Beautiful, The Thinking Woman’s Guide.

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 312 3 160pp 210 x 160mm 17,000 words 80 photographs Publication September 2013

131

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

Vogue on Ralph Lauren

Kathleen Baird-Murray

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Ralph Lauren’s designs vividly embody the American Dream: in a career that mirrors those rags-to-riches aspirations, the Bronx-born son of immigrants began as a tie-maker, and with ambition, talent and tenacity rose to become his country’s foremost fashion designer. His visionary ability to capture the all-American lifestyle, translating it into ready-to-wear signatures – classic, tailored, but glamorous, redolent with breeding and background – has created a multi-billion-dollar brand, still very successful 46 years after. His genius lies in his innate skill for interpreting key cultural elements of Americana – whether Folk Art, or the world of polo-playing Hamptons’ socialites, or Navajo motifs – and encapsulating them in fashion. Also a natural fit with Hollywood, he designed costumes for film classics such as The Great Gatsby and Annie Hall.

Celebrated in Vogue by leading photographers such as Annie Leibovitz, Bruce Weber and Mario Testino, Lauren’s clothes have appeared on countless covers, on everyone from Cher to a young Gwyneth Paltrow who wore a camel hair Ralph Lauren coat for her first American Vogue cover. From his ubiquitous Polo Ralph Lauren shirts with their much-imitated equestrian logo to his American country-club take on upperclass Englishness, his skill in making aspiration accessible is second to none. A smartly cut blazer, cashmere crewneck, leather jacket or oxford shirt – all are beautifully designed passports to the world of Ralph Lauren.

Kathleen Baird-Murray Kathleen Baird-Murray is a writer for Vogue and a columnist for the Financial Times. She was formerly Acting Beauty Director for Vogue and Beauty Director for Tatler, has written for the Daily Telegraph Saturday Magazine and The Observer, and is author of How to Be Beautiful, The Thinking Woman’s Guide.

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 312 3 160pp 210 x 160mm 17,000 words 80 photographs Publication September 2013

131

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

Vogue on Cristóbal Balenciaga Susan Irvine

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

In 1936, Cristóbal Balenciaga opened a fashion house in Paris, after fleeing the Spanish civil war; within a couple of seasons he had established himself as the couturier’s couturier, raising fashion to the level of art. Christian Dior called Balenciaga ‘the master of us all’, while Coco Chanel claimed that he alone was ‘a couturier in the truest sense of the word . . . the others are simply fashion designers’. His influence on 20th-century fashion has been profound. In the Fifties he revolutionised women’s silhouette, experimenting with the semi-fitted shape, the sack dress, the cocoon and the baby-doll. His innovatory designs were famously easy to wear, with one diplomat’s wife quipping that she could play golf in her Balenciaga gown.

In the sixties, despite the waning power of couture, he created some of his most imaginative clothes, culminating in the bold, fluid lines of his last two collections. Always something of an enigma, he preferred to let his clothes speak for themselves, and from the Thirties to the Sixties, their eloquence was recorded in the pages of Vogue, through iconic images by photographers such as Irving Penn, Horst P. Horst, Cecil Beaton and Helmut Newton. Balenciaga’s reputation as a visionary continues to grow.

Susan Irvine Susan Irvine has written on fashion and beauty for Vogue, The Sunday Telegraph, and other newspapers and magazines, and for nine years was beauty director of Condé Nast Asia Pacific. She is the author of Perfume: The Creation and Allure of Classic Fragrances and The Perfume Guide.

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 311 6 160pp 210 x 160mm 17,000 words 80 photographs Publication September 2013

133

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

Vogue on Cristóbal Balenciaga Susan Irvine

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

In 1936, Cristóbal Balenciaga opened a fashion house in Paris, after fleeing the Spanish civil war; within a couple of seasons he had established himself as the couturier’s couturier, raising fashion to the level of art. Christian Dior called Balenciaga ‘the master of us all’, while Coco Chanel claimed that he alone was ‘a couturier in the truest sense of the word . . . the others are simply fashion designers’. His influence on 20th-century fashion has been profound. In the Fifties he revolutionised women’s silhouette, experimenting with the semi-fitted shape, the sack dress, the cocoon and the baby-doll. His innovatory designs were famously easy to wear, with one diplomat’s wife quipping that she could play golf in her Balenciaga gown.

In the sixties, despite the waning power of couture, he created some of his most imaginative clothes, culminating in the bold, fluid lines of his last two collections. Always something of an enigma, he preferred to let his clothes speak for themselves, and from the Thirties to the Sixties, their eloquence was recorded in the pages of Vogue, through iconic images by photographers such as Irving Penn, Horst P. Horst, Cecil Beaton and Helmut Newton. Balenciaga’s reputation as a visionary continues to grow.

Susan Irvine Susan Irvine has written on fashion and beauty for Vogue, The Sunday Telegraph, and other newspapers and magazines, and for nine years was beauty director of Condé Nast Asia Pacific. She is the author of Perfume: The Creation and Allure of Classic Fragrances and The Perfume Guide.

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 311 6 160pp 210 x 160mm 17,000 words 80 photographs Publication September 2013

133

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 113 6 160pp 210 x 160mm 20,000 words Over 80 photographs

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 112 9 160pp 210 x 160mm 20,000 words Over 80 photographs

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 110 5 160pp 210 x 160mm 23,000 words Over 80 photographs

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 111 2 160pp 210 x 160mm 20,000 words Over 80 photographs

Vogue on Christian Dior

Vogue on Alexander McQueen

Vogue on Elsa Schiaparelli

Hailed as ‘the most influential female designer of the 20th century’, Coco Chanel pioneered classic easy-to-wear fashion for the modern woman. She arrived on the fashion scene when fussy detailing, feathers, lace and ostentatious beads were favourites, and proceeded to reinvent couture with new materials and outfits that were deceptively simple yet still incomparably elegant. With original illustrations and images from celebrated photographers, such as Cecil Beaton, Vogue on Coco Chanel traces the story of her iconic designs and glamorous life. Perhaps Chanel’s most important contribution to the fashion world was the simple, much-imitated ‘little black dress’ and her quilted black handbag. A testament to her lasting influence, these legendary designs remain as popular today as when they first appeared.

In 1947, Christian Dior stunned the fashion world with his first collection: in a postwar world starved of romance, his ‘New Look’ featured strikingly bold designs that would transform the way women dressed. This book recounts Dior’s search for the perfect line, how his unique vision of women’s ideal silhouette developed and altered, as well as examining the success of the House of Dior. More than any designer before him, Dior embraced the dual aspects of creativity and commerce. He realised the power of the press and the infinite possibilities of merchandising. As portrayed in the pages of Vogue by photographers such as Horst P. Horst and Irving Penn and artists like Christian Bérard, the book offers a unique insight into Dior’s dramatic impact on the landscape of Forties and Fifties fashion, his personal legacy and the continuity of the Christian Dior fashion house.

Bronwyn Cosgrave

Charlotte Sinclair

An iconoclast with a reverence for tradition, a working-class boy with haute couture sensibilities, a massive presence in the world of fashion who couldn’t stand the limelight, Alexander McQueen was – for the 15 years that he stood at its helm – British fashion’s most significant figure. His extraordinary career which took him from humble beginnings as an apprentice on Savile Row to becoming chief designer at Givenchy and the creative directorship of his own eponymous brand – is a story of hard work and visionary brilliance. Leading photographers such as Mario Testino and Corinne Day photographed his stunning designs, and through them Vogue on Alexander McQueen presents the arc of his career – from the controversy of his early shows to the elegiac perfection of his last. This book shows conclusively that McQueen’s own ambition was fully realized: ‘When I’m dead and gone, people will know that the 21st century was started by Alexander McQueen.’

Bronwyn Cosgrave is the author of three critically acclaimed fashion history books and the former features editor of British Vogue, and a regular contributor to the international editions of Vogue.

Charlotte Sinclair is a contributing editor to Vogue and a writer on the arts, fashion and travel for The Independent, The Financial Times, The Sunday Times, Condé Nast Traveller and Australian Vogue.

Shocking – like the unique pink that became synonymous with her colourful personality – the designs of Elsa Schiaparelli are among the most innovative and influential in the history of fashion. Black gloves with golden fingernails, buttons shaped like lips and perfume bottles in the shape of a torso would not be out of place in fashion today, but they were created by Schiaparelli in the 1930s. A true original, she collaborated with and was influenced by artists such as Salvador Dalí, Jean Cocteau and Man Ray. She pioneered the runway show and designed costumes for film stars from Mae West to Marlene Dietrich. Her advertising graphics and development of branding were far ahead of their time.

Through the photographs and illustrations of the magazine that championed Schiaparelli from the first picture of her revolutionary bow-knot sweater in 1927 to the Surrealist tears dress and shoe hat of the late 1930s, Vogue on Elsa Schiaparelli presents the enduring legacy of this daring and visionary designer.

Bronwyn Cosgrave

‘Four fabulous little books on four era-defining designers of the 20th century’ The Mail on Sunday

134

Charlotte Sinclair

Chloe Fox

Chloe Fox Chloe Fox is a writer for Vogue, Telegraph Magazine, The Observer, Harper’s Bazaar and Vanity Fair. She was formerly features associate of British Vogue, and is currently working on her first novel.

Judith Watt

Judith Watt Judith Watt is a fashion historian, writer and broadcaster.

She is course director of the Fashion Journalism MA at Kingston University. She is the editor of the Penguin History of 20th Century Fashion Writing and author of Ossie Clarke: 1965–1974 and Dogs in Vogue.

135

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Vogue on Coco Chanel

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 113 6 160pp 210 x 160mm 20,000 words Over 80 photographs

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 112 9 160pp 210 x 160mm 20,000 words Over 80 photographs

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 110 5 160pp 210 x 160mm 23,000 words Over 80 photographs

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

£15.00 Hardback 978 184949 111 2 160pp 210 x 160mm 20,000 words Over 80 photographs

Vogue on Christian Dior

Vogue on Alexander McQueen

Vogue on Elsa Schiaparelli

Hailed as ‘the most influential female designer of the 20th century’, Coco Chanel pioneered classic easy-to-wear fashion for the modern woman. She arrived on the fashion scene when fussy detailing, feathers, lace and ostentatious beads were favourites, and proceeded to reinvent couture with new materials and outfits that were deceptively simple yet still incomparably elegant. With original illustrations and images from celebrated photographers, such as Cecil Beaton, Vogue on Coco Chanel traces the story of her iconic designs and glamorous life. Perhaps Chanel’s most important contribution to the fashion world was the simple, much-imitated ‘little black dress’ and her quilted black handbag. A testament to her lasting influence, these legendary designs remain as popular today as when they first appeared.

In 1947, Christian Dior stunned the fashion world with his first collection: in a postwar world starved of romance, his ‘New Look’ featured strikingly bold designs that would transform the way women dressed. This book recounts Dior’s search for the perfect line, how his unique vision of women’s ideal silhouette developed and altered, as well as examining the success of the House of Dior. More than any designer before him, Dior embraced the dual aspects of creativity and commerce. He realised the power of the press and the infinite possibilities of merchandising. As portrayed in the pages of Vogue by photographers such as Horst P. Horst and Irving Penn and artists like Christian Bérard, the book offers a unique insight into Dior’s dramatic impact on the landscape of Forties and Fifties fashion, his personal legacy and the continuity of the Christian Dior fashion house.

Bronwyn Cosgrave

Charlotte Sinclair

An iconoclast with a reverence for tradition, a working-class boy with haute couture sensibilities, a massive presence in the world of fashion who couldn’t stand the limelight, Alexander McQueen was – for the 15 years that he stood at its helm – British fashion’s most significant figure. His extraordinary career which took him from humble beginnings as an apprentice on Savile Row to becoming chief designer at Givenchy and the creative directorship of his own eponymous brand – is a story of hard work and visionary brilliance. Leading photographers such as Mario Testino and Corinne Day photographed his stunning designs, and through them Vogue on Alexander McQueen presents the arc of his career – from the controversy of his early shows to the elegiac perfection of his last. This book shows conclusively that McQueen’s own ambition was fully realized: ‘When I’m dead and gone, people will know that the 21st century was started by Alexander McQueen.’

Bronwyn Cosgrave is the author of three critically acclaimed fashion history books and the former features editor of British Vogue, and a regular contributor to the international editions of Vogue.

Charlotte Sinclair is a contributing editor to Vogue and a writer on the arts, fashion and travel for The Independent, The Financial Times, The Sunday Times, Condé Nast Traveller and Australian Vogue.

Shocking – like the unique pink that became synonymous with her colourful personality – the designs of Elsa Schiaparelli are among the most innovative and influential in the history of fashion. Black gloves with golden fingernails, buttons shaped like lips and perfume bottles in the shape of a torso would not be out of place in fashion today, but they were created by Schiaparelli in the 1930s. A true original, she collaborated with and was influenced by artists such as Salvador Dalí, Jean Cocteau and Man Ray. She pioneered the runway show and designed costumes for film stars from Mae West to Marlene Dietrich. Her advertising graphics and development of branding were far ahead of their time.

Through the photographs and illustrations of the magazine that championed Schiaparelli from the first picture of her revolutionary bow-knot sweater in 1927 to the Surrealist tears dress and shoe hat of the late 1930s, Vogue on Elsa Schiaparelli presents the enduring legacy of this daring and visionary designer.

Bronwyn Cosgrave

‘Four fabulous little books on four era-defining designers of the 20th century’ The Mail on Sunday

134

Charlotte Sinclair

Chloe Fox

Chloe Fox Chloe Fox is a writer for Vogue, Telegraph Magazine, The Observer, Harper’s Bazaar and Vanity Fair. She was formerly features associate of British Vogue, and is currently working on her first novel.

Judith Watt

Judith Watt Judith Watt is a fashion historian, writer and broadcaster.

She is course director of the Fashion Journalism MA at Kingston University. She is the editor of the Penguin History of 20th Century Fashion Writing and author of Ossie Clarke: 1965–1974 and Dogs in Vogue.

135

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Vogue on Coco Chanel

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 880 3 224 pages, 270 x 216mm 40,000 words Over 200 photographs

My Life in Pictures Jerry Hall curated by Jonathan Phang

Celia Birtwell Celia Birtwell

How to Be Adored | Caroline Cox A girl’s guide to Hollywood glamour

How to be Adored is a style guide with a difference, featuring secrets and advice from a roll call of the world’s most seductive women. You will learn the secrets of Jayne Mansfield’s hot-pink boudoir, how to pose for photographs like Victoria Beckham and where to source Audrey Hepburn’s flats. Illustrated step-by-steps make it easy to get Debbie Harry’s smoky rock-chick eyes, Kate Moss’s fringe, Marlene Dietrich’s cheekbones and Marilyn‘s glossy red lips. Crucially, you’ll also learn how to be adorable in person, too, with tips on cultivating conversation, charm and friendship.

‘Delves deep into the heart of Hollywood glamour’ Woman

Celia Birtwell is one of Britain’s best-known textile designers. She is an iconic figure on the arts scene, famous as David Hockney’s chief muse, and Celia is equally famous for her dynamic collaboration with her then husband, Ossie Clarke – the two were feted as one of London’s most talented fashion duos. This lavish, multilayered book delves into her work and eventful life with all the personal warmth and visual intricacy of a family scrapbook. It features intimate photographs of Celia and her friends from her own photo albums, snaps of people from her bohemian milieu in Sixties and Seventies Notting Hill, her drawings, her charmingly idiosyncratic, sumptuously colourful fashion sketches and a multitude of examples of her fashion and home fabrics.

‘Candid photographs of family life with Mick Jagger and fashion shoots with Bailey, Horst, Newton and Parkinson serve as aidememoires for Hall’s revelatory recollections’ Vogue

Celia Birtwell

Grown-up Glamour Caroline Cox

Shopping for Vintage | Funmi Odulate

At last! A guide for the woman who wants to age naturally and in style, cutting a dash and turning heads without resorting to cosmetic surgery and faddy diets in the false hope of staying young. A veritable cornucopia of tips, hints, beauty and fashion advice, this is a book for glamorous grown-ups. You will learn how to develop your own sophisticated style and reclaim your spotlight, while fashion maxims for the gorgeous new you will show what to wear and how to wear it – how any body shape can look good with the right dressing.

In this definitive guide to vintage style covering every major fashion epoch and designer from the 1880s to the 1980s, Funmi Odulate takes the reader through the history of each era, looking at key pieces and studying the seminal designers and their legacies. With contributions from the doyennes of the fashion industry – the book is packed with insider ‘fashionista’ tips about what to look for, how to recognise something of value and where to find it. With striking and dramatic illustrations accompanying Funmi’s text, this is a stunning and sophisticated reference for all those who appreciate vintage.

Celia Birtwell collaborated with Ossie Clarke on a series of hit dress collections between 1965 and 1973. She is the lifelong friend and muse of the artist David Hockney. Since 1984 she has sold a home collection of fabric and furnishings which are now available online along with vintage dresses.

‘A lavish look at Britain’s most beloved textile designer’ Vogue LIMITED EDITION £100.00 Boxed set (signed special edition of book with silk scarf) 978 184949 126 6

136

£12.99 Hardback 978 184400 887 2 256pp 197 x 150mm 50,000 words 30 colour and black-and-white photographs 20 2-colour artworks

‘Proof that fabulous-ness is ageless’ Essentials

304pp 170 x 140mm 40,000 words 60 full-colour illustrations Rights only

illustrations by Richard Merritt

’This beautifully illustrated book is packed with tips, including advice on what labels to look for and how to haggle, as well as profiles on more than 70 designers’ Vogue

137

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

with Dominic Lutyens

One of the world’s top models and a member of the rock aristocracy, Jerry Hall has consistently presented an impeccably glamorous image. Over the years she has been photographed by all the greats, with pictures appearing in magazines throughout the world. Curated by Jerry herself, with the help of Jonathan Phang, this book is a celebration of Jerry’s life – a fabulous collection of photographs from her earliest modelling days to the present time, as well as intimate personal photographs of family and friends. Woven through it is Jerry’s candid and personal account of what she calls her ‘extraordinarily fortunate life’.

£4.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 187 7 256pp 148 x 113mm 46,000 words 30 colour photographs 30 2-colour artworks 256pp 197 x 150mm 46,000 words 30 colour photographs 30 2-colour artworks Rights only

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 844 5 192pp 279 x 232mm 26,000 words Over 200 photographs and artworks

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 880 3 224 pages, 270 x 216mm 40,000 words Over 200 photographs

My Life in Pictures Jerry Hall curated by Jonathan Phang

Celia Birtwell Celia Birtwell

How to Be Adored | Caroline Cox A girl’s guide to Hollywood glamour

How to be Adored is a style guide with a difference, featuring secrets and advice from a roll call of the world’s most seductive women. You will learn the secrets of Jayne Mansfield’s hot-pink boudoir, how to pose for photographs like Victoria Beckham and where to source Audrey Hepburn’s flats. Illustrated step-by-steps make it easy to get Debbie Harry’s smoky rock-chick eyes, Kate Moss’s fringe, Marlene Dietrich’s cheekbones and Marilyn‘s glossy red lips. Crucially, you’ll also learn how to be adorable in person, too, with tips on cultivating conversation, charm and friendship.

‘Delves deep into the heart of Hollywood glamour’ Woman

Celia Birtwell is one of Britain’s best-known textile designers. She is an iconic figure on the arts scene, famous as David Hockney’s chief muse, and Celia is equally famous for her dynamic collaboration with her then husband, Ossie Clarke – the two were feted as one of London’s most talented fashion duos. This lavish, multilayered book delves into her work and eventful life with all the personal warmth and visual intricacy of a family scrapbook. It features intimate photographs of Celia and her friends from her own photo albums, snaps of people from her bohemian milieu in Sixties and Seventies Notting Hill, her drawings, her charmingly idiosyncratic, sumptuously colourful fashion sketches and a multitude of examples of her fashion and home fabrics.

‘Candid photographs of family life with Mick Jagger and fashion shoots with Bailey, Horst, Newton and Parkinson serve as aidememoires for Hall’s revelatory recollections’ Vogue

Celia Birtwell

Grown-up Glamour Caroline Cox

Shopping for Vintage | Funmi Odulate

At last! A guide for the woman who wants to age naturally and in style, cutting a dash and turning heads without resorting to cosmetic surgery and faddy diets in the false hope of staying young. A veritable cornucopia of tips, hints, beauty and fashion advice, this is a book for glamorous grown-ups. You will learn how to develop your own sophisticated style and reclaim your spotlight, while fashion maxims for the gorgeous new you will show what to wear and how to wear it – how any body shape can look good with the right dressing.

In this definitive guide to vintage style covering every major fashion epoch and designer from the 1880s to the 1980s, Funmi Odulate takes the reader through the history of each era, looking at key pieces and studying the seminal designers and their legacies. With contributions from the doyennes of the fashion industry – the book is packed with insider ‘fashionista’ tips about what to look for, how to recognise something of value and where to find it. With striking and dramatic illustrations accompanying Funmi’s text, this is a stunning and sophisticated reference for all those who appreciate vintage.

Celia Birtwell collaborated with Ossie Clarke on a series of hit dress collections between 1965 and 1973. She is the lifelong friend and muse of the artist David Hockney. Since 1984 she has sold a home collection of fabric and furnishings which are now available online along with vintage dresses.

‘A lavish look at Britain’s most beloved textile designer’ Vogue LIMITED EDITION £100.00 Boxed set (signed special edition of book with silk scarf) 978 184949 126 6

136

£12.99 Hardback 978 184400 887 2 256pp 197 x 150mm 50,000 words 30 colour and black-and-white photographs 20 2-colour artworks

‘Proof that fabulous-ness is ageless’ Essentials

304pp 170 x 140mm 40,000 words 60 full-colour illustrations Rights only

illustrations by Richard Merritt

’This beautifully illustrated book is packed with tips, including advice on what labels to look for and how to haggle, as well as profiles on more than 70 designers’ Vogue

137

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

with Dominic Lutyens

One of the world’s top models and a member of the rock aristocracy, Jerry Hall has consistently presented an impeccably glamorous image. Over the years she has been photographed by all the greats, with pictures appearing in magazines throughout the world. Curated by Jerry herself, with the help of Jonathan Phang, this book is a celebration of Jerry’s life – a fabulous collection of photographs from her earliest modelling days to the present time, as well as intimate personal photographs of family and friends. Woven through it is Jerry’s candid and personal account of what she calls her ‘extraordinarily fortunate life’.

£4.99 Hardback (smaller size) 978 184949 187 7 256pp 148 x 113mm 46,000 words 30 colour photographs 30 2-colour artworks 256pp 197 x 150mm 46,000 words 30 colour photographs 30 2-colour artworks Rights only

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 844 5 192pp 279 x 232mm 26,000 words Over 200 photographs and artworks

The Genius of Photography

The name of Patrick Lichfield (1939–2005), photographer, is indelibly associated with a world of beauty and style that he inhabited with conspicuous success for more than 40 years.

Throughout his career he photographed personalities: stars of stage, politicians, aristocracy, royalty, sportsmen and -women, models and socialites, as well as ordinary men and women going about their daily business. Curated by Martin Harrison, Perceptions is filled with photographs from Lichfield’s entire archive, over half of which have never been seen before. This retrospective establishes Patrick Lichfield as one of the great British photographers of the late 20th century.

At the heart of the book is a quest to understand what makes a truly great photograph. Gerry Badger’s critical perspective and keen aesthetic sense make this a provocative read for anyone who wants to know more about one of the 21st century’s most important art forms.

curated by Martin Harrison

The Soul of Scotland Anam na h-Alba

Max Milligan

The Soul of Scotland (Anam na h-Alba) presents a rich new portrait of a diverse and beautiful country, avoiding the clichéd photographs of the same old castles and postcard views. Internationally acclaimed photographer Max Milligan turns his artist’s eye on the glens, lochs, towns, islands, peat bogs, beaches and mountains of his native land, from Shetland to The Borders. The pictures are spectacular, haunting and immediate; lovers of Scotland will see new perspectives in the way that Milligan observes the details of wilderness and cityscape, farmland and suburb, and highlights the variety of people who inhabit these places and their distinct cultural styles. From fishermen at sea off the Hebrides, to Glasgow’s vibrant street life at night and on to the crofter combing his highland cattle at the Islay Show, all of Scotland is recorded here with drama, tenderness and wry humour.

Max Milligan Max Milligan is a fine art photographer who eschews the use of flash, filters and manipulation, preferring to rely on natural or available light.

The Soul of Scotland is his fifth book, following on from his memorable and highly successful photographic portrayals of Peru, Ghana and Lebanon. Renowned for his painterly style, his work hangs in corporate and private collections worldwide, including 27 pieces in the prestigious Deutsche Bank collection in London.

‘Max Milligan’s fifth book showcases the beauty and richness of his native land. Starting in the big cities, he moves gradually towards Scotland’s wildest reaches via a series of images that captures every side of the country, old and new’ The Lonely Planet 138

How photography has changed our lives

Gerry Badger

‘. . . leads us through the complexities of understanding what makes a great image’ Martin Parr, The Sunday Times

‘Offers an intimate portrait of a gilded society, spanning the photographer’s 40-year career’ Vogue £30.00 Hardback 978 184400 729 5 224pp 270 x 250mm 35,000 words Over 100 colour and black-and-white photographs

256pp 253 x 197mm 61,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

The Genius of Design Penny Sparke Design is all around us. It manifests itself in our cars, kitchens, advertising hoardings and food packaging. Designed spaces and objects give us – and our lives – meaning, playing a vital role in defining both our individual and our collective identities.

Design historian Penny Sparke takes the reader on a journey from industrialised manufacture in the 19th century to an up-to-the-minute engagement with design in the 21st century.

‘An insightful and provocative read, this book is perfect for anyone with an interest in design’ Concept for Living

We Are One

A celebration of tribal peoples created and edited by Joanna Eede in association with Survival International From the frozen taiga of Siberia to the bushland of Botswana, We Are One celebrates the diversity of tribal peoples – their cultures, values and beliefs – and the fragile beauty of their homelands. This book is an international collaboration of tribal people, journalists, anthropologists, environmentalists, celebrities and photojournalists, all coming together in support of the humanitarian and environmental issues inherent in the survival of tribes.

139

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Perceptions Patrick Lichfield

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

£40.00 Hardback 978 184949 117 4 288pp 278 x 285mm 15,000 words 300 colour photographs

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 609 0 256pp 297 x 232mm 61,000 words (plus 36,000 in picture essays) Over 160 colour photographs

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 948 0 224pp 300 x 240mm 5,000 words Over 250 colour and blackand-white photographs

The Genius of Photography

The name of Patrick Lichfield (1939–2005), photographer, is indelibly associated with a world of beauty and style that he inhabited with conspicuous success for more than 40 years.

Throughout his career he photographed personalities: stars of stage, politicians, aristocracy, royalty, sportsmen and -women, models and socialites, as well as ordinary men and women going about their daily business. Curated by Martin Harrison, Perceptions is filled with photographs from Lichfield’s entire archive, over half of which have never been seen before. This retrospective establishes Patrick Lichfield as one of the great British photographers of the late 20th century.

At the heart of the book is a quest to understand what makes a truly great photograph. Gerry Badger’s critical perspective and keen aesthetic sense make this a provocative read for anyone who wants to know more about one of the 21st century’s most important art forms.

curated by Martin Harrison

The Soul of Scotland Anam na h-Alba

Max Milligan

The Soul of Scotland (Anam na h-Alba) presents a rich new portrait of a diverse and beautiful country, avoiding the clichéd photographs of the same old castles and postcard views. Internationally acclaimed photographer Max Milligan turns his artist’s eye on the glens, lochs, towns, islands, peat bogs, beaches and mountains of his native land, from Shetland to The Borders. The pictures are spectacular, haunting and immediate; lovers of Scotland will see new perspectives in the way that Milligan observes the details of wilderness and cityscape, farmland and suburb, and highlights the variety of people who inhabit these places and their distinct cultural styles. From fishermen at sea off the Hebrides, to Glasgow’s vibrant street life at night and on to the crofter combing his highland cattle at the Islay Show, all of Scotland is recorded here with drama, tenderness and wry humour.

Max Milligan Max Milligan is a fine art photographer who eschews the use of flash, filters and manipulation, preferring to rely on natural or available light.

The Soul of Scotland is his fifth book, following on from his memorable and highly successful photographic portrayals of Peru, Ghana and Lebanon. Renowned for his painterly style, his work hangs in corporate and private collections worldwide, including 27 pieces in the prestigious Deutsche Bank collection in London.

‘Max Milligan’s fifth book showcases the beauty and richness of his native land. Starting in the big cities, he moves gradually towards Scotland’s wildest reaches via a series of images that captures every side of the country, old and new’ The Lonely Planet 138

How photography has changed our lives

Gerry Badger

‘. . . leads us through the complexities of understanding what makes a great image’ Martin Parr, The Sunday Times

‘Offers an intimate portrait of a gilded society, spanning the photographer’s 40-year career’ Vogue £30.00 Hardback 978 184400 729 5 224pp 270 x 250mm 35,000 words Over 100 colour and black-and-white photographs

256pp 253 x 197mm 61,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

The Genius of Design Penny Sparke Design is all around us. It manifests itself in our cars, kitchens, advertising hoardings and food packaging. Designed spaces and objects give us – and our lives – meaning, playing a vital role in defining both our individual and our collective identities.

Design historian Penny Sparke takes the reader on a journey from industrialised manufacture in the 19th century to an up-to-the-minute engagement with design in the 21st century.

‘An insightful and provocative read, this book is perfect for anyone with an interest in design’ Concept for Living

We Are One

A celebration of tribal peoples created and edited by Joanna Eede in association with Survival International From the frozen taiga of Siberia to the bushland of Botswana, We Are One celebrates the diversity of tribal peoples – their cultures, values and beliefs – and the fragile beauty of their homelands. This book is an international collaboration of tribal people, journalists, anthropologists, environmentalists, celebrities and photojournalists, all coming together in support of the humanitarian and environmental issues inherent in the survival of tribes.

139

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Perceptions Patrick Lichfield

ART, PHOTOGRAPHY & FASHION

£40.00 Hardback 978 184949 117 4 288pp 278 x 285mm 15,000 words 300 colour photographs

£14.99 Paperback 978 184400 609 0 256pp 297 x 232mm 61,000 words (plus 36,000 in picture essays) Over 160 colour photographs

£30.00 Hardback 978 184400 948 0 224pp 300 x 240mm 5,000 words Over 250 colour and blackand-white photographs

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

Expecting a Baby?

Everything you need to know about pregnancy and birth Dr Penelope Law photography by Tiffany Mumford

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Pregnancy is one of the most remarkable and exciting times of a woman’s life and this ground-breaking book is bursting with up-to-date medical information that will guide a mother through this emotionally powerful time. Every aspect of pregnancy and birth is covered: conception; antenatal care; the three trimesters and what to expect in each one; diet and exercise; birth and pain relief; following the birth and the first six weeks. This book is unique in its clarity of information, the structure of the content and the latest research given. Dr Penelope Law writes about high-profile issues such as home births, obesity and diabetes, 35+ mothers and pre- and post-natal depression. Her tone is approachable and honest and her only agenda is to be on a mother’s side and to steer her through the medical jargon. She tells parents what they are entitled to ask for during their antenatal care, labour and birth. She repeatedly tells women that they can take control and have a choice in the care they are offered. The last section of the book is an A-Z of Complications, making this the ultimate guide to pregnancy. All the information will ensure that a mother has the best-possible pregnancy and birth.

Dr Penelope Law Dr Penelope Law, BA Hons, MRCOG, is a consultant obstetrician and gynaecologist at the The Hillingdon Hospital, London, honorary senior lecturer at Imperial College, London, and consultant obstetrician and gynaecologist at the Portland Hospital. She has wide experience of people’s experience of pregnancy and birth in the public and private sector. Penelope has developed novel treatments for uterine fibroids.

This research was first featured on Good Morning America in 2001, and the treatment is now available in 90 centres worldwide. Her special interests in obstetrics include the care of obese women in pregnancy and, as Countess of Bradford, she is an active patron of the National Obesity Forum as well as a member of the Department of Health Obesity Working Party 2011–2012 and a member of the Scientific Advisory Committee, Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists 2012. She has been a director of Night Doctor London Ltd since 2004. Penelope makes regular appearances on radio and TV, including a recent One Born Every Minute special programme on obesity in pregnancy. £25.00 Hardback 978 184949 315 4 352pp 253 x 201mm 150,000 words Colour photographs and artwork throughout Publication September 2013

141

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

Expecting a Baby?

Everything you need to know about pregnancy and birth Dr Penelope Law photography by Tiffany Mumford

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Pregnancy is one of the most remarkable and exciting times of a woman’s life and this ground-breaking book is bursting with up-to-date medical information that will guide a mother through this emotionally powerful time. Every aspect of pregnancy and birth is covered: conception; antenatal care; the three trimesters and what to expect in each one; diet and exercise; birth and pain relief; following the birth and the first six weeks. This book is unique in its clarity of information, the structure of the content and the latest research given. Dr Penelope Law writes about high-profile issues such as home births, obesity and diabetes, 35+ mothers and pre- and post-natal depression. Her tone is approachable and honest and her only agenda is to be on a mother’s side and to steer her through the medical jargon. She tells parents what they are entitled to ask for during their antenatal care, labour and birth. She repeatedly tells women that they can take control and have a choice in the care they are offered. The last section of the book is an A-Z of Complications, making this the ultimate guide to pregnancy. All the information will ensure that a mother has the best-possible pregnancy and birth.

Dr Penelope Law Dr Penelope Law, BA Hons, MRCOG, is a consultant obstetrician and gynaecologist at the The Hillingdon Hospital, London, honorary senior lecturer at Imperial College, London, and consultant obstetrician and gynaecologist at the Portland Hospital. She has wide experience of people’s experience of pregnancy and birth in the public and private sector. Penelope has developed novel treatments for uterine fibroids.

This research was first featured on Good Morning America in 2001, and the treatment is now available in 90 centres worldwide. Her special interests in obstetrics include the care of obese women in pregnancy and, as Countess of Bradford, she is an active patron of the National Obesity Forum as well as a member of the Department of Health Obesity Working Party 2011–2012 and a member of the Scientific Advisory Committee, Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists 2012. She has been a director of Night Doctor London Ltd since 2004. Penelope makes regular appearances on radio and TV, including a recent One Born Every Minute special programme on obesity in pregnancy. £25.00 Hardback 978 184949 315 4 352pp 253 x 201mm 150,000 words Colour photographs and artwork throughout Publication September 2013

141

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

Expecting Twins?

Everything you need to know about pregnancy and your twins’ first year Professor Mark Kilby and Jane Denton photography by Tiffany Mumford

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

This is the first fully illustrated, fully comprehensive guide to having twins ever to be published. Written by a team of experts, it is the ultimate reference for the expectant mother, explaining everything a parent needs to know for the pregnancy, birth and the first year. The book describes the fascinating ways that identical and non-identical twins are conceived, how your pregnancy might develop and how to deal with the extreme symptoms often associated with a twin pregnancy. There is up-to-date information on current antenatal tests and how they work and are performed when two babies are being carried. How your babies present in the womb can affect your options of delivery. With contemporary artworks this is fully explained, as well as the birth itself and what happens if you go into premature labour. Many expectant mothers worry about how they will feed two babies; the book provides all the information to enable a mother fully to understand her options fully. Subjects such as whether the babies should sleep together or apart, how to manage getting out and about and looking after yourself in this busy time are also covered. There are case studies from real parents and medical advice from twin consultants making this a practical, emotional and professional guide to support you in this joyous yet overwhelming time.

About the Authors Professor Mark Kilby, MB, BS, DSc, MD, FRCOG, is a consultant in fetal medicine at the Birmingham Women’s Hospital and holds the Dame Hilda Lloyd Chair of Fetal Medicine at the University of Birmingham.

His specialist research includes fetal endocrinology, fetal growth restriction and monochorionic twins.

He chairs the NICE committee on the management of multiple pregnancies for the UK. Jane Denton, CBE, FRCN, is director of the Multiple Births Foundation (MBF), a charity based at Queen Charlotte’s & Chelsea Hospital, London. The MBF works with professionals to raise awareness and improve services to meet the specific and special needs of expectant mothers and multiple-birth families.

Both authors are chair and committee members of NICE and have both contributed to the recently published NICE guidelines Multiple Pregnancy: the Management of Twin and Triplet Pregnancies in the Antenatal Period.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 316 1 272pp 253 x 201mm 150,000 words 4-colour photographs and artwork throughout Publication September 2013

143

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

Expecting Twins?

Everything you need to know about pregnancy and your twins’ first year Professor Mark Kilby and Jane Denton photography by Tiffany Mumford

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

This is the first fully illustrated, fully comprehensive guide to having twins ever to be published. Written by a team of experts, it is the ultimate reference for the expectant mother, explaining everything a parent needs to know for the pregnancy, birth and the first year. The book describes the fascinating ways that identical and non-identical twins are conceived, how your pregnancy might develop and how to deal with the extreme symptoms often associated with a twin pregnancy. There is up-to-date information on current antenatal tests and how they work and are performed when two babies are being carried. How your babies present in the womb can affect your options of delivery. With contemporary artworks this is fully explained, as well as the birth itself and what happens if you go into premature labour. Many expectant mothers worry about how they will feed two babies; the book provides all the information to enable a mother fully to understand her options fully. Subjects such as whether the babies should sleep together or apart, how to manage getting out and about and looking after yourself in this busy time are also covered. There are case studies from real parents and medical advice from twin consultants making this a practical, emotional and professional guide to support you in this joyous yet overwhelming time.

About the Authors Professor Mark Kilby, MB, BS, DSc, MD, FRCOG, is a consultant in fetal medicine at the Birmingham Women’s Hospital and holds the Dame Hilda Lloyd Chair of Fetal Medicine at the University of Birmingham.

His specialist research includes fetal endocrinology, fetal growth restriction and monochorionic twins.

He chairs the NICE committee on the management of multiple pregnancies for the UK. Jane Denton, CBE, FRCN, is director of the Multiple Births Foundation (MBF), a charity based at Queen Charlotte’s & Chelsea Hospital, London. The MBF works with professionals to raise awareness and improve services to meet the specific and special needs of expectant mothers and multiple-birth families.

Both authors are chair and committee members of NICE and have both contributed to the recently published NICE guidelines Multiple Pregnancy: the Management of Twin and Triplet Pregnancies in the Antenatal Period.

£25.00 Hardback 978 184949 316 1 272pp 253 x 201mm 150,000 words 4-colour photographs and artwork throughout Publication September 2013

143

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 628 1 176pp 253 x 201mm 52,000 words 75 colour photographs 50 colour illustrations

Supereating | Ian Marber

A revolutionary way to get more from the foods you eat

Eat Yourself Young Elizabeth Peyton-Jones

Eat Yourself Young is a sensational guide to help you look, feel and live younger. Forget fillers and facelifts – the quickest and most effective way to take years off your looks is simply by changing what you eat.

On the EYY programme, you’ll quickly lose weight and feel lighter, more energetic and less stressed. The book begins with information on the most ageing foods and body processes, then highlights the five age-busting foods that have a ‘youthing’ effect on the body. The core of the book is a deep-cleansing two-week detox programme, followed by Elizabeth’s Youthing Eating Plan with over 60 delicious recipes. Within two weeks you’ll start to feel better, within a month you’ll be full of energy, and within three months you’ll look at least five years younger.

Elizabeth Peyton-Jones Elizabeth Peyton-Jones is a nutritionist, naturopath and herbalist who runs a highly regarded and successful natural healing practice in West London. She works with models, actors, celebrities and other public figures to improve their health, looks and longevity using various natural health techniques and her own range of detox herbs and teas that are specially created to support the body through the detox process.

‘This book changed my life – for the younger!’ Thandie Newton

‘Eating healthy just got a lot easier thanks to Supereating’ Healthy

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 934 3 240pp 210 x 160mm 73,000 words including over 200 recipes and ideas 50 colour photographs

How Not to Get Fat Ian Marber illustrations by Lucy Vigrass

If all diets work, why is it such a problem for us to maintain a healthy weight while still enjoying life? In our minds, we often see food as the enemy, and engage in a battle that we feel we will always lose. In How Not to Get Fat Ian Marber explains how our bodies work, reminds us of how unhealthy our emotional relationship with food can be, and provides simple guidelines on maintaining a good daily diet. Quite simply, Ian shows us what to eat, and when, so that we will never, ever get fat.

‘We’ve tested it here . . . and, yes, it works!’ Woman & Home

304pp 170 x 140mm 25,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

How Not to Get Fat: Your Daily Diet Ian Marber

The Little Book of Detox Tips for People on the Go Michael Van Straten

In this book Ian Marber provides over 200 recipes and ideas for meals and snacks so readers know exactly what they can eat on a daily basis without ever putting on weight. Ian revisits the principles of HNTGF – how to combine the three food groups and eat little and often – and then explores 50 staple foods.

For each he gives essential information on buying, storing, cooking, and flavouring. Additionally he has devised 10 food planners to suit different ages and lifestyles. This is the ultimate good-eating book that guarantees you will never get fat.

The ideal little book for people who are permanently rushing from home to work and back again, feeling the strain of a 24/7 life. This book makes detoxing simple, with all the best advice from Michael van Straten, the king of detox. Guaranteed to get anyone squeaky-clean, inside and out, it’s the perfect choice, whether you have one day for a detox or are planning a lifetime of change.

photography by Robert Streeter

‘Detailed guide on how to keep your energy levels up, how to reduce that hungry feeling and where to find delicious-yet-healthy ingredients’ Heat

144

145

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Take years off your looks with this revolutionary new eating plan

We have all heard of the power of nutrients, but little is said about how they act together. Rejecting the ‘one step’ attitude – ‘Worried about bone health? Get more calcium’ – Ian Marber of The Food Doctor fame helps readers follow a Supereating approach instead, examining each nutrient, highlighting which others enhance or diminish it, and giving daily meal plans.

He also applies the principles of Supereating to wellbeing and examines a wide range of foods, outlining what their own particular cocktail of nutrients will deliver and with which other foods they should be teamed for optimum effect.

£9.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 790 5 176pp 210 x 160mm 47,000 words Over 25 colour illustrations

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 989 3 160pp 245 x 170mm 40,000 words Over 100 colour photographs and artworks

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 628 1 176pp 253 x 201mm 52,000 words 75 colour photographs 50 colour illustrations

Supereating | Ian Marber

A revolutionary way to get more from the foods you eat

Eat Yourself Young Elizabeth Peyton-Jones

Eat Yourself Young is a sensational guide to help you look, feel and live younger. Forget fillers and facelifts – the quickest and most effective way to take years off your looks is simply by changing what you eat.

On the EYY programme, you’ll quickly lose weight and feel lighter, more energetic and less stressed. The book begins with information on the most ageing foods and body processes, then highlights the five age-busting foods that have a ‘youthing’ effect on the body. The core of the book is a deep-cleansing two-week detox programme, followed by Elizabeth’s Youthing Eating Plan with over 60 delicious recipes. Within two weeks you’ll start to feel better, within a month you’ll be full of energy, and within three months you’ll look at least five years younger.

Elizabeth Peyton-Jones Elizabeth Peyton-Jones is a nutritionist, naturopath and herbalist who runs a highly regarded and successful natural healing practice in West London. She works with models, actors, celebrities and other public figures to improve their health, looks and longevity using various natural health techniques and her own range of detox herbs and teas that are specially created to support the body through the detox process.

‘This book changed my life – for the younger!’ Thandie Newton

‘Eating healthy just got a lot easier thanks to Supereating’ Healthy

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 934 3 240pp 210 x 160mm 73,000 words including over 200 recipes and ideas 50 colour photographs

How Not to Get Fat Ian Marber illustrations by Lucy Vigrass

If all diets work, why is it such a problem for us to maintain a healthy weight while still enjoying life? In our minds, we often see food as the enemy, and engage in a battle that we feel we will always lose. In How Not to Get Fat Ian Marber explains how our bodies work, reminds us of how unhealthy our emotional relationship with food can be, and provides simple guidelines on maintaining a good daily diet. Quite simply, Ian shows us what to eat, and when, so that we will never, ever get fat.

‘We’ve tested it here . . . and, yes, it works!’ Woman & Home

304pp 170 x 140mm 25,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

How Not to Get Fat: Your Daily Diet Ian Marber

The Little Book of Detox Tips for People on the Go Michael Van Straten

In this book Ian Marber provides over 200 recipes and ideas for meals and snacks so readers know exactly what they can eat on a daily basis without ever putting on weight. Ian revisits the principles of HNTGF – how to combine the three food groups and eat little and often – and then explores 50 staple foods.

For each he gives essential information on buying, storing, cooking, and flavouring. Additionally he has devised 10 food planners to suit different ages and lifestyles. This is the ultimate good-eating book that guarantees you will never get fat.

The ideal little book for people who are permanently rushing from home to work and back again, feeling the strain of a 24/7 life. This book makes detoxing simple, with all the best advice from Michael van Straten, the king of detox. Guaranteed to get anyone squeaky-clean, inside and out, it’s the perfect choice, whether you have one day for a detox or are planning a lifetime of change.

photography by Robert Streeter

‘Detailed guide on how to keep your energy levels up, how to reduce that hungry feeling and where to find delicious-yet-healthy ingredients’ Heat

144

145

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Take years off your looks with this revolutionary new eating plan

We have all heard of the power of nutrients, but little is said about how they act together. Rejecting the ‘one step’ attitude – ‘Worried about bone health? Get more calcium’ – Ian Marber of The Food Doctor fame helps readers follow a Supereating approach instead, examining each nutrient, highlighting which others enhance or diminish it, and giving daily meal plans.

He also applies the principles of Supereating to wellbeing and examines a wide range of foods, outlining what their own particular cocktail of nutrients will deliver and with which other foods they should be teamed for optimum effect.

£9.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 790 5 176pp 210 x 160mm 47,000 words Over 25 colour illustrations

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 989 3 160pp 245 x 170mm 40,000 words Over 100 colour photographs and artworks

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 964 0 192pp 245 x 170mm Over 40,000 words including 30 recipes 200 colour photographs

I Will Make You Fit, Fast Matt Roberts photography by Chris Terry

Get Running Matt Roberts

photography by Chris Terry

‘Celebrity trainer Matt Roberts’ diet and fitness plans get results’ Easy Living

In this exciting book, personal trainer to the stars and former international sprinter Matt Roberts brings his considerable fitness experience to bear on the subject, presenting a number of his highly acclaimed running programmes for you to follow at home.

Get Running includes the basics, from running technique, goal-setting and motivation, to schedules, preparation and how to deal with injuries. You’ll find the low-down from Matt’s team of coaches and health experts as well as the best advice on running shoes, clothes, accessories and gadgets. So whether you are preparing for your first 5K charity walk or trying to shave time off your marathon personal best, Matt Roberts’ Get Running will provide you with the guidance and inspiration you need to propel yourself ahead of the pack.

Matt Roberts As the UK’s leading personal trainer and bestselling fitness author, Matt Roberts presides over a multifaceted fitness and nutrition empire.

He has garnered a celebrity following which has included the likes of Naomi Campbell and Michael McIntyre. Matt is the main fitness expert for BBC Radio 1 and BBC Breakfast and writes regular features for The Daily Telegraph, Glamour and many other publications.

‘If you want to start jogging but don’t know where to start, this is the book for you. With programmes to follow at home, plus advice on motivation, you’ll soon be clocking up your first 5k’ Country Living 146

The Allergy Bible

The definitive guide to allergies and intolerances

Linda Gamlin

consultant: Professor Jonathan Brostoff This guide to the modern plague of allergies, intolerances and other sensitivity reactions incorporates the latest findings from medical research as well as both conventional and alternative treatments. Case studies, action plans, allergy-prevention programmes, recipes and guidance for intolerances emphasise a practical approach for sufferers.

Use it to lose it!

Judith Wills This new edition of The Diet Bible includes over 100 diets and weight-loss methods, and features 10 original diet programmes.

It contains up-to-date statistics and nutritional information; recent research studies on weight gain and loss; information on new drugs and natural supplements; new concepts, terms and procedures, such as ‘Glycaemic Load’ and ‘smartlipo’; and analysis of various well-known diets.

‘This certainly won’t gather dust like other diet books’ Diet and Fitness Resources

The Natural Health Bible Stay well, live longer

Lisha Simester This fully updated edition of The Natural Health Bible contains all the latest advice on healthy eating, regular exercise and relaxation for optimum physical health.

Divided into The Natural Body, The Natural Mind and Natural Therapies, it explores the connections between physical, mental and emotional wellbeing. It also provides a fully illustrated exercise programme for people of all levels of fitness.

‘This excellent book describes the latest findings from medical research and demystifies medical jargon’ The Lady

288pp 253 x 201mm 192,000 words 130 colour photographs and artworks Over 116,000 copies sold Rights only

The Diet Bible

288pp 253 x 201mm 122,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks Rights only

320pp 253 x 201mm 214,000 words Illustrated throughout with 120 colour photographs and artworks Over 265,000 copies sold Rights only

The Food Bible

The ultimate reference book for food and your health

Judith Wills

The Food Bible is a comprehensive reference book for today’s kitchen. It explains the facts about GM and organic food and gives the latest research on food allergies as well as expert advice on what to eat at every stage of your life, including if you suffer from one of over 80 common ailments. With a detailed examination of diets, easy-to-follow advice on weight control and over 100 delicious and nutritious recipes for all occasions and diets, The Food Bible is indispensable.

147

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

How to get started, stay motivated and run your best

Matt’s highly acclaimed 12-week fitness and diet programme, which can be followed at home and in your gym, will radically transform your body in many ways – and is guaranteed to get results, every time. The final two weeks of the programme make up a concentrated regime which, for those on a tight deadline, can be undertaken on its own. Here Matt provides the structure, the programme and the guidance to help you to reach your intended goal.

256pp 253 x 201mm 175,000 words 100 colour photographs Over 214,000 copies sold Rights only

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 1 84949 083 2 192pp 245 x 170mm 48,000 words 100 colour photographs

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 964 0 192pp 245 x 170mm Over 40,000 words including 30 recipes 200 colour photographs

I Will Make You Fit, Fast Matt Roberts photography by Chris Terry

Get Running Matt Roberts

photography by Chris Terry

‘Celebrity trainer Matt Roberts’ diet and fitness plans get results’ Easy Living

In this exciting book, personal trainer to the stars and former international sprinter Matt Roberts brings his considerable fitness experience to bear on the subject, presenting a number of his highly acclaimed running programmes for you to follow at home.

Get Running includes the basics, from running technique, goal-setting and motivation, to schedules, preparation and how to deal with injuries. You’ll find the low-down from Matt’s team of coaches and health experts as well as the best advice on running shoes, clothes, accessories and gadgets. So whether you are preparing for your first 5K charity walk or trying to shave time off your marathon personal best, Matt Roberts’ Get Running will provide you with the guidance and inspiration you need to propel yourself ahead of the pack.

Matt Roberts As the UK’s leading personal trainer and bestselling fitness author, Matt Roberts presides over a multifaceted fitness and nutrition empire.

He has garnered a celebrity following which has included the likes of Naomi Campbell and Michael McIntyre. Matt is the main fitness expert for BBC Radio 1 and BBC Breakfast and writes regular features for The Daily Telegraph, Glamour and many other publications.

‘If you want to start jogging but don’t know where to start, this is the book for you. With programmes to follow at home, plus advice on motivation, you’ll soon be clocking up your first 5k’ Country Living 146

The Allergy Bible

The definitive guide to allergies and intolerances

Linda Gamlin

consultant: Professor Jonathan Brostoff This guide to the modern plague of allergies, intolerances and other sensitivity reactions incorporates the latest findings from medical research as well as both conventional and alternative treatments. Case studies, action plans, allergy-prevention programmes, recipes and guidance for intolerances emphasise a practical approach for sufferers.

Use it to lose it!

Judith Wills This new edition of The Diet Bible includes over 100 diets and weight-loss methods, and features 10 original diet programmes.

It contains up-to-date statistics and nutritional information; recent research studies on weight gain and loss; information on new drugs and natural supplements; new concepts, terms and procedures, such as ‘Glycaemic Load’ and ‘smartlipo’; and analysis of various well-known diets.

‘This certainly won’t gather dust like other diet books’ Diet and Fitness Resources

The Natural Health Bible Stay well, live longer

Lisha Simester This fully updated edition of The Natural Health Bible contains all the latest advice on healthy eating, regular exercise and relaxation for optimum physical health.

Divided into The Natural Body, The Natural Mind and Natural Therapies, it explores the connections between physical, mental and emotional wellbeing. It also provides a fully illustrated exercise programme for people of all levels of fitness.

‘This excellent book describes the latest findings from medical research and demystifies medical jargon’ The Lady

288pp 253 x 201mm 192,000 words 130 colour photographs and artworks Over 116,000 copies sold Rights only

The Diet Bible

288pp 253 x 201mm 122,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks Rights only

320pp 253 x 201mm 214,000 words Illustrated throughout with 120 colour photographs and artworks Over 265,000 copies sold Rights only

The Food Bible

The ultimate reference book for food and your health

Judith Wills

The Food Bible is a comprehensive reference book for today’s kitchen. It explains the facts about GM and organic food and gives the latest research on food allergies as well as expert advice on what to eat at every stage of your life, including if you suffer from one of over 80 common ailments. With a detailed examination of diets, easy-to-follow advice on weight control and over 100 delicious and nutritious recipes for all occasions and diets, The Food Bible is indispensable.

147

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

How to get started, stay motivated and run your best

Matt’s highly acclaimed 12-week fitness and diet programme, which can be followed at home and in your gym, will radically transform your body in many ways – and is guaranteed to get results, every time. The final two weeks of the programme make up a concentrated regime which, for those on a tight deadline, can be undertaken on its own. Here Matt provides the structure, the programme and the guidance to help you to reach your intended goal.

256pp 253 x 201mm 175,000 words 100 colour photographs Over 214,000 copies sold Rights only

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 1 84949 083 2 192pp 245 x 170mm 48,000 words 100 colour photographs

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 935 0 256pp 229 x 164mm 40,000 words Colour artwork throughout

A Pukka Life

Eat Well, Live Longer

Sebastian Pole

Michael van Straten

Finding your path to perfect health

Target your Fat Spots How to banish your bulges

Many of us find it impossible to shift stubborn areas of excess fat that distort our body shape; we can’t lose our bingo wings, protruding belly, heavy thighs and big bottom, bra fat bulge, love handles or man boobs.

In Target your Fat Spots Max Tomlinson shows you how to pinpoint your largest fat spot accurately with a series of simple tests. He then guides you through a two-step programme: a week of detoxing to re-energise you, followed by an innovative six-week plan specifically customised to shift your particular fat spot. Each plan encourages you to eat the right foods, take particular natural supplements to rebalance your hormones and do targeted exercise. And once you’ve lost the weight, Max explains how you can keep it off for good.

Max Tomlinson Max Tomlinson ND is a qualified nutritionist, naturopath, and medical herbalist and combines lecturing and writing with a consultancy practice in London. He has a high-profile client list and regularly appears on TV. He contributes to Grazia, Marie Claire, Red, Easy Living and The Daily Telegraph. He was voted one the top 250 private doctors in the UK by Tatler, and the Daily Mail called him one of the top-10 health gurus to see.

‘Determine your hormone trouble and rebalance it with targeted diet, supplements and exercise: then see your body reshape’ Easy Living Magazine

148

A Pukka Life is about living in a truly authentic way, guided by the wisdom of Ayurveda and natural healing, to achieve optimum health and happiness. Ayurveda can teach you how to fulfil your potential, empower yourself and find meaning and purpose in everything you do. The book is divided into chapters based on the eight pathways of Ayurveda: Constitution; Nourishment; Cleansing; Rejuvenation; Relaxation; Strength and Stillness; Ecology and Relationship. Embrace Ayurveda to uncover the true you.

‘A practical manual enabling you to achieve your full potential’ The Bookseller

320pp 170 x 140mm 75 colour photographs 42,000 words including over 120 recipes Rights only

Wonderfoods | Natalie Savona

Amazing ingredients and recipes for optimum health photography by Jill Mead Natalie Savona describes 70 wonderfoods – ingredients that really do us good – and presents them in chapters on areas they will most help: Energy, Digest, Detox, Skin, Sex, Age, Mind, Immune and Heart. The nutritional benefits and medicinal qualities of each wonderfood are described and followed by a couple of simple but delicious recipes. Nutrient and therapy charts enable the reader to focus on wonderfoods for their individual needs.

‘This fantastic guide should be issued to every household’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Lifelong health from the food you eat

Although better fed than our grandparents, we are less well nourished and the incidence of certain diseases is increasing.

Eat Well Live Longer tells us everything we need to know about the food we eat and what it does for us. It explains why we have different nutritional needs at different stages of our lives and tells us what to eat to ensure maximum health for specific age groups.

There are also over 80 recipes for nutritious, tasty and simple dishes for all the family.

‘Sensible nutrition guidelines for the newborn through to Grandma’ Health & Fitness

320pp 170 x 140mm 80 colour photographs 47,000 words including over 130 recipes Rights only

Wonderfoods for Kids

Keep your children fit, well and happy

Natalie Savona

photography by Jill Mead The quality and range of foods that children eat is one of the most important contributing factors to their growth, mental development, energy and ability to fight off illness, yet few children today have a really healthy diet. In this inspiring book, nutritionist Natalie Savona presents 70 key ingredients – chosen for their exceptional values and their appeal to children – and provides delicious child-friendly recipes.

‘Sure to encourage any despairing parent!’ Health & Fitness

149

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Max Tomlinson

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 705 9 240pp 253 x 201mm 86,000 words including 80 recipes Over 200 colour photographs and illustrations

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 820 9 160pp 240 x 190mm 35,000 words 75 colour and graphic illustrations

£14.99 Hardback 978 184400 935 0 256pp 229 x 164mm 40,000 words Colour artwork throughout

A Pukka Life

Eat Well, Live Longer

Sebastian Pole

Michael van Straten

Finding your path to perfect health

Target your Fat Spots How to banish your bulges

Many of us find it impossible to shift stubborn areas of excess fat that distort our body shape; we can’t lose our bingo wings, protruding belly, heavy thighs and big bottom, bra fat bulge, love handles or man boobs.

In Target your Fat Spots Max Tomlinson shows you how to pinpoint your largest fat spot accurately with a series of simple tests. He then guides you through a two-step programme: a week of detoxing to re-energise you, followed by an innovative six-week plan specifically customised to shift your particular fat spot. Each plan encourages you to eat the right foods, take particular natural supplements to rebalance your hormones and do targeted exercise. And once you’ve lost the weight, Max explains how you can keep it off for good.

Max Tomlinson Max Tomlinson ND is a qualified nutritionist, naturopath, and medical herbalist and combines lecturing and writing with a consultancy practice in London. He has a high-profile client list and regularly appears on TV. He contributes to Grazia, Marie Claire, Red, Easy Living and The Daily Telegraph. He was voted one the top 250 private doctors in the UK by Tatler, and the Daily Mail called him one of the top-10 health gurus to see.

‘Determine your hormone trouble and rebalance it with targeted diet, supplements and exercise: then see your body reshape’ Easy Living Magazine

148

A Pukka Life is about living in a truly authentic way, guided by the wisdom of Ayurveda and natural healing, to achieve optimum health and happiness. Ayurveda can teach you how to fulfil your potential, empower yourself and find meaning and purpose in everything you do. The book is divided into chapters based on the eight pathways of Ayurveda: Constitution; Nourishment; Cleansing; Rejuvenation; Relaxation; Strength and Stillness; Ecology and Relationship. Embrace Ayurveda to uncover the true you.

‘A practical manual enabling you to achieve your full potential’ The Bookseller

320pp 170 x 140mm 75 colour photographs 42,000 words including over 120 recipes Rights only

Wonderfoods | Natalie Savona

Amazing ingredients and recipes for optimum health photography by Jill Mead Natalie Savona describes 70 wonderfoods – ingredients that really do us good – and presents them in chapters on areas they will most help: Energy, Digest, Detox, Skin, Sex, Age, Mind, Immune and Heart. The nutritional benefits and medicinal qualities of each wonderfood are described and followed by a couple of simple but delicious recipes. Nutrient and therapy charts enable the reader to focus on wonderfoods for their individual needs.

‘This fantastic guide should be issued to every household’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

Lifelong health from the food you eat

Although better fed than our grandparents, we are less well nourished and the incidence of certain diseases is increasing.

Eat Well Live Longer tells us everything we need to know about the food we eat and what it does for us. It explains why we have different nutritional needs at different stages of our lives and tells us what to eat to ensure maximum health for specific age groups.

There are also over 80 recipes for nutritious, tasty and simple dishes for all the family.

‘Sensible nutrition guidelines for the newborn through to Grandma’ Health & Fitness

320pp 170 x 140mm 80 colour photographs 47,000 words including over 130 recipes Rights only

Wonderfoods for Kids

Keep your children fit, well and happy

Natalie Savona

photography by Jill Mead The quality and range of foods that children eat is one of the most important contributing factors to their growth, mental development, energy and ability to fight off illness, yet few children today have a really healthy diet. In this inspiring book, nutritionist Natalie Savona presents 70 key ingredients – chosen for their exceptional values and their appeal to children – and provides delicious child-friendly recipes.

‘Sure to encourage any despairing parent!’ Health & Fitness

149

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Max Tomlinson

£12.99 Paperback 978 184400 705 9 240pp 253 x 201mm 86,000 words including 80 recipes Over 200 colour photographs and illustrations

PREGNANCY, HEALTH & DIET

£12.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 820 9 160pp 240 x 190mm 35,000 words 75 colour and graphic illustrations

EROTICA & SELF-HELP

Sizzling Sex

Turning the heat up on your sex life Jo Hemmings photography by John Davis

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Sizzling Sex is the ultimate recipe book to take your sex life to a whole new level of deliciousness. Intimate and explicit, amusing and arousing, Jo Hemmings guides you through a sexual menu that takes you from the very essence of libido and chemistry through to tricks, tips and techniques for mind-blowing orgasms and simple-to-sexpert positions. Raunchy and risqué, Sizzling Sex is the perfect blend of starters, main courses and side dishes. Jo kicks off by writing revealingly about arousal, male and female hotspots, orgasms and masturbation. She then moves on to main course delights with seductive foreplay techniques and a whole gallery of wide-ranging positions guaranteed to inspire you whenever – and wherever – the mood takes you. For some extra spice in your love live, Jo’s side dishes include a frank tour around sex toys, role playing and other erotica. Alluring and atmospheric photographs are the perfect spicy accompaniment, illustrating all that Jo writes about in an equally open and sexy style. With Sizzling Sex, you will quickly take your sexual appetite from lukewarm to roasting hot!

Jo Hemmings Jo Hemmings is a behavioural psychologist, the UK’s first dating coach and a sex and relationship expert.

She is the psychologist on ITV’s Daybreak, the sex therapist on ITV’s This Morning and the relationship expert for Channel 5 News. As well as writing for the national press and women’s magazines – including The Daily Mail, The Guardian, Cosmopolitan and Grazia – Jo has written five successful books on relationships and sex.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 270 6 144pp 253 x 201mm 16,000 words 150 colour photographs and colour illustrations Publication May 2013

151

EROTICA & SELF-HELP

Sizzling Sex

Turning the heat up on your sex life Jo Hemmings photography by John Davis

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Sizzling Sex is the ultimate recipe book to take your sex life to a whole new level of deliciousness. Intimate and explicit, amusing and arousing, Jo Hemmings guides you through a sexual menu that takes you from the very essence of libido and chemistry through to tricks, tips and techniques for mind-blowing orgasms and simple-to-sexpert positions. Raunchy and risqué, Sizzling Sex is the perfect blend of starters, main courses and side dishes. Jo kicks off by writing revealingly about arousal, male and female hotspots, orgasms and masturbation. She then moves on to main course delights with seductive foreplay techniques and a whole gallery of wide-ranging positions guaranteed to inspire you whenever – and wherever – the mood takes you. For some extra spice in your love live, Jo’s side dishes include a frank tour around sex toys, role playing and other erotica. Alluring and atmospheric photographs are the perfect spicy accompaniment, illustrating all that Jo writes about in an equally open and sexy style. With Sizzling Sex, you will quickly take your sexual appetite from lukewarm to roasting hot!

Jo Hemmings Jo Hemmings is a behavioural psychologist, the UK’s first dating coach and a sex and relationship expert.

She is the psychologist on ITV’s Daybreak, the sex therapist on ITV’s This Morning and the relationship expert for Channel 5 News. As well as writing for the national press and women’s magazines – including The Daily Mail, The Guardian, Cosmopolitan and Grazia – Jo has written five successful books on relationships and sex.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 270 6 144pp 253 x 201mm 16,000 words 150 colour photographs and colour illustrations Publication May 2013

151

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 738 7 144pp 253 x 201mm 46,000 words 45 colour photographs 30 colour artworks

Domestic Sex Goddess

Massage Secrets for Lovers

Kate Taylor

Dr Andrew Stanway

The art of having it all and having it off photography by Penny Wincer

Creating the life you really want through mind design

Susie Pearl

Instructions for Happiness and Success is a fully interactive personal work book and mind manual for living a great life. It will show you how to get more happiness, success, vitality and health in your life.

‘Instructions . . .’ divides into three sections: Part A, ‘How it works’, is a description of how our thoughts and feelings create our experiences; Part B, ‘The Instructions’, provides detailed instructions for creating anything in your life using your mind power; Part C is ‘The Tool Kit’, which gives you a range of techniques to create abundance in your life fast and tools to blast out your inner obstacles. With its unique mix of wisdom, science, exercises and stunning design, backed up with audio downloads, Instructions for Happiness and Success opens up new possibilities in the increasingly relevant field of achieving happiness.

Susie Pearl Susie Pearl is a writer and creative mentor to successful entrepreneurs and creative professionals around the world. She is founder of one of the world’s leading celebrity and brand PR agencies. She was vice-president at MTV, ran the MTV Music Awards and has worked with many of the world’s most successful names, including Microsoft, Adidas and Sony.

‘The self-help book to end all self-help books’ The Scotsman

152

Domestic Sex Goddess is a sex book for couples who want to recapture that initial sexual excitement but need real-life sex tips they can fit in around a busy day and a good night’s sleep.

In each chapter Kate takes a different area of the home and discusses practical lifestyle changes you can implement in order to give yourself both the time and energy for sex. From sizzling sex tips for the kitchen, lusty lovemaking positions for the living room and bed-busting moves for the bedroom, Kate presents all the naughty know-how needed.

The ultimate guide to intimate arousal

This exciting, explicit and deeply intimate book will change and enhance the sexual relationships of lovers forever. Reflecting today’s awareness of the spiritual as well as the physical aspects of love, this book breaks new ground for 21st-century lovers.

‘All the hottest hands-on techniques for you to master’ Cosmopolitan

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Instructions for Happiness and Success

144pp 228 x 189mm 44,000 words Over 100 colour photographs and artworks Over 210,000 copies sold Rights only

EROTICA & SELF-HELP

£12.99 Spiral-bound paperback 978 184949 011 5 192pp 245 x 170mm 40,000 words Colour artworks throughout

‘Jam-packed with sex tips for busy women’ The Sun

160pp 215 x 171mm 58,000 words 50 illustrations Rights only

How to Help your Child Learn

304pp 170 x 140mm 35,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

Uncovering your child’s hidden gifts

Heal Yourself with Flowers and Other Essences Nikki Bradford

All parents want the best for their children, but often it can seem an impossible task to identify how that can be achieved. With the help of Bernadette Tynan’s book, parents will be able to unlock their children’s individual talents and skills so that they can flourish and grow. Every child is different, and included are various techniques that can be tailor-made to suit each child.

Inside every child there is brilliance waiting to be uncovered, and this is the book designed to do just that.

Essence therapy is the complementary medicine of the 21st century. Safe, side-effect free and very easy to use, flower essences can be used to treat a range of mental, emotional and physical conditions. This highly informative book, the first of its kind, looks at 150 essences from all over the world, explains what they can do for you, and offers an invaluable introduction to the astonishing healing power of flowers.

Bernadette Tynan

‘Packed with effective techniques to help uncover your child’s talents and look for gifts that can’t be tested at school’ Wish Parenting

153

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 738 7 144pp 253 x 201mm 46,000 words 45 colour photographs 30 colour artworks

Domestic Sex Goddess

Massage Secrets for Lovers

Kate Taylor

Dr Andrew Stanway

The art of having it all and having it off photography by Penny Wincer

Creating the life you really want through mind design

Susie Pearl

Instructions for Happiness and Success is a fully interactive personal work book and mind manual for living a great life. It will show you how to get more happiness, success, vitality and health in your life.

‘Instructions . . .’ divides into three sections: Part A, ‘How it works’, is a description of how our thoughts and feelings create our experiences; Part B, ‘The Instructions’, provides detailed instructions for creating anything in your life using your mind power; Part C is ‘The Tool Kit’, which gives you a range of techniques to create abundance in your life fast and tools to blast out your inner obstacles. With its unique mix of wisdom, science, exercises and stunning design, backed up with audio downloads, Instructions for Happiness and Success opens up new possibilities in the increasingly relevant field of achieving happiness.

Susie Pearl Susie Pearl is a writer and creative mentor to successful entrepreneurs and creative professionals around the world. She is founder of one of the world’s leading celebrity and brand PR agencies. She was vice-president at MTV, ran the MTV Music Awards and has worked with many of the world’s most successful names, including Microsoft, Adidas and Sony.

‘The self-help book to end all self-help books’ The Scotsman

152

Domestic Sex Goddess is a sex book for couples who want to recapture that initial sexual excitement but need real-life sex tips they can fit in around a busy day and a good night’s sleep.

In each chapter Kate takes a different area of the home and discusses practical lifestyle changes you can implement in order to give yourself both the time and energy for sex. From sizzling sex tips for the kitchen, lusty lovemaking positions for the living room and bed-busting moves for the bedroom, Kate presents all the naughty know-how needed.

The ultimate guide to intimate arousal

This exciting, explicit and deeply intimate book will change and enhance the sexual relationships of lovers forever. Reflecting today’s awareness of the spiritual as well as the physical aspects of love, this book breaks new ground for 21st-century lovers.

‘All the hottest hands-on techniques for you to master’ Cosmopolitan

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Instructions for Happiness and Success

144pp 228 x 189mm 44,000 words Over 100 colour photographs and artworks Over 210,000 copies sold Rights only

EROTICA & SELF-HELP

£12.99 Spiral-bound paperback 978 184949 011 5 192pp 245 x 170mm 40,000 words Colour artworks throughout

‘Jam-packed with sex tips for busy women’ The Sun

160pp 215 x 171mm 58,000 words 50 illustrations Rights only

How to Help your Child Learn

304pp 170 x 140mm 35,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

Uncovering your child’s hidden gifts

Heal Yourself with Flowers and Other Essences Nikki Bradford

All parents want the best for their children, but often it can seem an impossible task to identify how that can be achieved. With the help of Bernadette Tynan’s book, parents will be able to unlock their children’s individual talents and skills so that they can flourish and grow. Every child is different, and included are various techniques that can be tailor-made to suit each child.

Inside every child there is brilliance waiting to be uncovered, and this is the book designed to do just that.

Essence therapy is the complementary medicine of the 21st century. Safe, side-effect free and very easy to use, flower essences can be used to treat a range of mental, emotional and physical conditions. This highly informative book, the first of its kind, looks at 150 essences from all over the world, explains what they can do for you, and offers an invaluable introduction to the astonishing healing power of flowers.

Bernadette Tynan

‘Packed with effective techniques to help uncover your child’s talents and look for gifts that can’t be tested at school’ Wish Parenting

153

The Angel Quest of the Heart

A journey of spiritual transformation

Angela McGerr

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

£7.99 Paperback plus 50-minute CD 978 184400 830 8 256pp 210 x 160mm 40,000 words 70 colour illustrations

The Angel Almanac

The complete guide to angelology

Angela McGerr

illustrations by Richard Rockwood Angela McGerr brings together all the many aspects of working with angels in one volume based around the angelic year.

The book covers the angels of the days of the week, the zodiac angels for each month, the 28 angels representing the phases of the Moon, and the quinary angels of the heavens. A reference section deals with the Kabbalah angels, sacred geometry, the angelic alphabet and an A-Z of over 200 angels. Also in this package is a CD containing three angelic meditations.

154

£9.99 Boxed Set 978 190384 582 0 48 cards: 100 x 70mm Book: 128pp 160 x 110mm 15,000 words Cards: 48 specially commissioned colour images Book: 48 images (cards) plus sample layout diagrams

£9.99 Boxed set 978 184400 744 8 48 cards: 100 x 70mm Book: 128pp 160 x 110mm 15,000 words Cards: 48 specially commissioned colour images Book: 48 images (cards) plus sample layout diagrams

£9.99 Boxed set 978 184400 334 1 48 cards: 100 x 70mm Book: 128pp 160 x 110mm 17,000 words Cards: 48 specially commissioned colour images Book: 48 images (cards) plus sample layout diagrams

An Angel for Every Day Angela McGerr

A Harmony of Angels Angela McGerr

Harmony Angel Cards Angela McGerr

Love & Light Angel Cards Angela McGerr

Heart & Soul Angel Cards Angela McGerr

In this practical and inspiring yearbook, Angela McGerr shows you how to bring angels into your life on a daily basis to help and guide you to a peaceful and happier existence. Twelve chapters – based on the months and the zodiac angels who rule them – contain a host of practical ideas for all manner of problems and ambitions. For those who have never encountered angels before this is a simple introduction; for Angela’s fans this will introduce new angels and a deeper awareness of their powers.

Do you know how to tell if angels are trying to connect with you? In A Harmony of Angels, a light-hearted but informative guide, you can learn how to find your guardian angel as well as how to invoke the aid of the special angels that will help you in meeting life’s many challenges.

This updated and revised card pack is a companion set to Angela McGerr’s Heart & Soul Angel Cards, describing how you can contact angels on a daily basis. It consists of 48 cards in four suits, from which you are able to choose various layouts. The accompanying book describes the meanings of each and every card.

This third set of Angela McGerr’s angelic guidance cards follows the Harmony Angel Cards. The first set encouraged readers to attract angels into their lives; the second helped them to identify their heart’s desire and embark on their soul quest; this final set takes them along the Way of Love and Light towards Ascension. The 48 cards come with an accompanying book showing how to lay out the cards and interpret their meanings.

A companion set to Angela’s hugely successful Harmony Angel Cards, Heart & Soul Angel Cards will take readers further along the way of Love and Light. With 48 cards in four suits and an accompanying book describing the overall meaning of the four suits and the inherent meanings of each and every card, Heart & Soul Angel Cards would make a superb gift for a friend, but will prove so invaluable personally that they could be hard to give away!

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

48 cards: 125 x 125mm Foldout dowsing board: 250 x 250mm Booklet: 16pp 125 x 125mm 11,000 words Crystal on gold ribbon Over 50 illustrations cloth-covered box with blocking Rights only

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

78 cards: 94 x 64mm Book: 96pp 160 x 110mm 13,000 words 78 colour images Rights only

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

£9.99 Boxed Set 978 190275 753 7 36 cards: 100 x 70mm Book: 96pp 160 x 110mm 10,000 words 36 colour images Over 255,000 packs sold

Angelic Abundance Angela McGerr

Titania’s Star Tarot Titania Hardie

Titania’s Fortune Cards Titania Hardie

Angelic Abundance is an interactive kit with which to bring abundance into your life.

With the aid of the dowsing board and crystal, anyone can pinpoint the area of their life they wish to enhance, which is governed by an angel who can help in the process.

Reading the tarot helps us to understand our inner secrets while enabling us to achieve personal harmony along the way. The symbolic cards are capable of articulating emotions and passions, and Titania’s Star Tarot unites the immense flexibility of the traditional meanings of the cards with their equally significant astrological past.

Presented in a beautifully designed pack with an accompanying book, Titania’s Fortune Cards are a modern interpretation of an age-old pack, remaining faithful to the symbolism of the original images, but with a modern twist to better reflect contemporary issues.

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

‘Uplifting, focused guidance and insights’ Kindred Spirit

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

52 cards: 88 x 57mm Book: 128pp 160 x 110mm 15,000 words 4 specially commissioned illustrations Rights only

Gypsy Fortune Telling Cards Julia Parker Will I be successful? Shall I marry? Am I in danger? These are the questions about Life, Love and Chance that people have been asking since time immemorial. This unique boxed set offers all you need to find the answers to your questions. The enquirer only has to spread out the cards, pose a question, then pick a card.

155

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

For the first time, Angela McGerr writes of her initiation into the world of angels – how she first became aware of their presence and the quest she undertook to find inner peace. This beautiful package consists of two books. The first tells the story of Angela’s journey through the spiritual labyrinth.

The second book, a workbook, gives readers nine guided meditations and all the information they need to undertake the quest for themselves.

£7.99 Paperback 978 184400 033 3 96pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words Over 35 4-colour artworks Printed 4-colour cloth-effect cover Over 120,000 copies sold

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 498 0 304pp 160 x 145mm 35,000 words Over 50 colour artworks Over 100,000 copies sold

EROTICA & SELF-HELP

£12.99 978 184400 509 3 Hardback 80pp Paperback 64pp 210 x 210mm 32,000 words 35 colour artworks

The Angel Quest of the Heart

A journey of spiritual transformation

Angela McGerr

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

£7.99 Paperback plus 50-minute CD 978 184400 830 8 256pp 210 x 160mm 40,000 words 70 colour illustrations

The Angel Almanac

The complete guide to angelology

Angela McGerr

illustrations by Richard Rockwood Angela McGerr brings together all the many aspects of working with angels in one volume based around the angelic year.

The book covers the angels of the days of the week, the zodiac angels for each month, the 28 angels representing the phases of the Moon, and the quinary angels of the heavens. A reference section deals with the Kabbalah angels, sacred geometry, the angelic alphabet and an A-Z of over 200 angels. Also in this package is a CD containing three angelic meditations.

154

£9.99 Boxed Set 978 190384 582 0 48 cards: 100 x 70mm Book: 128pp 160 x 110mm 15,000 words Cards: 48 specially commissioned colour images Book: 48 images (cards) plus sample layout diagrams

£9.99 Boxed set 978 184400 744 8 48 cards: 100 x 70mm Book: 128pp 160 x 110mm 15,000 words Cards: 48 specially commissioned colour images Book: 48 images (cards) plus sample layout diagrams

£9.99 Boxed set 978 184400 334 1 48 cards: 100 x 70mm Book: 128pp 160 x 110mm 17,000 words Cards: 48 specially commissioned colour images Book: 48 images (cards) plus sample layout diagrams

An Angel for Every Day Angela McGerr

A Harmony of Angels Angela McGerr

Harmony Angel Cards Angela McGerr

Love & Light Angel Cards Angela McGerr

Heart & Soul Angel Cards Angela McGerr

In this practical and inspiring yearbook, Angela McGerr shows you how to bring angels into your life on a daily basis to help and guide you to a peaceful and happier existence. Twelve chapters – based on the months and the zodiac angels who rule them – contain a host of practical ideas for all manner of problems and ambitions. For those who have never encountered angels before this is a simple introduction; for Angela’s fans this will introduce new angels and a deeper awareness of their powers.

Do you know how to tell if angels are trying to connect with you? In A Harmony of Angels, a light-hearted but informative guide, you can learn how to find your guardian angel as well as how to invoke the aid of the special angels that will help you in meeting life’s many challenges.

This updated and revised card pack is a companion set to Angela McGerr’s Heart & Soul Angel Cards, describing how you can contact angels on a daily basis. It consists of 48 cards in four suits, from which you are able to choose various layouts. The accompanying book describes the meanings of each and every card.

This third set of Angela McGerr’s angelic guidance cards follows the Harmony Angel Cards. The first set encouraged readers to attract angels into their lives; the second helped them to identify their heart’s desire and embark on their soul quest; this final set takes them along the Way of Love and Light towards Ascension. The 48 cards come with an accompanying book showing how to lay out the cards and interpret their meanings.

A companion set to Angela’s hugely successful Harmony Angel Cards, Heart & Soul Angel Cards will take readers further along the way of Love and Light. With 48 cards in four suits and an accompanying book describing the overall meaning of the four suits and the inherent meanings of each and every card, Heart & Soul Angel Cards would make a superb gift for a friend, but will prove so invaluable personally that they could be hard to give away!

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

48 cards: 125 x 125mm Foldout dowsing board: 250 x 250mm Booklet: 16pp 125 x 125mm 11,000 words Crystal on gold ribbon Over 50 illustrations cloth-covered box with blocking Rights only

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

78 cards: 94 x 64mm Book: 96pp 160 x 110mm 13,000 words 78 colour images Rights only

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

£9.99 Boxed Set 978 190275 753 7 36 cards: 100 x 70mm Book: 96pp 160 x 110mm 10,000 words 36 colour images Over 255,000 packs sold

Angelic Abundance Angela McGerr

Titania’s Star Tarot Titania Hardie

Titania’s Fortune Cards Titania Hardie

Angelic Abundance is an interactive kit with which to bring abundance into your life.

With the aid of the dowsing board and crystal, anyone can pinpoint the area of their life they wish to enhance, which is governed by an angel who can help in the process.

Reading the tarot helps us to understand our inner secrets while enabling us to achieve personal harmony along the way. The symbolic cards are capable of articulating emotions and passions, and Titania’s Star Tarot unites the immense flexibility of the traditional meanings of the cards with their equally significant astrological past.

Presented in a beautifully designed pack with an accompanying book, Titania’s Fortune Cards are a modern interpretation of an age-old pack, remaining faithful to the symbolism of the original images, but with a modern twist to better reflect contemporary issues.

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

‘Uplifting, focused guidance and insights’ Kindred Spirit

illustrations by Richard Rockwood

52 cards: 88 x 57mm Book: 128pp 160 x 110mm 15,000 words 4 specially commissioned illustrations Rights only

Gypsy Fortune Telling Cards Julia Parker Will I be successful? Shall I marry? Am I in danger? These are the questions about Life, Love and Chance that people have been asking since time immemorial. This unique boxed set offers all you need to find the answers to your questions. The enquirer only has to spread out the cards, pose a question, then pick a card.

155

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

For the first time, Angela McGerr writes of her initiation into the world of angels – how she first became aware of their presence and the quest she undertook to find inner peace. This beautiful package consists of two books. The first tells the story of Angela’s journey through the spiritual labyrinth.

The second book, a workbook, gives readers nine guided meditations and all the information they need to undertake the quest for themselves.

£7.99 Paperback 978 184400 033 3 96pp 210 x 210mm 20,000 words Over 35 4-colour artworks Printed 4-colour cloth-effect cover Over 120,000 copies sold

£8.99 Paperback 978 184400 498 0 304pp 160 x 145mm 35,000 words Over 50 colour artworks Over 100,000 copies sold

EROTICA & SELF-HELP

£12.99 978 184400 509 3 Hardback 80pp Paperback 64pp 210 x 210mm 32,000 words 35 colour artworks

Birdsong

Jonathan Elphick, Jan Pedersen and Lars Svensson At last it is possible to listen to the variety of birdsong – simply by opening this book and using the high-quality and easy-to-use sound module. Delve into the fascinating descriptions and relish the stunning colour photographs of each of the 150 birds, and hear their distinctive songs and calls. There are familiar garden birds, such as the robin as well as the sounds of many migrants: the song of the cuckoo heralding the arrival of spring and the music of winter-visiting geese. Written by leading ornithologists Jonathan Elphick, Jan Pederson and Lars Svensson, this brilliant guide, with its unique and high-quality sound module, will enable you to discover beautiful, unusual and, of course, vocal bird species with their songs, flight calls and so much more.

About the Authors Jonathan Elphick is a natural history writer, consultant and editor specialising in ornithology.

Jan Pedersen is a photographer, author, writer and adventurer.

Lars Svensson is an ornithologist and writer and a widely recognised expert on birds.

‘Birdsong is a wonderful book with a clever feather in its cap . . . it has a dinky device that plays recordings of all of them at the touch of a button’ The Mail

156

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 846 9 192pp 248 x 187mm 85,000 words including over 100 recipes and ideas Over 100 colour photographs

Great Gardens of Italy Monty Don and Derry Moore

A Taste of the Unexpected

The gardens of Italy rank amongst the great treasures of the world and have influenced almost every landscape designer since the Renaissance. A garden is an evolving entity that tells a thousand stories about the people who made it as well as the plants that populate it. Few people have as passionately practical an engagement with gardening as Monty Don. From the southern island of Ischia in the Bay of Naples to the extraordinary Isola Bella, they capture the essence and atmosphere of every garden. Far more than an inventory of plants or designs, this book is provocative, engaging and mesmerising.

Mark Diacono

‘The passion of Monty Don’s words and the stunning photography of Derry Moore combine to offer up an evocative journey through 30 enchanting gardens’ Italia!

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 817 9 208pp 245 x 170mm 54,000 words Over 200 colour photographs

New Urban Farmer

From plot to plate: a year on the allotment

Celia Brooks Brown photography by Jill Mead

As a respected food writer and professional cook, the natural next step for Celia Brooks Brown was to become a committed gardener, but even she never expected to be bitten quite so hard by the grow-your-own bug. Her gardening expertise – learnt through a combination of hard graft, trial, error and shared tips from other allotmenteers – has been distilled into a year-round gardening book that is part journal, part gardening manual and part-recipe book with one aim: to inspire you to cultivate and enjoy your own delicious home-grown produce.

Growing your own remarkable fruit, vegetables, nuts, herbs, spices and flowers food photography by Laura Hynd crop photography by Mark Diacono Life is too short to grow ordinary food. In this book, River Cottage head gardener Mark Diacono reveals that it is no harder to grow the unusual and utterly delicious than it is the entirely ordinary.

Instead of the same old potatoes, onions and carrots, here you’ll find little-known gourmet delights such as kai lan, salsify, Chilean guava and Szechuan pepper. Filled with practical growing advice and mouth-watering recipes, this inspirational book will encourage you to share Mark’s sense of culinary adventure.

‘A handbook for trying something a bit different on the veg patch . . .

Really a treat!‘ The Independent on Sunday 192pp 300 x 235mm 36,000 words 120 colour photographs Rights only

Trees that Shape the World Tom Petherick This book demonstrates the extraordinary impact trees have had and must continue to have on the earth’s landscape and the culture of its people. With fascinating text and stunning photography, each of the six chapters represents a different climate zone and investigates the trees that inhabit it: how they interact within the natural landscape; where they stand in relationship with man; how they should feature in the future – industrially, culturally and sociologically.

‘A visually rich and highly informative overview of the trees that inhabit the world’s different climate zones’ The Field

‘Contains a mix of advice, recipes and tales of her veg-growing triumphs’ Daily Mail

157

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

150 British and Irish birds and their amazing sounds

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 937 4 224pp 280 x 220mm Over 60,000 words Over 100 colour photographs

GARDENING

£30.00 Hardback with sound module 978 184949 134 1 256pp 280 x 280mm 40,000 words Over 300 colour photographs Co-published with Max Ström Over 350,000 copies sold

Birdsong

Jonathan Elphick, Jan Pedersen and Lars Svensson At last it is possible to listen to the variety of birdsong – simply by opening this book and using the high-quality and easy-to-use sound module. Delve into the fascinating descriptions and relish the stunning colour photographs of each of the 150 birds, and hear their distinctive songs and calls. There are familiar garden birds, such as the robin as well as the sounds of many migrants: the song of the cuckoo heralding the arrival of spring and the music of winter-visiting geese. Written by leading ornithologists Jonathan Elphick, Jan Pederson and Lars Svensson, this brilliant guide, with its unique and high-quality sound module, will enable you to discover beautiful, unusual and, of course, vocal bird species with their songs, flight calls and so much more.

About the Authors Jonathan Elphick is a natural history writer, consultant and editor specialising in ornithology.

Jan Pedersen is a photographer, author, writer and adventurer.

Lars Svensson is an ornithologist and writer and a widely recognised expert on birds.

‘Birdsong is a wonderful book with a clever feather in its cap . . . it has a dinky device that plays recordings of all of them at the touch of a button’ The Mail

156

£20.00 Hardback 978 184400 846 9 192pp 248 x 187mm 85,000 words including over 100 recipes and ideas Over 100 colour photographs

Great Gardens of Italy Monty Don and Derry Moore

A Taste of the Unexpected

The gardens of Italy rank amongst the great treasures of the world and have influenced almost every landscape designer since the Renaissance. A garden is an evolving entity that tells a thousand stories about the people who made it as well as the plants that populate it. Few people have as passionately practical an engagement with gardening as Monty Don. From the southern island of Ischia in the Bay of Naples to the extraordinary Isola Bella, they capture the essence and atmosphere of every garden. Far more than an inventory of plants or designs, this book is provocative, engaging and mesmerising.

Mark Diacono

‘The passion of Monty Don’s words and the stunning photography of Derry Moore combine to offer up an evocative journey through 30 enchanting gardens’ Italia!

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 817 9 208pp 245 x 170mm 54,000 words Over 200 colour photographs

New Urban Farmer

From plot to plate: a year on the allotment

Celia Brooks Brown photography by Jill Mead

As a respected food writer and professional cook, the natural next step for Celia Brooks Brown was to become a committed gardener, but even she never expected to be bitten quite so hard by the grow-your-own bug. Her gardening expertise – learnt through a combination of hard graft, trial, error and shared tips from other allotmenteers – has been distilled into a year-round gardening book that is part journal, part gardening manual and part-recipe book with one aim: to inspire you to cultivate and enjoy your own delicious home-grown produce.

Growing your own remarkable fruit, vegetables, nuts, herbs, spices and flowers food photography by Laura Hynd crop photography by Mark Diacono Life is too short to grow ordinary food. In this book, River Cottage head gardener Mark Diacono reveals that it is no harder to grow the unusual and utterly delicious than it is the entirely ordinary.

Instead of the same old potatoes, onions and carrots, here you’ll find little-known gourmet delights such as kai lan, salsify, Chilean guava and Szechuan pepper. Filled with practical growing advice and mouth-watering recipes, this inspirational book will encourage you to share Mark’s sense of culinary adventure.

‘A handbook for trying something a bit different on the veg patch . . .

Really a treat!‘ The Independent on Sunday 192pp 300 x 235mm 36,000 words 120 colour photographs Rights only

Trees that Shape the World Tom Petherick This book demonstrates the extraordinary impact trees have had and must continue to have on the earth’s landscape and the culture of its people. With fascinating text and stunning photography, each of the six chapters represents a different climate zone and investigates the trees that inhabit it: how they interact within the natural landscape; where they stand in relationship with man; how they should feature in the future – industrially, culturally and sociologically.

‘A visually rich and highly informative overview of the trees that inhabit the world’s different climate zones’ The Field

‘Contains a mix of advice, recipes and tales of her veg-growing triumphs’ Daily Mail

157

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

150 British and Irish birds and their amazing sounds

£25.00 Hardback 978 184400 937 4 224pp 280 x 220mm Over 60,000 words Over 100 colour photographs

GARDENING

£30.00 Hardback with sound module 978 184949 134 1 256pp 280 x 280mm 40,000 words Over 300 colour photographs Co-published with Max Ström Over 350,000 copies sold

Joe’s Urban Garden Handbook Joe Swift

Landscape Man

Making a Garden Matthew Wilson

‘Packed with tips and case studies’ Grand Designs 192pp 215 x 250mm 80,000 words 250 colour photographs 75 colour artworks Rights only

The Royal Horticultural Society

Really Small Gardens Jill Billington

A practical guide to gardening in a truly small space This inspiring yet practical book addresses the challenges of truly small garden plots.

With advice on plants and hard materials, suggestions for making the garden seem more spacious, original garden plans and stunning photographs, this book will show you how to put good ideas into practice.

‘This book will help you work miracles in the smallest garden’ Ideal Home

In this contemporary book, garden design expert Joe Swift shows how to create a fabulous urban outdoor plot. Covering the planning stages, selection of suitable plants and hard materials, quick makeovers and year-round maintenance, Joe also reveals how to make the most of existing elements and create privacy and the illusion of space.

This comprehensive guide answers every gardening need.

‘Packed with helpful information for solving gardening & design problems’ BBC Good Homes

208pp 220 x 170mm 7,000 words Over 1000 colour photographs Rights only

1000 Garden Ideas Stafford Cliff A complete sourcebook of inspiration and reference, in 1000 Garden Ideas highly successful author and designer Stafford Cliff has brought together an unrivalled collection of images. From colour and planting to hard surfaces and features, here is the complete range of choices for every decision that new gardeners have to make or change they wish to introduce. All the best ideas for gardens are included: the plants, the path, the paving and the pots are all shown, while a directory of suppliers allows the reader to turn inspiration into reality.

The Little Book of Quick Fixes for the Impatient Gardener Gay Search This handy book is the perfect choice for people who haven’t got time to wait for their garden to mature. It offers simple garden projects to achieve in a couple of hours or a weekend at most, designer tips and speedy fixes for instant results as well as long-term pleasure. It also explains which plants a garden needs to pack a punch and how to keep the plot looking good all year round with minimum effort.

‘Nothing will make you feel more organised’ Red

Orchids | Wilma and Brian Rittershausen photography by Linda Burgess

Orchids have the most glamorous and exotic flowers in the plant world. In this book, over 120 orchids are illustrated, all of which can be grown succesfully in the home. Including expert advice on care and cultivation, this inspiring pocket book is a must for anyone looking for a simple, sensational and stylish statement for their home.

‘All the insider know-how on looking after these fabulous plants’ Evening Standard Homes & Property

‘Guaranteed to get your green fingers turning the pages’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

£7.99 Paperback 978 184400 272 6 304pp 170 x 140mm 20,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks

illustrations by Hannah McVicar

304pp 170 x 140mm 20,000 words 110 colour photographs Rights only

224pp 170 x 140mm 17,400 words Over 90 colour photographs Rights only

Tulips | Liz Dobbs consultant Cees Breed photography by Clay Perry

Tulips are such exquisite flowers that there is sure to be one that you find irresistible.

This glorious book showcases over 70 tulips specially photographed at a private collection in Holland. Each stunning portrait is accompanied by a detailed description of the tulip and its individual features. There is also detailed practical information on growing tulips successfully. Whether you want to admire your tulips in the garden or cut them for a striking indoor display, this informative little book is ideal for tulip specialists and new enthusiasts alike.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 939 8 224pp 523 x 201mm 55,000 words Over 200 colour photographs

The Royal Horticultural Society

The Amazing World of Orchids | Wilma and Brian Rittershausen A practical guide to selection and cultivation photography by Linda Burgess

Wilma and Brian Rittershausen’s unrivalled knowledge of orchids is reflected in a text that combines intriguing anecdotes with practical advice. This inspiring guide reveals the limitless fascination of orchids – uncovering the secrets of their structure as well as providing the key to growing these plants at home.

160pp 279 x 235mm 52,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

The Royal Horticultural Society

Lilies

A guide to choosing & growing lilies

Michael Jefferson-Brown photography by Andrew Lawson

The first major illustrated book on lilies, written by Michael Jefferson-Brown with the support of the Royal Horticultural Society, combines the visual allure of lilies with inspiring and practical information on growing and gardening with them. It will appeal to lily fanciers and flower lovers as well as all enthusiastic gardeners.

‘Michael Jefferson-Brown is an admirable tutor, and every one of us will benefit from the clear, careful advice which he gives’ Financial Times

160pp 279 x 235mm 45,000 words 175 colour photographs Rights only

160pp 279 x 235mm 100,000 words 200 colour photographs Rights only

The Royal Horticultural Society

The Royal Horticultural Society

Choosing and using these ornamental plants in the garden photography by Andrew Lawson

Inspiration, selection and practical guidance

Grasses | Roger Grounds

Grasses are the key note plants of 21st century gardening: they offer a diversity of size, form, colour, texture and flowering time unsurpassed by any other genus. Distinguished horticulturist Roger Grounds selects the best grasses for gardens and suggests imaginative ways to use them. This timely book is as comprehensive as it is alluring.

‘Make magical effects in the garden’ Evening Standard Homes & Property

Clematis

Charles Chesshire

photography by Andrew Lawson This inspiring and authoritative guide, endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society, explores the wealth and beauty of the clematis family. Over 170 glamorous photographs show a host of exciting ideas for using these versatile climbers in the garden. A practical section shows how to plant, prune, train and propagate clematis.

159

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Matthew Wilson’s Making a Garden demystifies garden design and demonstrates how certain concepts and techniques can be translated to your own garden. The book starts by exploring the practical requirements and the environmental considerations behind a successful garden, and goes on to show how design principles, hard materials and plants can transform your garden. Finally, photographs and detailed plans give you all the practical information needed to create your own perfect outdoor space.

158

176pp 253 x 201mm 54,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

GARDENING

£12.99 Paperback 978 184949 104 4 192pp 253 x 197mm £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 762 2 45,000 words Over 150 colour photographs and artworks

Joe’s Urban Garden Handbook Joe Swift

Landscape Man

Making a Garden Matthew Wilson

‘Packed with tips and case studies’ Grand Designs 192pp 215 x 250mm 80,000 words 250 colour photographs 75 colour artworks Rights only

The Royal Horticultural Society

Really Small Gardens Jill Billington

A practical guide to gardening in a truly small space This inspiring yet practical book addresses the challenges of truly small garden plots.

With advice on plants and hard materials, suggestions for making the garden seem more spacious, original garden plans and stunning photographs, this book will show you how to put good ideas into practice.

‘This book will help you work miracles in the smallest garden’ Ideal Home

In this contemporary book, garden design expert Joe Swift shows how to create a fabulous urban outdoor plot. Covering the planning stages, selection of suitable plants and hard materials, quick makeovers and year-round maintenance, Joe also reveals how to make the most of existing elements and create privacy and the illusion of space.

This comprehensive guide answers every gardening need.

‘Packed with helpful information for solving gardening & design problems’ BBC Good Homes

208pp 220 x 170mm 7,000 words Over 1000 colour photographs Rights only

1000 Garden Ideas Stafford Cliff A complete sourcebook of inspiration and reference, in 1000 Garden Ideas highly successful author and designer Stafford Cliff has brought together an unrivalled collection of images. From colour and planting to hard surfaces and features, here is the complete range of choices for every decision that new gardeners have to make or change they wish to introduce. All the best ideas for gardens are included: the plants, the path, the paving and the pots are all shown, while a directory of suppliers allows the reader to turn inspiration into reality.

The Little Book of Quick Fixes for the Impatient Gardener Gay Search This handy book is the perfect choice for people who haven’t got time to wait for their garden to mature. It offers simple garden projects to achieve in a couple of hours or a weekend at most, designer tips and speedy fixes for instant results as well as long-term pleasure. It also explains which plants a garden needs to pack a punch and how to keep the plot looking good all year round with minimum effort.

‘Nothing will make you feel more organised’ Red

Orchids | Wilma and Brian Rittershausen photography by Linda Burgess

Orchids have the most glamorous and exotic flowers in the plant world. In this book, over 120 orchids are illustrated, all of which can be grown succesfully in the home. Including expert advice on care and cultivation, this inspiring pocket book is a must for anyone looking for a simple, sensational and stylish statement for their home.

‘All the insider know-how on looking after these fabulous plants’ Evening Standard Homes & Property

‘Guaranteed to get your green fingers turning the pages’ Sainsbury’s Magazine

£7.99 Paperback 978 184400 272 6 304pp 170 x 140mm 20,000 words Illustrated throughout with 2-colour artworks

illustrations by Hannah McVicar

304pp 170 x 140mm 20,000 words 110 colour photographs Rights only

224pp 170 x 140mm 17,400 words Over 90 colour photographs Rights only

Tulips | Liz Dobbs consultant Cees Breed photography by Clay Perry

Tulips are such exquisite flowers that there is sure to be one that you find irresistible.

This glorious book showcases over 70 tulips specially photographed at a private collection in Holland. Each stunning portrait is accompanied by a detailed description of the tulip and its individual features. There is also detailed practical information on growing tulips successfully. Whether you want to admire your tulips in the garden or cut them for a striking indoor display, this informative little book is ideal for tulip specialists and new enthusiasts alike.

£14.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184400 939 8 224pp 523 x 201mm 55,000 words Over 200 colour photographs

The Royal Horticultural Society

The Amazing World of Orchids | Wilma and Brian Rittershausen A practical guide to selection and cultivation photography by Linda Burgess

Wilma and Brian Rittershausen’s unrivalled knowledge of orchids is reflected in a text that combines intriguing anecdotes with practical advice. This inspiring guide reveals the limitless fascination of orchids – uncovering the secrets of their structure as well as providing the key to growing these plants at home.

160pp 279 x 235mm 52,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

The Royal Horticultural Society

Lilies

A guide to choosing & growing lilies

Michael Jefferson-Brown photography by Andrew Lawson

The first major illustrated book on lilies, written by Michael Jefferson-Brown with the support of the Royal Horticultural Society, combines the visual allure of lilies with inspiring and practical information on growing and gardening with them. It will appeal to lily fanciers and flower lovers as well as all enthusiastic gardeners.

‘Michael Jefferson-Brown is an admirable tutor, and every one of us will benefit from the clear, careful advice which he gives’ Financial Times

160pp 279 x 235mm 45,000 words 175 colour photographs Rights only

160pp 279 x 235mm 100,000 words 200 colour photographs Rights only

The Royal Horticultural Society

The Royal Horticultural Society

Choosing and using these ornamental plants in the garden photography by Andrew Lawson

Inspiration, selection and practical guidance

Grasses | Roger Grounds

Grasses are the key note plants of 21st century gardening: they offer a diversity of size, form, colour, texture and flowering time unsurpassed by any other genus. Distinguished horticulturist Roger Grounds selects the best grasses for gardens and suggests imaginative ways to use them. This timely book is as comprehensive as it is alluring.

‘Make magical effects in the garden’ Evening Standard Homes & Property

Clematis

Charles Chesshire

photography by Andrew Lawson This inspiring and authoritative guide, endorsed by the Royal Horticultural Society, explores the wealth and beauty of the clematis family. Over 170 glamorous photographs show a host of exciting ideas for using these versatile climbers in the garden. A practical section shows how to plant, prune, train and propagate clematis.

159

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Matthew Wilson’s Making a Garden demystifies garden design and demonstrates how certain concepts and techniques can be translated to your own garden. The book starts by exploring the practical requirements and the environmental considerations behind a successful garden, and goes on to show how design principles, hard materials and plants can transform your garden. Finally, photographs and detailed plans give you all the practical information needed to create your own perfect outdoor space.

158

176pp 253 x 201mm 54,000 words 150 colour photographs Rights only

GARDENING

£12.99 Paperback 978 184949 104 4 192pp 253 x 197mm £20.00 Hardback 978 184400 762 2 45,000 words Over 150 colour photographs and artworks

Keep Calm & Cook On

Liz Dobbs

Lewis Esson

Good advice for gardeners

This pocket-sized book will prove to be the perfect antidote to all your kitchen worries. Packed full of invaluable tips and essential techniques, every home cook can be saved from the humiliation of a sunken soufflé. Keep Calm & Cook On is stocked full of culinary quotations, from Michelin-starred chefs to historians and film stars. This delightful, inexpensive book is the perfect gift for any cook, designed to keep them out of trouble, making sure that food never becomes a chore and always remains a pleasure.

This handy, portable version of Janet’s no-nonsense book is the ultimate guide for ensuring that you don’t waste your life doing things that you don’t want to do. Once you’ve read it, you’ll never again worry about putting yourself through the pain and misery of sticking to a ridiculous size-zero diet, waste your money on fads that will never work or last, or your time in a job that you hate. Life’s too F***ing Short is a sharp, intelligent and humorous book about how to take control of your life by deciding what you want, chucking the rest and just enjoying yourself.

‘A very funny book, a really good read . . . ’ Richard, Richard and Judy

‘Crammed full of practical advice’ Living North

£4.99 Cloth-bound hardback 978 184949 095 5 192pp 127 x 105mm 10,000 words

Keep Calm & Cast On Good advice for knitters

Erika Knight

£5.00 Flexiback charcoal: 978 184400 626 7 pink: 978 184400 657 1 192pp 127 x 105mm 700 words

Never Have a Bad Day Ever Again Max Wigram and Murray Partridge

Keep Calm & Cast On is the essential, inexpensive pocket-sized gift for any knitter. Packed full of tips and quotes, this book is guaranteed to keep the contemporary knitter calm in the face of any dropped stitch. Alongside the witticisms and facts is solid, practical advice designed to keep the knitter sane. It may be small, but this book ensures that you will never again get your knitting in a big tangle.

A kiss, a smell, a funny thought, a sneeze, a good plan . . . this book helps you recognise and give the credit that’s due to the fleeting yet recurrent pleasures of everyday life. Acknowledging these small pleasures will make you smile, and will encourage you to live in the moment and take time to think about and savour these delights. This desirable little book has the potential to change your life forever. Read it, enjoy it, learn from it – and it’s just possible that you will never have a bad day ever again.

‘Wonderful words of wisdom if we ever heard them’ Let’s Get Crafting

‘A compendium of one-line tips to cheer you up . . . what fun!’

The Independent

160

Don’t let the B*****ds Get You Down Janet Street-Porter Don’t let the B*****ds Get You Down is a fiery and funny guide to sorting out your own life on your own terms. It’s time to learn some new rules, so take a deep breath, decide what you won’t bother doing any more and substitute activities that give you pleasure and make your limited resources go further. Life is a journey and we’re all experiencing a bumpy patch – but if you think creatively and stick to your guns, there’s no reason why you shouldn’t emerge from it unscathed and a great deal happier.

‘Sparky, clever and above all, do-able’ The Independent on Sunday (The New Review)

266pp 198 x 125mm 76,000 words Rights only

144pp 210 x 148mm 39,000 words 30 illustrations and photographs Rights only

Fur Babies | Liz Jones

Liz Jones’s Diary

Fur Babies captures something of the love and solace that Liz ’s five pussy cats have given her over the past 15 years. Funny, irreverent, quirky and eccentric, this story chronicles Liz’s love affair with cats. The book also includes essays, poems, homages, drawings and photographs that well-known people – from Tracey Emin to Ingrid Newkirk, founder of People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals, from Ricky Gervais to Jilly Cooper, Catherine Tate to Lynne Truss, and from cartoonist Jim Davis to legendary fashion editor Grace Coddington – have donated to Liz for inclusion in the book.

Liz Jones

‘The most purrfect new cat book of 2007’ Alex Ingram, Waterstones

How one single girl got married

Can it ever work out? Will the Revive eye cream actually make her look 10 years younger? Will Squeaky ever fit through that cat flap?

Liz Jones’s Diary is a hilarious and often heartbreakingly honest account of how one single girl got married. If you have ever wondered why the man in your life ignores you/fails to recycle/ forgot to buy Comfort/slams his wedding band on the table while announcing, ‘It’s over!’, then this is the book for you.

‘Candid, observant . . . laugh-out-loud funny’ The Sunday Times Culture

161

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Keep Calm & Pot On is designed to give practical gardening advice as well as being filled with humorous quotes to keep you amused while waiting for that inevitable rain cloud to clear. The invaluable tips throughout this little book will provide immediate answers to many of your gardening queries. Keep this book rooted to your side and not only will you have a valuable garden companion but an immediate source of plant know-how. This is the essential, pocket-sized garden companion that will never let you or your garden down, come rain or shine!

Life’s too F***ing Short Janet Street-Porter

Good advice for cooks

GIFT

Keep Calm & Pot On

£7.99 Paperback (smaller size) 978 184400 936 7 160pp 198 x 137mm 31,000 words 4-colour illustrations 160pp 245 x 170mm (larger size) 31,000 words 4-colour illustrations Rights only

£7.99 Paperback (smaller size) 978 184400 728 8 176pp 198 x 137mm 39,000 words 4-colour illustrations throughout Over 110,000 copies sold 176pp 245 x 170mm (larger size) 39,000 words 4-colour illustrations throughout Rights only

£4.99 Cloth-bound hardback 978 184949 097 9 192pp 127 x 105mm 7,000 words

£4.99 Cloth-bound hardback 978 184949 096 2 192pp 127 x 105mm 8,000 words Keep Calm Series (Keep Calm & Pot On, Keep Calm & Cook On and Keep Calm & Cast On) counterpack £75.00 5 x each Keep Calm complete series cloth-bound hardback 978 184949 142 6

Keep Calm & Cook On

Liz Dobbs

Lewis Esson

Good advice for gardeners

This pocket-sized book will prove to be the perfect antidote to all your kitchen worries. Packed full of invaluable tips and essential techniques, every home cook can be saved from the humiliation of a sunken soufflé. Keep Calm & Cook On is stocked full of culinary quotations, from Michelin-starred chefs to historians and film stars. This delightful, inexpensive book is the perfect gift for any cook, designed to keep them out of trouble, making sure that food never becomes a chore and always remains a pleasure.

This handy, portable version of Janet’s no-nonsense book is the ultimate guide for ensuring that you don’t waste your life doing things that you don’t want to do. Once you’ve read it, you’ll never again worry about putting yourself through the pain and misery of sticking to a ridiculous size-zero diet, waste your money on fads that will never work or last, or your time in a job that you hate. Life’s too F***ing Short is a sharp, intelligent and humorous book about how to take control of your life by deciding what you want, chucking the rest and just enjoying yourself.

‘A very funny book, a really good read . . . ’ Richard, Richard and Judy

‘Crammed full of practical advice’ Living North

£4.99 Cloth-bound hardback 978 184949 095 5 192pp 127 x 105mm 10,000 words

Keep Calm & Cast On Good advice for knitters

Erika Knight

£5.00 Flexiback charcoal: 978 184400 626 7 pink: 978 184400 657 1 192pp 127 x 105mm 700 words

Never Have a Bad Day Ever Again Max Wigram and Murray Partridge

Keep Calm & Cast On is the essential, inexpensive pocket-sized gift for any knitter. Packed full of tips and quotes, this book is guaranteed to keep the contemporary knitter calm in the face of any dropped stitch. Alongside the witticisms and facts is solid, practical advice designed to keep the knitter sane. It may be small, but this book ensures that you will never again get your knitting in a big tangle.

A kiss, a smell, a funny thought, a sneeze, a good plan . . . this book helps you recognise and give the credit that’s due to the fleeting yet recurrent pleasures of everyday life. Acknowledging these small pleasures will make you smile, and will encourage you to live in the moment and take time to think about and savour these delights. This desirable little book has the potential to change your life forever. Read it, enjoy it, learn from it – and it’s just possible that you will never have a bad day ever again.

‘Wonderful words of wisdom if we ever heard them’ Let’s Get Crafting

‘A compendium of one-line tips to cheer you up . . . what fun!’

The Independent

160

Don’t let the B*****ds Get You Down Janet Street-Porter Don’t let the B*****ds Get You Down is a fiery and funny guide to sorting out your own life on your own terms. It’s time to learn some new rules, so take a deep breath, decide what you won’t bother doing any more and substitute activities that give you pleasure and make your limited resources go further. Life is a journey and we’re all experiencing a bumpy patch – but if you think creatively and stick to your guns, there’s no reason why you shouldn’t emerge from it unscathed and a great deal happier.

‘Sparky, clever and above all, do-able’ The Independent on Sunday (The New Review)

266pp 198 x 125mm 76,000 words Rights only

144pp 210 x 148mm 39,000 words 30 illustrations and photographs Rights only

Fur Babies | Liz Jones

Liz Jones’s Diary

Fur Babies captures something of the love and solace that Liz ’s five pussy cats have given her over the past 15 years. Funny, irreverent, quirky and eccentric, this story chronicles Liz’s love affair with cats. The book also includes essays, poems, homages, drawings and photographs that well-known people – from Tracey Emin to Ingrid Newkirk, founder of People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals, from Ricky Gervais to Jilly Cooper, Catherine Tate to Lynne Truss, and from cartoonist Jim Davis to legendary fashion editor Grace Coddington – have donated to Liz for inclusion in the book.

Liz Jones

‘The most purrfect new cat book of 2007’ Alex Ingram, Waterstones

How one single girl got married

Can it ever work out? Will the Revive eye cream actually make her look 10 years younger? Will Squeaky ever fit through that cat flap?

Liz Jones’s Diary is a hilarious and often heartbreakingly honest account of how one single girl got married. If you have ever wondered why the man in your life ignores you/fails to recycle/ forgot to buy Comfort/slams his wedding band on the table while announcing, ‘It’s over!’, then this is the book for you.

‘Candid, observant . . . laugh-out-loud funny’ The Sunday Times Culture

161

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

Keep Calm & Pot On is designed to give practical gardening advice as well as being filled with humorous quotes to keep you amused while waiting for that inevitable rain cloud to clear. The invaluable tips throughout this little book will provide immediate answers to many of your gardening queries. Keep this book rooted to your side and not only will you have a valuable garden companion but an immediate source of plant know-how. This is the essential, pocket-sized garden companion that will never let you or your garden down, come rain or shine!

Life’s too F***ing Short Janet Street-Porter

Good advice for cooks

GIFT

Keep Calm & Pot On

£7.99 Paperback (smaller size) 978 184400 936 7 160pp 198 x 137mm 31,000 words 4-colour illustrations 160pp 245 x 170mm (larger size) 31,000 words 4-colour illustrations Rights only

£7.99 Paperback (smaller size) 978 184400 728 8 176pp 198 x 137mm 39,000 words 4-colour illustrations throughout Over 110,000 copies sold 176pp 245 x 170mm (larger size) 39,000 words 4-colour illustrations throughout Rights only

£4.99 Cloth-bound hardback 978 184949 097 9 192pp 127 x 105mm 7,000 words

£4.99 Cloth-bound hardback 978 184949 096 2 192pp 127 x 105mm 8,000 words Keep Calm Series (Keep Calm & Pot On, Keep Calm & Cook On and Keep Calm & Cast On) counterpack £75.00 5 x each Keep Calm complete series cloth-bound hardback 978 184949 142 6

The Jewish Princess Guide to Fabulosity

A guide to being fabulous for all princesses

Georgie Tarn and Tracey Fine illustrations by Karen Greenberg

‘An everyday guide to feeling like royalty’ Woman

104pp 255 x 205mm 10,000 words 20 photographs Rights only

Baby Journal Baby Journal contains everything you need to create a special archive of your child’s first year, starting with the birth announcement cards. Eight sections take you through that first year, with dividers between each with a pocket for storing your baby memorabilia. Practical advice and insightful questions help you record every aspect of your baby’s development.

Peggy Porschen’s Wedding Planner Peggy Porschen The ultimate wedding organiser text by Carole Hamilton photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

Here Peggy Porschen has teamed up with leading wedding expert Carole Hamilton to create this ultimate wedding planner.

Packed with helpful tips, information and useful contacts, this planner also features some of Peggy’s own favourite bridal cakes and cookies along with ideas of how these sweet treats can be incorporated at every stage of your wedding – on the journey towards it, on the day itself and on many other occasions after your nuptials. This is an invaluable guide that will help and inspire you when planning your big day, and will be a treasured keepsake for years to come.

Book: 392pp 210 x 148mm Cards: 72pp 192 x 130mm Novel: 140,000 words Cards: 7,500 words Cards illustrated in sepia Rights only

Alex Polizzi’s Little Black Book of Hotels

52 secret destinations in Great Britain

Alex Polizzi

Award-winning hotelier Alex Polizzi takes the hassle out of hotel selection, revealing her pick of the very best places to stay in Great Britain. Whether you’re searching for a boutique city bolthole or luxurious country house, cosy bed and breakfast or Michelin-starred restaurant with rooms, you’ll find it here.

And you can rest assured that all 52 of the outstanding destinations within this must-have guide live up to Alex’s famously exacting standards.

Extraordinary Dogs

True-life stories and the science behind the remarkable abilities of man’s best friend With real-life stories, Extraordinary Dogs details how superheightened senses, strength and loyalty allow dogs to perform remarkable acts. It explains their biology – their muscular strength, how their movable ears pinpoint sound, how their huge number of scent receptors powers their astonishing sense of smell – and dispels many myths. Filled with fascinating and heart-warming accounts of canine bravery, intelligence and instinct, Extraordinary Dogs presents the complex and intriguing interactions of dogs and their best friends, humans.

’For anyone planning a special getaway in the UK, this book is a must-have’ Real Travel

192pp 280 x 220mm 53,000 words 100 black-and-white photographs Rights only

The Rose Labyrinth Titania Hardie

The Bentley Era | Nicholas Foulkes

As Lucy awaits heart surgery in London, Will travels Europe attempting to unravel his mother’s legacy. The mysterious script had come to the younger brother with the modest silver key in a side-letter to his mother’s will. It is a search that will leave Will and Lucy inextricably linked. But can it bring together the answers he seeks? For Will is not the only one trying to reach the truth at the heart of The Rose Labyrinth.

During the Twenties and Thirties the Bentley Boys carried all before them both on and off the racetrack. They embodied the carefree, sybaritic spirit of the Roaring Twenties and were inseparable from the development of Bentley Motors. The Bentley Era is an evocative insight into these most interesting and colourful characters and their lives within a period of extreme social change, suggesting that, in between the two wars, the Bentley was the only car to drive if you were a thrill-seeking man about town.

The fast and furious story of the fabulous Bentley Boys

‘Captures the spirit of the boys and the romance of the time’ BBC Top Gear

162

£9.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 000 9 128pp 223 x 166mm 20,000 words 75 colour photographs

144pp 178 x 121mm 20,000 words Illustrated with over 20 black-and-white artworks Rights only

Bentley – A Motoring Miscellany Nicholas Foulkes A random reference for the modern enthusiast

Founding editor of Bentley Magazine, Nicholas Foulkes turns his hand to the ever-popular genre of the miscellany with this captivating collection of facts and fable – from the engineering ingenuity of the past and present to the cinematic splendour of the 007 films. This delightful book will not fail to amuse all those who share a passion for the winged B. ‘A mine of random information on a marvellous marque’ The Daily Telegraph

163

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

This guide will show you how every day can be Positive, Productive and Princess-like, turning life’s journey into a first-class ride. With chapters on Family Life, Travel, Self & Maintenance, Days Out, Shopping, Princess Pals and At Home, the Jewish Princess delivers a lifestyle guide that both entertains and informs. Fabulous illustrations accompany the glittering text.

Embrace your inner princess and let your fabulosity flow.

£20.00 Cloth-bound hardback 978 184400 396 9 224pp 229 x 164mm 56,000 words Over 150 colour photographs

96pp plus gatefold plus cards 245 x 170mm 26,000 words 45 colour photographs Rights only

GIFT

£12.99 Hardback 978 184400 754 7 192pp 210 x 160mm 39,000 words 2-colour illustrations throughout

The Jewish Princess Guide to Fabulosity

A guide to being fabulous for all princesses

Georgie Tarn and Tracey Fine illustrations by Karen Greenberg

‘An everyday guide to feeling like royalty’ Woman

104pp 255 x 205mm 10,000 words 20 photographs Rights only

Baby Journal Baby Journal contains everything you need to create a special archive of your child’s first year, starting with the birth announcement cards. Eight sections take you through that first year, with dividers between each with a pocket for storing your baby memorabilia. Practical advice and insightful questions help you record every aspect of your baby’s development.

Peggy Porschen’s Wedding Planner Peggy Porschen The ultimate wedding organiser text by Carole Hamilton photography by Georgia Glynn Smith

Here Peggy Porschen has teamed up with leading wedding expert Carole Hamilton to create this ultimate wedding planner.

Packed with helpful tips, information and useful contacts, this planner also features some of Peggy’s own favourite bridal cakes and cookies along with ideas of how these sweet treats can be incorporated at every stage of your wedding – on the journey towards it, on the day itself and on many other occasions after your nuptials. This is an invaluable guide that will help and inspire you when planning your big day, and will be a treasured keepsake for years to come.

Book: 392pp 210 x 148mm Cards: 72pp 192 x 130mm Novel: 140,000 words Cards: 7,500 words Cards illustrated in sepia Rights only

Alex Polizzi’s Little Black Book of Hotels

52 secret destinations in Great Britain

Alex Polizzi

Award-winning hotelier Alex Polizzi takes the hassle out of hotel selection, revealing her pick of the very best places to stay in Great Britain. Whether you’re searching for a boutique city bolthole or luxurious country house, cosy bed and breakfast or Michelin-starred restaurant with rooms, you’ll find it here.

And you can rest assured that all 52 of the outstanding destinations within this must-have guide live up to Alex’s famously exacting standards.

Extraordinary Dogs

True-life stories and the science behind the remarkable abilities of man’s best friend With real-life stories, Extraordinary Dogs details how superheightened senses, strength and loyalty allow dogs to perform remarkable acts. It explains their biology – their muscular strength, how their movable ears pinpoint sound, how their huge number of scent receptors powers their astonishing sense of smell – and dispels many myths. Filled with fascinating and heart-warming accounts of canine bravery, intelligence and instinct, Extraordinary Dogs presents the complex and intriguing interactions of dogs and their best friends, humans.

’For anyone planning a special getaway in the UK, this book is a must-have’ Real Travel

192pp 280 x 220mm 53,000 words 100 black-and-white photographs Rights only

The Rose Labyrinth Titania Hardie

The Bentley Era | Nicholas Foulkes

As Lucy awaits heart surgery in London, Will travels Europe attempting to unravel his mother’s legacy. The mysterious script had come to the younger brother with the modest silver key in a side-letter to his mother’s will. It is a search that will leave Will and Lucy inextricably linked. But can it bring together the answers he seeks? For Will is not the only one trying to reach the truth at the heart of The Rose Labyrinth.

During the Twenties and Thirties the Bentley Boys carried all before them both on and off the racetrack. They embodied the carefree, sybaritic spirit of the Roaring Twenties and were inseparable from the development of Bentley Motors. The Bentley Era is an evocative insight into these most interesting and colourful characters and their lives within a period of extreme social change, suggesting that, in between the two wars, the Bentley was the only car to drive if you were a thrill-seeking man about town.

The fast and furious story of the fabulous Bentley Boys

‘Captures the spirit of the boys and the romance of the time’ BBC Top Gear

162

£9.99 Paperback with flaps 978 184949 000 9 128pp 223 x 166mm 20,000 words 75 colour photographs

144pp 178 x 121mm 20,000 words Illustrated with over 20 black-and-white artworks Rights only

Bentley – A Motoring Miscellany Nicholas Foulkes A random reference for the modern enthusiast

Founding editor of Bentley Magazine, Nicholas Foulkes turns his hand to the ever-popular genre of the miscellany with this captivating collection of facts and fable – from the engineering ingenuity of the past and present to the cinematic splendour of the 007 films. This delightful book will not fail to amuse all those who share a passion for the winged B. ‘A mine of random information on a marvellous marque’ The Daily Telegraph

163

Quadrille publishing catalogue 2013

This guide will show you how every day can be Positive, Productive and Princess-like, turning life’s journey into a first-class ride. With chapters on Family Life, Travel, Self & Maintenance, Days Out, Shopping, Princess Pals and At Home, the Jewish Princess delivers a lifestyle guide that both entertains and informs. Fabulous illustrations accompany the glittering text.

Embrace your inner princess and let your fabulosity flow.

£20.00 Cloth-bound hardback 978 184400 396 9 224pp 229 x 164mm 56,000 words Over 150 colour photographs

96pp plus gatefold plus cards 245 x 170mm 26,000 words 45 colour photographs Rights only

GIFT

£12.99 Hardback 978 184400 754 7 192pp 210 x 160mm 39,000 words 2-colour illustrations throughout

Quadrille Representation

Foreign Rights Australasia

UK sales enquiries to:

John Fitzpatrick and Siobhan Mullett

David Marshall

Enquiries to:

Gabriele Kern

Sales Department

Sales and Publicity for Ireland

Pound Cottage

Margaux Durigon at Quadrille

Publisher’s Services

sales@quadrille.co.uk

58 New Vale Cottages

18 Pound Lane Godalming

margaux.durigon@quadrille.co.uk

Ziegenhainer Strasse 169

Trade

Shankill, Co. Dublin

Surrey, GU7 1BT

D-60433 Frankfurt

Hardie Grant Books

Publicity and marketing enquiries to:

Ireland

tel: 01483 423103

Ground Floor Building One

tel: 00 353 1 272 0020

mobile: 07710 198948

Export Sales & Marketing

Germany

Publicity Department

tel: + 49 69 510 694

658 Church Street

publicity@quadrille.co.uk

fax: 00 353 1 282 0491

email: davidmarshall@dmarshall93.freeserve.co.uk

Gunnar Lie & Associates Ltd.

fax: + 49 69 510 695

3121 Victoria, Australia

mobile: 00 353 872 469859 (John)

Berkshire, Hampshire, Isle of Wight, Surrey, Sussex,

3 Linkside, New Malden

e-mail: Gabriele.Kern@publishersservices.de

tel: + 61 3 8520 6444

All UK orders to:

email: fitzmullbooks@eircom.net

Kent, London (south of the river)

Surrey, KT3 4LA

territories: Austria, Germany, Switzerland

fax: + 61 3 8520 6422

Macmillan Distribution Ltd

All counties in Ireland

Brunel Road, Houndmills

United Kingdom

e-mail: info@hardiegrant.com.au

David Segrue

tel: + 44 (0) 20 8605 1097

Lorie Ocampo

e-mail: gunnar@gunnarlie.com

Marketing Services for Publishers

Australia

Basingstoke, Hants RG21 6XS

Mike Lapworth

D J Segrue Ltd

tel: 01256 302 692

11 Melmerby

1st Floor

57 Sta. Teresita

Bookreps NZ Ltd

tel: 01256 302 699

Wilnecote

9 Church Road

Gunnar Lie

Kapitolyo, Pasig City 1603

2/39 Woodside Avenue, Northcote 0627

fax: 01256 327 961

Tamworth

Stanmore

territories: South-east Asia, Indian Sub-Continent,

Metro Manila

PO Box 34989 Birkenhead Auckland

email: orders@macmillan.co.uk

Staffordshire, B77 4LP

Middlesex, HA7 4AR

Africa

Philippines

0746 New Zealand

tel/fax: 01827 897461

tel: 020 8420 6548

address, fax & e-mail as above

tel: + 63 2 635 3592

tel: + 64 9 419 2635

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

mobile: 07745 304088

fax: 020 8420 6458

tel: +44 771 2526 894

fax: + 63 2 635 3593

fax: + 64 9 419 2634

Alhambra House

email: mikelapworth@sky.com

email: davids@djsegrueltd.co.uk

e-mail: lorieocampo78@gmail.com

e-mail: sales@bookreps.co.nz

27–31 Charing Cross Road

Shropshire, Staffordshire, Derbyshire,

London postal districts

John Edgeler

territories: Korea, Philippines, Taiwan,

New Zealand

London, WC2H OLS

W. Midlands, Notts, Lincs, Leics, Herefordshire,

territories: Scandinavia, Middle East, Caribbean,

Japan, China, Hong Kong

www.quadrille.co.uk

Worcestershire, Warks, Oxon, Northants,

For the following territories – Norfolk, Suffolk,

Greece & Cyprus, The Netherlands

tel: 020 7839 7117

Bucks, Bedfordshire, Cambridgeshire

Hertfordshire, Essex – please refer to Quadrille.

address & fax as above

Ajay Parmar

Shirley McEwin

tel: +44 780 1866 936

Research Press

14 Princes Street

e-mail: john@gunnarlie.com

1st Floor, Arun House, 2/25 Ansari Road

McMahons Point

New Delhi, 110 002

NSW 2060, Australia

fax: 020 7839 7118 e-mail: enquiries@quadrille.co.uk

Debbie Jones 6 Whitchurch Road

Special Sales

Tavistock

Guillaume Ferrand

India

e-mail: smcewin@bigpond.com

­­

Devon, PL19 9BB

territories: France, Belgium, Eastern Europe,

tel: + 91 11 23284894

Australasia Special Sales

Anna Murphy

tel: 01822 617223

Luxembourg, Spain, Portugal, Italy,

fax: + 91 11 23281819

295 Rothbury Terrace

mobile: 07850 621204

Central & South America, Gibraltar, Malta

e-mail: marketing@researchpress.co.in

Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE6 5DE

email: deborah7.jones@gmail.com

address & fax as above

territories: India

tel: 0191 265 2115

Wiltshire, Dorset, Somerset, Devon,

tel: +44 (0) 20 8605 1097

mobile: 07825 701 450

Cornwall, South Wales, Channel Islands,

e-mail: guillaume@gunnarlie.com

email: info@annamurphy.co.uk

Gloucestershire, Avon

Sales Force

Cumbria, Northumberland, Tyne & Wear, Durham, Yorkshire, Humberside, Lancashire, Merseyside, Greater Manchester, Cheshire, North Wales, and all counties in Scotland

166

167

Quadrille Representation

Foreign Rights Australasia

UK sales enquiries to:

John Fitzpatrick and Siobhan Mullett

David Marshall

Enquiries to:

Gabriele Kern

Sales Department

Sales and Publicity for Ireland

Pound Cottage

Margaux Durigon at Quadrille

Publisher’s Services

sales@quadrille.co.uk

58 New Vale Cottages

18 Pound Lane Godalming

margaux.durigon@quadrille.co.uk

Ziegenhainer Strasse 169

Trade

Shankill, Co. Dublin

Surrey, GU7 1BT

D-60433 Frankfurt

Hardie Grant Books

Publicity and marketing enquiries to:

Ireland

tel: 01483 423103

Ground Floor Building One

tel: 00 353 1 272 0020

mobile: 07710 198948

Export Sales & Marketing

Germany

Publicity Department

tel: + 49 69 510 694

658 Church Street

publicity@quadrille.co.uk

fax: 00 353 1 282 0491

email: davidmarshall@dmarshall93.freeserve.co.uk

Gunnar Lie & Associates Ltd.

fax: + 49 69 510 695

3121 Victoria, Australia

mobile: 00 353 872 469859 (John)

Berkshire, Hampshire, Isle of Wight, Surrey, Sussex,

3 Linkside, New Malden

e-mail: Gabriele.Kern@publishersservices.de

tel: + 61 3 8520 6444

All UK orders to:

email: fitzmullbooks@eircom.net

Kent, London (south of the river)

Surrey, KT3 4LA

territories: Austria, Germany, Switzerland

fax: + 61 3 8520 6422

Macmillan Distribution Ltd

All counties in Ireland

Brunel Road, Houndmills

United Kingdom

e-mail: info@hardiegrant.com.au

David Segrue

tel: + 44 (0) 20 8605 1097

Lorie Ocampo

e-mail: gunnar@gunnarlie.com

Marketing Services for Publishers

Australia

Basingstoke, Hants RG21 6XS

Mike Lapworth

D J Segrue Ltd

tel: 01256 302 692

11 Melmerby

1st Floor

57 Sta. Teresita

Bookreps NZ Ltd

tel: 01256 302 699

Wilnecote

9 Church Road

Gunnar Lie

Kapitolyo, Pasig City 1603

2/39 Woodside Avenue, Northcote 0627

fax: 01256 327 961

Tamworth

Stanmore

territories: South-east Asia, Indian Sub-Continent,

Metro Manila

PO Box 34989 Birkenhead Auckland

email: orders@macmillan.co.uk

Staffordshire, B77 4LP

Middlesex, HA7 4AR

Africa

Philippines

0746 New Zealand

tel/fax: 01827 897461

tel: 020 8420 6548

address, fax & e-mail as above

tel: + 63 2 635 3592

tel: + 64 9 419 2635

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

mobile: 07745 304088

fax: 020 8420 6458

tel: +44 771 2526 894

fax: + 63 2 635 3593

fax: + 64 9 419 2634

Alhambra House

email: mikelapworth@sky.com

email: davids@djsegrueltd.co.uk

e-mail: lorieocampo78@gmail.com

e-mail: sales@bookreps.co.nz

27–31 Charing Cross Road

Shropshire, Staffordshire, Derbyshire,

London postal districts

John Edgeler

territories: Korea, Philippines, Taiwan,

New Zealand

London, WC2H OLS

W. Midlands, Notts, Lincs, Leics, Herefordshire,

territories: Scandinavia, Middle East, Caribbean,

Japan, China, Hong Kong

www.quadrille.co.uk

Worcestershire, Warks, Oxon, Northants,

For the following territories – Norfolk, Suffolk,

Greece & Cyprus, The Netherlands

tel: 020 7839 7117

Bucks, Bedfordshire, Cambridgeshire

Hertfordshire, Essex – please refer to Quadrille.

address & fax as above

Ajay Parmar

Shirley McEwin

tel: +44 780 1866 936

Research Press

14 Princes Street

e-mail: john@gunnarlie.com

1st Floor, Arun House, 2/25 Ansari Road

McMahons Point

New Delhi, 110 002

NSW 2060, Australia

fax: 020 7839 7118 e-mail: enquiries@quadrille.co.uk

Debbie Jones 6 Whitchurch Road

Special Sales

Tavistock

Guillaume Ferrand

India

e-mail: smcewin@bigpond.com

­­

Devon, PL19 9BB

territories: France, Belgium, Eastern Europe,

tel: + 91 11 23284894

Australasia Special Sales

Anna Murphy

tel: 01822 617223

Luxembourg, Spain, Portugal, Italy,

fax: + 91 11 23281819

295 Rothbury Terrace

mobile: 07850 621204

Central & South America, Gibraltar, Malta

e-mail: marketing@researchpress.co.in

Newcastle Upon Tyne, NE6 5DE

email: deborah7.jones@gmail.com

address & fax as above

territories: India

tel: 0191 265 2115

Wiltshire, Dorset, Somerset, Devon,

tel: +44 (0) 20 8605 1097

mobile: 07825 701 450

Cornwall, South Wales, Channel Islands,

e-mail: guillaume@gunnarlie.com

email: info@annamurphy.co.uk

Gloucestershire, Avon

Sales Force

Cumbria, Northumberland, Tyne & Wear, Durham, Yorkshire, Humberside, Lancashire, Merseyside, Greater Manchester, Cheshire, North Wales, and all counties in Scotland

166

167

Picture acknowledgements Front cover photography: Graham Atkins Hughes (taken from Decorating with Style by Abigail Ahern) 1 Laura Edwards; 2 John Davis; 3 Beth Evans; 6-7 Graham Atkins Hughes11 Tara Fisher; 12 Jason Lowe; 14 Andrew Montgomery; 16 Martin Poole; 18 Lisa Linder; 20 Peter Cassidy; 22 Romas Foord; 24 Kristin Perers; 26 Beth Evans; 28 Dan Matthews; 30 Sue Quinn; 32 Jason Lowe; 34 Martin Brigdale; 35 Alastair Hendy; 36 Laura Edwards; 37 David Loftus; 38 Jason Lowe; 40 Emma Lee; 42 Lars Ranek; 44 Yuki Sugiura; 46 Simon Wheeler; 48 Toby Glanville; 50 Martin Poole; 52 Chris Terry; 54 Katherine Keeble; 56 David Loftus; 58 Georgia Glynn Smith; 78 Pia Tryde; 80 Laura Edwards; 83 Kristen Perers; 84 Laura Edwards; 86 Keiko Oikawa; 88 Keiko Oikawa; 90 Keiko Oikawa; 92 Keiko Oikawa; 94 Penny Wincer; 97 Yuki Sugiura; 98 Tiffany Mumford;100 Verity Welstead; 102 Pia Tryde; 103 Pia Tryde; 104 Claire Richardson; 105 Claire Richardson;112 Laura Edwards; 114 James Merrell; 117 Graham Atkins Hughes; 126 Mario Testino/Vogue; 128 Henry Clark/Vogue; 130 Eric Boman / Vogue; 132 Irving Penn/Vogue; 136 Celia Birtwell Š 2011 Celia Birtwell; 138 Max Milligan; 140 Tiffany Mumford; 142 Tiffany Mumford; 144 Nick Radford; 146 Chris Terry; 148 Katherine Case; 150 John Davis; 152 Johnson Banks; 156 Jan Pedersen 164-165 Lisa Linder.

168